Home

HP CLJ 4600 Series Printer service manual-enww

1. Primary exposure unit Fj r Scanner motor E REH Ir BD PCA 3 3V AC input Low voltage a H Laser driver power supply L 9V gt KY 4 a circuit 24V l d ee ee ee ee y l ETB unit Fuser power supply WE B tes Transfer charging roller circuit T F le i H Door open eS ee AE detection switch KaR JE TL Fuser oo gt mp tL unt h ASIC gt High voltage power ee eto weg T H supply circuit Paper feeder 7 aS IT l g K tt ee aa ee pecans e gt ee Si CPU 0 cm ETB motor E Developing disengaging motor Drum motors IC1014 KK DSP Fuser motor i Environmental sensor een HP CLJ 4610n 4650 La e Drum home rs position sensors Le Le L ETB speed sensor B mo Developing disengaging sensor Laser Scanner units Power supply fan Ian Eeer en 3 Reset IC Formatter eS _ HP CLJ 4610n 4650 Fan drive circuit HP CLJ 4610n 4650 Cartridge fan Controller fan i Toner charging roller j Primary charging roller j Fan drive Ir a H k arcu g Photosensitive drum Ln i Cartridge memory Fan drive LH H Ka circuit X Le Bel
2. J1030 J1037 J1020 ma J1027 J1006 m J1034 J1019 uo r J1007 J1014 Figure 7 46 Location of DC controller PCA components HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 442 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Connectors Figure 7 47 Location of connectors HP Color LaserJet 4600 models ENWW Diagrams 443 J403D J402D 2 J401D gt J402A See 4020 J403A A Figure 7 48 Location of connectors 1 of 2 HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 444 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW J1030 GS J1003 ST J4027 J1004 a J4045 Joan YJ A Ge YS J4044 51034 BR lA J1002 L Ei Jugen Sec SY Lu J1051 SA N J4026 J1007 11013 J4042 SE J4029 J4049 J4012 RR S 4051 Figure 7 49 Location of connectors 2 of 2 HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Figure 7 50 Connectors 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only Diagrams 445 JL J5005 J524A J523DB J523DA ees J5009 Js001 LG J5007 Fs AS S Kai gt gio Figure 7 51 Connectors 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only General circuit diagram i Figure 7 52 Ge
3. Name Function PS1 Cassette paper present sensor PS2 Multipurpose tray paper present sensor PS3 Paper leading edge sensor PS4 Overhead transparency sensor PS5 Developing disengagement sensor PS6 Cyan drum home position sensor PS7 Yellow drum home position sensor PS8 Magenta drum home position sensor PS9 Black drum home position sensor PS10 ETB speed sensor PS11 Fuser inlet paper sensor PS12 Fuser delivery sensor PS13 Output bin paper full sensor Diagnostics 411 Figure 7 23 Sensors 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 Feed sensor SR3 2 Upper cassette paper sensor SR1 3 Lower cassette paper sensor SR2 412 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Component test special mode test Use the component test to exercise individual parts independently to isolate problems Each component test can be performed once or repeatedly If CONTINUOUS is selected as the repeat option the test will cycle the component on and off This process continues for 2 minutes and then the test terminates Ex NOTE The door interlock switch must be defeated to run any of the component tests If 5 6 covers are removed the door switch must be manually cycled during some tests in order for the engine to recognize a change The ETB assembly can be open closed or removed while some of these tests are executing Print cartridges can be installed or removed during certain tests The control pa
4. eee 100 Enabling memory HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 102 Enabling the language font DIMM HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 103 Checking DIMM installation HP Color LaserJet 4600 model 103 Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ec ceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeaaes 104 Installing memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models and fonts HP Color LaserJet 4650 medeletgee iegrueer a Miandad at acta erated teint dana 105 To install DDR memory DIMMs HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 ul 105 To install a flash memory card HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 Meet 109 Enabling memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 model 113 To enable memory for Windows 98 ME and NT HP Color LaserJet 4650 models wicsesivceucertetencesteedseieeesie ENNEN 113 To enable memory for Windows 2000 and XP HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 modele 113 Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only 114 Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card HP Color LaserJet 4610n model 116 5 Theory of operation Basic operation TT 118 le ere Ee Une 119 Engine control SyStem i desse ARENS edd aed 20 DG controller CUCUMt sessin de Sege aea aae eaaa eaaa a aE a aN aaa aa aAa aANT 121 Motors fans and environment sensot 122 Fuser power supply cru 124 Heater temperature Control 126 High voltage power Supp 127 Low voltage power suppiy tnts tns
5. C7850A C7850 67901 4600 Only 128 MB memory DIMM SDRAM C9653A C9712A C9653 67901 C9712 67918 4600 Only 256 MB memory DIMM SDRAM 4600 Only Firmware DIMM Q2630A Q2630 67951 4610n 4650 Only 128 MB memory DDR Q2631A Q2631 67951 4610n 4650 Only 256 MB memory DDR Q2632A Q2632 67951 4610n 4650 Only 512 MB memory DDR Q2631A Q2635 67910 4650 Only Firmware Compact flash Q2635A Q2635 67919 4610n Only Firmware CompactFlash Control panel overlays 4600 Only and labels 4610n 4650 Only C9660 40002 Q3668 67901 English overlay 4600 Only English label 4610n 4650 Only C9660 40003 Q3668 67902 French overlay 4600 Only French label 4650 Only C9660 40004 Q3668 67903 German overlay 4600 Only German label 4650 Only C9660 40005 Q3668 67904 Italian overlay 4600 Only Italian label 4650 Only C9660 40006 Q3668 67905 Spanish overlay 4600 Only Spanish label 4650 Only C9660 40007 Danish overlay 4600 Only ENWW Ordering parts and supplies 455 Table 8 2 Supplies and accessories continued Product number Part number Description Q3668 67906 C9660 40008 Q3668 67907 Danish label 4650 Only Dutch overlay 4600 Only Dutch label 4650 Only C9660 40009 Q3668 67908 Finnish overlay 4600 Only Finnish label 4650 Only C9660 40010 Q3668
6. Developing cylinder Transfer charging roller DC controller PCA supply PCA Primary charging roller photosensitive Iod Toner charging roller 14 Primary i Il charging high voltage H i generation 1 1 circuit i 1 l DEV4 Lol TCA E 2 lod Toner TC3 GEET TC2 high voltage fh i generation M TCI DEV3 ae circuit IC1015 KS Developing ITM ASIC fiak volage j 1 generation m S circuit f 1 1 1 C Bev Sa 1 Attaching ATTS i i high voltage 1 ATT generation i circuit i Attaching roller l lol A TRS d ae Transfer TRI 1 high voltage _1_ TR2 generation TR3 i LG 3 circuit TRA Lives Figure 5 8 High voltage power supply circuit Engine control system 127 Low voltage power supply The low voltage power supply circuit converts the ac voltage that is input from the electrical outlet to dc power and delivers it to each load in the printer Figure 5 9 Low voltage power supply circuit shows the low voltage power supply circuit including the amount of voltage supplied to each component The ac power is supplied to the low voltage power supply by turning on the power supply switch SW5 The ac power is converted to the dc power that the printer requires m 24 V goes to the mo
7. Phillips posidrive Figure 6 1 Phillips and posidrive screwdriver comparison Types of fasteners Table 6 1 Types of fasteners describes the screws used in the printer and provides guidelines to help determine where to use each type of screw The screws vary in length depending on the thickness of the material being fastened Always note where each type of screw is located and replace each one into its original location Table 6 1 Types of fasteners Illustration Description Uses Screw machine with washer To hold plastic to metal M3x8 For example printer covers part number xA9 1276 000CN Screw self tapping To hold plastic to plastic het For example printer cover to a plastic hinge Screw truss head To hold sheet metal to sheet metal 7 N JED M3x6 For example formatter cage part number xA9 1275 000CN Retaining ring e type To hold a shaft through a slot For example keep a gear on a shaft GA ENWW Introduction 175 Supplies The customer replaces print cartridges the fuser and the ETB as they are depleted The printer tracks the amount of use on the customer replaceable supplies by keeping a page count Swapping supplies between printers might cause a misrepresentation of supply life values and is not recommended If you replace either the fuser or the transfer unit and these supplies have not yet reached the end of their estimated life you must reset the page count for these su
8. Ze a D O 2 2 5 Step 1 SE 6 PS12 w O a_ _ a g x a D ES a Ke ce wn S S N Se j we Step 2 Output bin PS12 Fuser sleeve Duplex feed OR Pressure roller unit Figure 5 38 Duplex switch back ENWW Pickup feed system 167 500 sheet paper feeder The HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn 4600hdn and 4650dtn printer models come standard with an additional 500 sheet paper feeder It is an option for all other models except the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer This additional tray tray 3 operates in the same way as tray 2 Figure 5 39 Additional 500 sheet paper feeder shows the paper path with the additional 500 sheet paper feeder installed Figure 5 39 Additional 500 sheet paper feeder 168 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Pickup and feed operations The following is the sequence of operations for the 500 sheet paper feeder Figure 5 40 500 sheet paper feeder pickup and feed operation illustrates this sequence 1 The DC controller receives a print command from the formatter and sends a pickup command to the paper feeder driver 2 The paper feeder driver rotates the main motor M4001 in the paper feeder and the feed roller starts to rotate 3 After the printer enters the Scanner Ready state the DC controller instructs the paper feeder driver to pick a sheet of media The paper feeder pickup
9. 3 Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it 4 Clean or replace the separation pad 5 Replace the tray 1 pickup solenoid 6 Replace the tray 1 pickup motor 7 Replace the paper pickup assembly 8 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in tray 2 1 Press for detailed information about clearing the jam TRAY 2 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions For help press 3 Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it 4 Clean the feed roller If it is worn or damaged replace it 5 Replace the tray 2 pickup solenoid 6 Replace the tray 2 pickup motor 7 Replace the paper pickup assembly 8 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 300 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in tray 3 1 Press for detailed information about clearing the jam TRAY 3 a 2 Press A and Y to step through the For help press instructions 3 Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it 4 Clean the feed roller If it is worn or damaged replace it 5 Replace the tray 3 pic
10. Ordering related documentation and software The following table lists part numbers for related documentation and software Description Part Number HP LaserJet Family Print Media Guide 5963 7863 HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide See the CDROM that came with the printer or visit www hp com PCL PJL Technical Reference Package 5021 0330 HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series Getting Started Guide C9660 90902 HP Color LaserJet 4650 Series Getting Started Guide Q3668 90902 HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series Service Manual Q7732 90901 E NOTE This service manual includes the HP Color LaserJet 4600 4610n and 4650 model printers HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer Service and Support CD ROM Q3668 60105 HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer User Guide Q7732 90902 For downloadable versions go to www hp com support cli 4610 When connected select manuals HP Color LaserJet 4650 User Guide Q3668 90909 For downloadable versions go to www hp com support cli 4650 When connected select manuals 42 Chapter 2 Service approach ENWW 3 ENWW Installation and configuration This chapter contains information about the following topics Unpacking the printer Installing the media tray Connecting power Installing the print cartridges Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 4650 models Testin
11. RG5 6395 000CN High voltage power supply PCA new Printer PCAs RG5 6395 000CN High voltage power supply PCA assembly new Internal components 3 of 5 RG5 6396 000CN Memory controller PCA Printer PCAs RG5 6396 000CN Antenna memory PCA assembly Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 6399 030CN Fuser power supply PCA 110 V Printer PCAs RG5 6399 030CN Fuser power supply PCA 110 V Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6400 030CN RG5 6400 050CN Fuser power supply PCA 220 V Fuser power supply PCA 220 V Printer PCAs Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6410 020CN Low voltage power supply 110 V new Printer PCAs RG5 6410 020CN Low voltage power supply assembly 110 V Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6411 020CN Low voltage power supply 220 V Printer PCAs RG5 6411 020CN Low voltage power supply assembly 220 V Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6413 000CN Cable left plate Internal components 3 of 5 RG5 6414 000CN Cable relay Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6415 000CN Cable dc power supply Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6418 000CN RG5 6419 000CN RG5 6420 000CN Cable antenna Cable paper feed Cable memory 4600 Only Internal components 1 of 5 Paper pickup assembly Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 6422 000CN Cable interface Internal compo
12. Visit http www hp com go clj 4600_ software for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 model www hp com go clj4610_software for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n model or www hp com go clj4650_software for the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models The Web page for the drivers might be in English but you can download the drivers themselves in several languages See the flyer that shipped in the box with the printer for phone contact information HP service information To locate HP Authorized Dealers call 800 243 9816 U S or 800 387 3867 Canada For service for your product call the customer support number for your country region See the flyer that shipped in the box with the printer HP service agreements Call 800 835 4747 U S or 800 268 1221 Canada For extended Service call 800 446 0522 HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only To check the printer status and settings and to view troubleshooting information and online documentation use the HP Toolbox You can view the HP Toolbox when the printer is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to a network A complete software installation is necessary in order to use the HP Toolbox HP customer care 41 HP support and information for Macintosh computers Visit www hp com go macosx for Macintosh OS X support information and HP subscription service for driver updates Visit www hp com go mac connect for products designed specifically for the Macintosh user
13. Alphabetical parts list 511 Table 8 27 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Laser scanner assembly 4600 Only RG5 6390 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 LED PCA assembly RG5 6394 000CN Drum drive assembly Left cover RB2 8590 040CN External covers and panels Lever cartridge pressure RB2 8195 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Low voltage power supply 110 V exchange C9660 69023 Printer PCAs Low voltage power supply 110 V new RG5 6410 020CN Printer PCAs Low voltage power supply 220 V RG5 6411 020CN Printer PCAs Low voltage power supply assembly 110 V RG5 6410 020CN Internal components 5 of 5 Low voltage power supply assembly 220 V RG5 6411 020CN Internal components 5 of 5 Memory controller PCA RG5 6396 000CN Printer PCAs Memory tag antenna PCA RG5 5469 000CN Printer PCAs Memory tag antenna PCA assembly RG5 5469 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Microswitch front cover WC4 5169 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Motor M6 ETB DC brushless 24 V 4600 Only RH7 1495 000CN ETB assembly Motor M6 ETB DC brushless 24 V 4610n 4650 Only Motor M7 developing disengaging stepping RH7 1605 000CN RH7 1494 000CN ETB assembly Disengaging drive assembly Motor M8 fuser DS brushless 24 V 4600
14. ETB assembly RG5 7459 000CN Cassette tray 2 4610n 4650 Only Cassette tray 2 RG5 7466 000CN RG5 7466 000CN RG5 7467 000CN Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only Paper pickup drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only Drum drive assembly cyan and magenta Paper pickup drive assembly Paper pickup assembly Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 7467 000CN Drum drive assembly cyan magenta Drum drive assembly RG5 7468 000CN Drum drive assembly black Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 7468 000CN RG5 7469 000CN RG5 7469 000CN Drum drive assembly black Drum drive assembly yellow Drum drive assembly yellow Drum drive assembly Internal components 1 of 5 Drum drive assembly RG5 7470 000CN DC controller PCA assembly 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 3 of 5 RG5 7470 030CN DC controller PCA 4610n 4650 Only Printer PCAs RG5 7471 000CN Cable environment sensor 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 2 of 5 RG5 7475 000CN Laser scanner assembly 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 7480 000CN Cable connector fuser 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 7518 000CN 2 x 500 paper feeder driver PCA assembly 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only RG5 7523 000CN Outrigger assembly 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 2
15. Internal components rear The following procedures explain the removal and replacement of internal components that are accessed from the rear of the printer Formatter 1 Remove eight screws callout 1 E NOTE The formatter in Figure 6 43 Remove the formatter HP Color LaserJet 4600 model is shown is for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 model The formatters for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models have different connectors but the eight screws are in the same location 2 Grasp the black disk drive lock callout 2 and pull the formatter out of the printer ae _ o D emm Figure 6 43 Remove the formatter HP Color LaserJet 4600 model is shown E NOTE Calibrate the printer after reinstalling the formatter See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 214 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Low voltage power supply 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Left cover See Left cover e DC controller shield See DC controller shield e Right cover See Right cover 2 Remove two screws callout 1 Figure 6 44 Remove the low voltage power supply rear 1 of 3 ENWW Internal components 215 3 Remove two screws callout 2 and then disconnect the connecting rod callout 3 Figure 6 45 Remove the low voltage power supply
16. Print File Directory Use this item to print a page that shows the name and directory of files that are stored in the printer on an optional hard disk Print PCL Font List Use this item to print a page that shows the available PCL fonts Print PS Font List Use this item to print a page that shows the available PS emulated PostScript fonts Configure device menu printing menu Print PS Errors Use this item to print PS error pages Print PDF Errors Use this item to print PDF error pages Configure device menu resets menu Reset Factory Settings Use this item to clear the page buffer remove all perishable personality data reset the printing environment and return all default settings to factory defaults Powersave Use this item to reset PowerSave mode to the factory default 30 minute setting Reset Supplies Use this item to inform the printer that a new transfer kit or new fuser kit has been installed This item also resets the page count of that supply to zero Configure device menu print quality menu Adjust color Use this item to modify halftone settings for each color Set Registration Use this item to align simplex and duplex images Print Modes Use this item to associate each media type with a specific print mode Optimize Use this item to optimize certain parameters for all jobs rather than optimizing by media type Calibrate Now For HP Color LaserJet 4600 models use this item to calibrate the printer for op
17. RG5 7529 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder upper paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only 2 x 500 sheet feeder tray assembly 4650 Only Q3674 67901 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 2 x 500 sheet paper pickup feeder drive assembly 4650 Only RG5 7531 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder paper pickup drive assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only 500 sheet paper feeder and tray 3 assembly 4600 4650 Only Q3673 67901 500 sheet paper feeder assembly Adjuster cover 4650 Only RB2 3691 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 2 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only Antenna memory PCA assembly RG5 6396 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Arm paper size RB2 8349 000CN Cassette tray 2 Arm pressure RB2 8151 020CN Internal components 3 of 5 Arm test print RB2 8250 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Bracket sensor RB2 8540 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Cable ac 110 V RG5 6427 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Cable ac 220 V RG5 6434 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Cable antenna RG5 6418 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Cable cassette size RG5 6431 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Cable cassette size optional RG5 6430 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Cable dc power supply RG5 6415 000CN Internal comp
18. berg e you Jena speed sade tee saded HOTA Ben Eu Wun seuuesgyese7 J ano na Mand oad yoda soda anes Ast D E jeueg jonuog iagram HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models itd ICH Figure 7 53 General c 447 Diagrams ENWW J4049L DC controller PCB JOU J4049LB J4049LA J4049D 4 4 J4049DB J4049DA OOOmet SEKR 22990 gt Ku ob 3g Jaaa d g 2 o oo Q o NHN 0 PF MOTB J 5 w PF MOT B tg B SE o PE MOTA S mo EES a z o gt S 2 Se PF MOT AA UC ei D Solo T 9 TH oO oO D E 2 J 9 L o A p S a 5 z 8 8 8 o S g ny a 24V 2 5 7 BY SAND PICK SOL 8 2 39 Cl EMPTY 2 4 Wi a L bel D E N T T T T T gt wW O iw m mn Figure 7 54 General circuit diagram 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only 448 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting SL1 Upper cassette pickup solenoid SL Als sw2 Lower cassette paper size detection switch Lower cassette pickup solenoid Upper cassette detection switch SR1 SR2 Upper cassette Lower cassette paper sensor paper sensor EC wd Aw w W wy W meok J5007 FIT lt 4 3 523DB J523DA J523D M1 Main motor SR3 Paper feed se
19. 16 Ib to 53 Ib Prints on a wide range of media types including glossy labels overhead transparencies and envelopes Accepts multiple gloss levels Includes a 500 sheet input tray tray 2 that supports letter legal executive JIS B5 A4 A5 and custom size media An optional 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 that supports letter legal executive JIS B5 A4 A5 and custom size media the tray is standard on HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn 4600hdn and 4650dtn printers E NOTE The optional 500 sheet paper feeder is available only for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models An optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 that supports letter legal executive JIS B5 16K A4 A5 and custom size media the tray is standard on the HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn printer Eg NOTE The 2 x 500 sheet feeder is available only for the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models Includes built in 2 sided printing on the HP Color LaserJet 4600dn 4600dtn 4600hdn 4650dn 4650dtn and 4650hdn printers not included with the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer Includes a 250 sheet face down output bin 6 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW ENWW Table 1 4 Printer features continued Feature Description Accessories D Printer hard disk which provides storage for fonts and macros as well as job storage To determine if your model contains a hard disk see Model configurations E NO
20. 7 Press Y to highlight SYSTEM SETUP D Press to select SYSTEM SETUP 9 Press Y to highlight LANGUAGE 10 Press to select LANGUAGE 11 Press Y to highlight the appropriate language and then press to select and save the language choice 54 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Testing the printer operation Print a configuration page to ensure that the printer is working correctly 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 3 Press to select INFORMATION 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION 5 Press to select PRINT CONFIGURATION ENWW Testing the printer operation 55 Using PowerSave The adjustable PowerSave Time feature reduces power consumption when the printer has been inactive for an extended period You can set the length of time before the printer goes into PowerSave mode PowerSave settings vary depending on the model of printer that you have E NOTE The printer control panel display dims when the printer is in PowerSave mode PowerSave mode does not affect printer warm up time To set PowerSave Time 1 10 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press Y to highlight SYSTEM SETUP Press to select SYSTEM SETUP Press Y to high
21. ENWW 2 x 500 sheet feeder 171 Cassette detection and cassette paper size detection The printer can sense whether the cassette tray 3 4 is installed correctly and it can sense the size of the paper in the cassettes Paper size detection switches at the back of the cassettes send this information to the DC controller The DC controller determines which size is loaded by reading various switches See Table 5 8 Cassette paper size detection 2 x 500 sheet feeder Figure 5 43 Cassette paper size detection switches 2 x 500 sheet feeder shows how the switches are stacked Table 5 8 Cassette paper size detection 2 x 500 sheet feeder Paper size Paper size detection switch swt SW2 SW3 A4 on off off B5 on on off A5 on off on Letter off on on Legal off off on Executive off on off Custom on on on No cassette off off off Although the cassette determines the paper size by reading the switches it is possible that the user can select a different size from what is loaded creating an error in paper size detection The paper leading edge sensor detects when the leading edge and the trailing edge of a sheet of paper pass it By measuring the time between the passing of the leading edge and trailing edge the sensor determines the actual size of the sheet If this measured size differs from the size specified by the formatter or the switch combination the DC controller determines a mis match The sheet is ejecte
22. IEEE 802 11b standard By using the wireless HP Jetdirect 802 11b external print server HP peripherals can be placed anywhere in the office or home and connected to a wireless network running Microsoft Apple Netware UNIX or Linux network operating systems This wireless technology provides a high quality 64 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW printing solution without the physical constraints of wiring Peripherals can be conveniently placed anywhere in an office or home and can be easily moved without changing network cables Installation is easy with the HP Install Network Printer Wizard HP Jetdirect 802 11b print servers are available for USB and parallel connections Bluetooth E NOTE Bluetooth wireless technology is not supported for the Macintosh operating system Bluetooth wireless technology is a low power short range radio technology that can be used to wirelessly connect computers printers personal digital assistants PDAs cell phones and other devices Unlike infrared technology Bluetooth s reliance on radio signals means that devices do not have to be in the same room office or cubicle or have an unobstructed line of sight in order to communicate This wireless technology increases portability and efficiency within business network programs HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer models use a Bluetooth adapter hp bt1300 to incorporate Bluetooth wireless technology The adapter is avai
23. Printing The printer is generating the Follow the instructions on the printed REGISTRATION PAGE registration page The printer will return to the SET REGISTRATION menu when the page is completed pages Printing RGB SAMPLES Printing SUPPLIES STATUS This message appears while the printer RGB samples are generated The printer is generating a supplies status page The printer will return to the Ready state when the page is completed No action is necessary No action is necessary Printing USAGE PAGE The printer is generating a usage page page The printer will return to the Ready state when the page is completed No action is necessary Processing duplex job Do not grab paper until job completes Paper temporarily comes into the output bin while printing a duplex job Do not attempt to remove the pages until the job is complete Do not grab paper when it comes into the output bin The message will disappear when the job is finished You can then remove pages from the bin Processing The printer is currently processing a job but is not yet picking sheets When paper motion begins this message will be replaced by a message that indicates which tray the job is being printed from No action is necessary Processing copy lt X gt of lt Y gt Processing from tray XX The printer is currently processing or printing collated copies The message in
24. Rated current 6 amps 3 amps Table 1 6 Power requirements for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Item 110 volt models 220 volt models Power requirements 100 127 V 10 220 240 V 10 50 60 Hz 2 Hz 50 60 Hz 2 Hz Rated current 6 amps 3 amps ENWW Identification site requirements and specifications 17 Table 1 7 Power consumption average in watts Product model Printing Ready PowerSave Off Product model HP Color LaserJet 426 W 34 W 30 W ow 4600 models 110 volt models HP Color LaserJet 430 W 36 W 32 W ow 4600 models 220 volt models HP Color LaserJet 560 W 38 W 26 W 0 3 W 4610n and 4650 models except HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn printer HP Color LaserJet 560 W 40 W 31W 0 3 W 4650hdn printer Values are subject to change See www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 for current information The PowerSave default activation time is 30 minutes Power reported is highest value measured for color and monochrome printing using all standard voltages Default time from Ready mode to PowerSave 30 minutes Maximum heat dissipation for all models in Ready mode 137 BTU Hour BR o H Environmental specifications Specification Recommended Allowed Temperature 17 to 25 C 62 6 to 77 F 10 to 30 C 50 to 86 F Humidity 30 to 70 relative humidity RH 10 to 80 RH Altitude not applicable 0 to 2
25. Ready For menus press Ka ORDER lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with To continue press D The printer has detected that a non HP print cartridge is currently installed The identified print cartridge is nearing the end of its useful life and the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set to STOP Override the setting by pressing If you believe that the cartridge is an HP cartridge please call the HP fraud hotline Any printer repair that is required as a result of using non HP cartridges is not covered under HP warranty 1 Order the identified print cartridge 2 Press to continue 3 Press for detailed information 4 Press and Y to step through the instructions 5 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server 270 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action ORDER lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with LESS THAN XXXX PAGES LEFT The identified print cartridge is near end of its life The printer is ready and will continue for the estimated number of pages that appear 1 2 Order the identified print cartridge The estimate of pages remaining is based upon historical page coverage for this printer Printing will continue until REPLACE lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE appears Press for detailed information Pr
26. The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Jams in tray 2 The following table describes the cause of and solutions for jams in tray 2 Table 7 9 Causes for jams in tray 2 Cause Solution The separation tabs in the paper cassette are deformed Straighten the tabs on the front corners of the tray or replace the cassette The pickup roller is worn or damaged Replace the pickup roller The feed roller is dirty worn or damaged Clean the feed roller If it is still dirty after cleaning or if it is worn or damaged replace the feed roller ENWW Paper path troubleshooting 337 Table 7 9 Causes for jams in tray 2 continued Cause Solution The drive gears are damaged Check the drive gears in the paper pickup unit Replace the pickup drive assembly if the gears are damaged The cassette pickup solenoid is damaged 1 Disconnect the connector for the cassette pickup solenoid from the DC controller PCA 2 Measure the resistance between the cable side connectors J1020 13 and J1020 12 3 If the measured resistance is not about 160 ohms replace the cassette pickup solenoid The pickup motor is defective Replace the paper pickup drive assembly The paper pickup assembly is defective
27. Windows NT 4 0 Server not available for the HP CLJ 4610n printer and Workstation Windows 2000 Professional Server and Advanced Server and Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 systems To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems visit HP Customer Care Online at www hp com go webjetadmin_software When installed on a host server any client can open HP Web Jetadmin through a supported Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 and 6 0 or Netscape Navigator 7 0 HP Web Jetadmin has the following features m The task oriented user interface provides configurable views saving network managers significant time a Customizable user profiles let network administrators include only the function that is viewed or used a Instant e mail notification of hardware failure low supplies and other printer problems can be routed to different people Remote installation and management is available from anywhere by using only a standard Web browser m Advanced autodiscovery locates peripherals on the network without manually entering each printer into a database m The software accommodates simple integration into enterprise management packages a You can quickly find peripherals based on parameters such as IP address color capability and model name m You can easily organize peripherals into logical groups with virtual office maps for easy navigation m You ca
28. a The printer driver is set incorrectly Change the paper type setting to HEAVY or GLOSSY m The media that you are using is too heavy for the printer and the toner is not fusing to the media Image formation troubleshooting 343 The transparencies that you are using are not designed for correct toner adhesion Use only transparencies that are designed for HP Color LaserJet printers The moisture content of the paper is uneven too high or too low Use paper from a different source or from an unopened ream of paper Some areas of the paper reject toner Use paper from a different source or from an unopened ream of paper The letterhead that you are using is printed on rough paper Use a smoother xerographic paper If this solves your problem consult with the printer who produces your letterhead to verify that the paper used meets the specifications for this printer The paper is excessively rough Use a smoother xerographic paper Overhead transparency defects Overhead transparencies can show any of the image quality problems that appear on any other type of media as well as defects that are specific to printing on transparencies In addition because transparencies are pliable while in the print path they are subject to being marked by the media handling components E NOTE Allow transparencies to cool for at least 30 seconds before handling them In the printer driver Paper tab select Transparency as the media type
29. are incorporated into the printer Test pages explains tests that can be used to determine whether the print engine and formatter are functioning Engine reset describes how to perform an engine reset Service menu provides procedures for opening the service menu and performing service oriented tasks These tasks include counts for entering the serial number service ID transfer unit maintenance fuser maintenance color page and total page and clearing the event log 256 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Diagrams provides graphical locations and tables for the printer s internal assemblies and sensors ENWW Introduction 257 Troubleshooting process When the printer malfunctions or encounters an unexpected situation the printer control panel alerts you to the situation This section contains a pre troubleshooting checklist to filter out many possible causes of the problem A troubleshooting flowchart helps you diagnose the root cause of the problem The remainder of this chapter provides steps for correcting problems m Use the pre troubleshooting checklist to evaluate the source of the problem and to reduce the number of steps that are required to fix the problem Use the troubleshooting flowchart to pinpoint the root cause of hardware malfunctions The flowchart guides you to the appropriate section of this chapter that provides steps for correcting the malfunction Before beginning any troubleshooting procedure check the
30. 2 of 2 ENWW Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only 247 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder drive assembly 1 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover Disconnect two springs callout 1 Remove two gears callout 2 by releasing the locking tabs and sliding the gears off of the shaft Disconnect five connectors callout 3 and then remove three screws callout 4 a A WO N Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder drive assembly callout 5 Figure 6 86 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder drive assembly 2 of 2 248 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder feed sensor 1 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette pickup assembly See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette pickup assembly 2 Remove two screws callout 1 3 Release the two feed roller retaining tabs callout 2 and then remove the feed roller assembly callout 3 4 Disconnect one connector callout 4 and then remove the feed sensor callout 5 Figure 6 87 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder feed sensor 1 of 2 Figure 6 88 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder feed sensor 2 of 2 ENWW Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only 249 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper or lower cassette paper sensor 1 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper
31. 2 of 3 4 Remove one screw callout 4 and then disconnect the two connectors callout 5 5 Remove the low voltage power supply CAUTION When removing the low voltage power supply be sure that elements do not touch sheet metal Figure 6 46 Remove the low voltage power supply left side 3 of 3 216 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Power supply fan HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 1 Remove the following assemblies Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Left cover See Left cover DC controller shield See DC controller shield Right cover See Right cover Low voltage power supply See Low voltage power supply 2 Disconnect on connector from the DC controller PCA callout 1 3 Remove the wire from the wire guide and pass the wire through the hole in the chassis callout 2 a Figure 6 47 Remove the power supply fan 1 of 2 HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ENWW Internal components 217 4 Release the locking tabs on the fan and remove the power supply fan callout 3 Figure 6 48 Remove the power supply fan 2 of 2 HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Formatter case 1 Remove the following assemblies Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Left cover See Left cover DC controller shield See DC controller shield Right cover See Righ
32. 5 of 5 RH7 1490 000CN Fan formatter Internal components 3 of 5 RH7 1491 000CN RH7 1494 000CN RH7 1495 000CN Fan cartridge Motor M7 developing disengaging stepping Motor M8 fuser DS brushless 24 V 4600 Only Internal components 3 of 5 Disengaging drive assembly Fuser drive assembly RH7 1495 000CN Motor M6 ETB DC brushless 24 V 4600 Only ETB assembly RH7 1605 000CN Motor M8 fuser DS brushless 24 V 4610n 4650 Only Fuser drive assembly RH7 1605 000CN Motor M6 ETB DC brushless 24 V 4610n 4650 Only ETB assembly RH7 1607 000CN Fan lower power supply fan 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 3 of 5 RH7 5319 000C Solenoid Paper pickup drive assembly RS6 2510 000CN Spring tension Internal components 5 of 5 RS6 2511 O00CN Spring tension Internal components 3 of 5 RS6 2511 O00CN Spring tension Internal components 4 of 5 RS6 2537 000CN Spring tension Internal components 1 of 5 RS7 0135 000CN Cam gear 66T Internal components 5 of 5 RS7 0136 020CN RS7 0137 000CN RS7 0138 000CN Gear 29T Gear 200T cyan and magenta Gear 200T black and yellow Internal components 5 of 5 Internal components 1 of 5 Internal components 1 of 5 RS7 0139 000CN Gear 17T Internal components 1 of 5 VD7 0644 0
33. C9660 40025 Q3668 67924 Traditional Chinese overlay 4600 Only Traditional Chinese label 4650 Only Reference materials 5963 7863 HP LaserJet Printer Family Paper Specifications Guide 5021 0330 PCL PJL Technical Reference Package Q3668 90970 HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer service manual this service manual is for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models and the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer Supplies C9720A C9720 67901 Black print cartridge C9720A C9720 67902 Black print cartridge Europe C9721A C9721 67901 Cyan print cartridge C9721 67902 Cyan print cartridge Europe C9722A C9722 67901 Yellow print cartridge C9723A C9722 67902 C9723 67901 Yellow print cartridge Europe Magenta print cartridge C9723 67902 Magenta print cartridge Europe C9724A C9660 69012 exchange RG5 6484 040CN new Image transfer kit 4600 Only Q3675A Q3675 69001 exchange RG5 7455 000CN new Image transfer kit 4610n 4650 Only C9725A C9660 67902 exchange RG5 6493 190CN new Image fuser kit 110 volt 4600 Only Q3676A Q3676 69001 exchange RG5 7450 110CN new Image fuser kit 110 volt 4610n 4650 Only C9726A C9660 69003 exchange RG5 6517 110CN new Image fuser kit 220 volt 4600 Only Q3677A Q3677 69001 exchange RG5 7451 110CN
34. Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in the multipurpose tray TRAY 1 For help press Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and Y to step through the instructions Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it Clean or replace the separation pad Replace the tray 1 pickup solenoid Replace the tray 1 pickup motor Replace the paper pickup assembly Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Printer error troubleshooting 315 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 20 INSUFFICIENT MEMORY For help press alternates with 20 INSUFFICIENT The printer has received more data from the computer than fits in the available memory 1 Press to resume printing see the note below 2 Reduce the complexity of the print job to avoid this error 3 Adding memory to the printer may allow printing of more complex pages MEMORY To continue E NOTE Aloss of data will occur press D 22 EIO X The printer EIO card in slot BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue press X has overflowed its I O buffer during a busy state Press to resume printing E NOTE A loss of
35. ENWW ENWW Make sure that the printer installation location has the following attributes A well ventilated dust free area A hard level surface with not more than a 2 angle m For the HP Color LaserJet 4600 4600n and 4600dn the surface must support at least 37 kg 81 Ib m For the HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn and 4600hdn the surface must support at least 44 kg 97 lb m For the HP Color LaserJet 4610n the surface must support at least 36 kg 80 Ib m For the HP Color LaserJet 4650 4650n and 4650dn the surface must support at least 36 kg 80 Ib For the HP Color LaserJet 4650dtn the surface must support at least 44 kg 97 Ib A level surface that supports all four corners of the printer A constant temperature and humidity not near water sources humidifiers air conditioners refrigerators or other major appliances CAUTION The HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn must not be installed on an elevated surface Always install the HP CLJ 4650hdn printer on a hard level floor Make sure to keep the printer away from the following environmental features Direct sunlight dust open flames or water The direct flow of exhaust from air ventilation systems Magnets and devices that emit a magnetic field Areas that experience vibration Walls or other objects Identification site requirements and specifications 15 Space requirements The HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printers must have the following clearan
36. Fuser power supply PCA 110 V RG5 6399 030CN Printer PCAs Fuser power supply PCA 220 V RG5 6400 030CN Printer PCAs Fuser power supply PCA 110 V RG5 6399 030CN Internal components 5 of 5 Fuser power supply PCA 220 V RG5 6400 050CN Internal components 5 of 5 Fuser 110 V 4600 Only RG5 6493 190CN Internal components 4 of 5 Fuser 110 V 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7450 110CN Internal components 4 of 5 Fuser 220 V 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7451 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Gear 17T RS7 0139 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Gear 200T black and yellow RS7 0138 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Gear 200T cyan and magenta RS7 0137 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Gear 29T RS7 0136 020CN Internal components 5 of 5 Gear pressure RB2 8122 020CN Internal components 5 of 5 High voltage power supply PCA exchange C9660 69022 Printer PCAs High voltage power supply PCA new RG5 6395 000CN Printer PCAs High voltage power supply PCA assembly exchange C9660 69022 Internal components 3 of 5 High voltage power supply PCA assembly new RG5 6395 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 HVT terminal assembly RG5 6449 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Laser scanner assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7475 000CN Internal components 4 of 5
37. HP Color LaserJet 4600 printer product The HP CLJ 4600 printer is the base model which includes number C9660A 96 megabytes MB of synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM and one 500 sheet input tray Callout 1 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4600 printer 2 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Table 1 1 HP Color LaserJet 4600 model configurations continued HP Color LaserJet 4600n printer product number C9692A The HP CLJ 4600n printer includes all of the features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 610n print server network card Callout 1 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4600n printer HP Color LaserJet 4600dn printer product number C9661A The HP CLJ 4600dn printer includes all of the features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 610n print server network card automatic 2 sided printing duplexing an additional 500 sheet feeder and 96 MB of SDRAM Callout 1 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4600dn printer HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn printer product number C9662A The HP CLJ 4600dtn printer includes all of the features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 610n print server network card and automatic 2 sided printing duplexing an additional 500 sheet feeder and 160 MB of SDRAM Callout 2 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn prin
38. The media might have been incorrectly loaded in the paper trays something in the fuser might be obstructing the media or the sensor could be stuck or broken A WARNING The fuser is hot wait 10 minutes for it to cool down 13 12 00 JAM IN DUPLEX PATH 1 2 3 printer A 13 12 00 jam occurs when the printer is trying to print a duplex print job after the media has entered the fuser and started back down the paper path but has never arrived at or was late getting to the paper leading edge sensor PS3 The media might have been disturbed by an outside source for example someone might have grabbed the media while it was turning around or something might be in the fuser that is obstructing the media Jam recovery This printer automatically provides jam recovery a feature that you can use to set whether the printer should attempt to automatically reprint jammed pages Two options are AUTO The printer will attempt to reprint jammed pages a OFF The printer will not attempt to reprint jammed pages E NOTE During the recovery process the printer might reprint several pages that were printed correctly before the jam occurred Be sure to remove any duplicated pages Paper path troubleshooting 333 To disable paper jam recovery 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 3 Press to select
39. and NT HP Color LaserJet 4650 models 1 2 3 4 5 On the Start menu point to Settings and then click Printers Right click the printer and select Properties On the Configure tab click More In the Total Memory field type or select the total amount of memory that is now installed Click OK To enable memory for Windows 2000 and XP HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 1 2 3 4 On the Start menu point to Settings and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes Right click the printer and select Properties On the Device Settings tab click Printer Memory in the Installable Options section Select the total amount of memory that is now installed and then click OK Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 113 Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only You can install an HP Jetdirect print server card in the base model printer which comes with an open EIO slot E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n has no available EIO slots This model uses the HP Jetdirect 175x print server which is connected to the USB port See Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card HP Color LaserJet 4610n model 1 Turn the printer off and disconnect all power and interface cables 2 Locate an empty EIO slot Loosen and remove the two retaining screws holding the cover for the EIO slot onto the printer and then remove the cover You will not need th
40. and is functioning correctly If it is defective replace it Replace the fuser A WARNING The fuser might be hot Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 13 12 00 JAM IN A jam exists in the duplex path DUPLEX PATH For help press Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and Y to step through the instructions Determine whether the ETB rollers or gears are worn or defective Replace the ETB if they are Check the duplex feed guide which is part of the control panel crossmember assembly If the guide is worn or damaged replace the crossmember assembly 314 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 13 20 00 JAM IN A page has jammed as it entered the fuser TOP COVER AREA For help press alternates with 13 20 00 JAM IN TOP COVER AREA Then open and close top cover 1 Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and Y to step through the instructions Check that the fuser paper sensor is in place If it is defective replace it Replace the fuser A WARNING The fuser might be hot Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full
41. data will occur 22 PARALLEL I O BUFFER OVERFLOW For help press alternates with 22 PARALLEL I O BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue press The printer parallel buffer has overflowed during a busy state Press to resume printing E NOTE A loss of s data will occur 22 SERIAL UO BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue press d The printer serial buffer has overflowed during a busy state Press to resume printing E NOTE A loss of z data will occur 40 BAD SERIAL TRANSMISSION To continue press d A serial data error parity framing or line overrun has occurred while the printer was receiving data Press to resume printing E NOTE Aloss of data will occur 316 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 40 EIO X BAD A connection with the card in Press to resume EIO slot X has been broken printing see note below TRANSMISSION abnormally Check that all cables To continue are connected to the EIO ports and that the press D EIO board is seated properly If possible print to another network printer to verify the network is working properly NOTE A loss of data will occur 41 3 UNEXPECTED The media that is loaded is longer or shorter in the feed direction than the size that is configured for the tray SIZE IN TRAY
42. e Ka i di D LI Primary CI arg ng roller isengaging I motor 4 g Memory Lg i Z tag l H Developing j home position Toner container sensor e a Stirrers Photosensitive PS5 drum Le Toner charging roller Toner level Toner level Developing disengaging detection detection Developing cylinder block sensor sensor light emitter light receiver Figure 5 15 Print cartridge The following are the physical components inside the print cartridge Photosensitive drum p Primary charging roller m Developing cylinder a Toner charging roller p Stirrers Waste toner transfer plate The photosensitive drum rotation drives the primary charging roller All other components are driven by the drum motor The developing disengaging motor drives the developing disengaging block which causes the developing cylinder to engage with or disengage from the photosensitive drum The DC controller uses an LED and a photo diode to monitor the level of toner inside the cartridge It stores this information on a memory tag that is built into each cartridge 138 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Memory tag The memory tag is an EEP ROM that is built into the print cartridge It stores information about the amount of toner in the cartridge and estimates the remaining life Figure 5 16 Memory tag illustrates how the memory tag operates DC controller PCA Antenna unit Memory tag X Q Memory controller
43. new 4650 Only Printer PCAs Q3999 69002 Formatter simplex duplex exchange 4650 Only Printer PCAs Q7732 67901 Formatter simplex new 4610n Only Printer PCAs Q7732 69001 Formatter simplex exchange 4610n Only Printer PCAs RB1 2155 000CN Roller oblique ETB assembly RB2 3691 000CN RB2 8121 000CN Adjuster cover 4650 Only Cap left 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 2 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only Internal components 4 of 5 RB2 8122 020CN Gear pressure Internal components 5 of 5 RB2 8124 000CN Cap right Internal components 4 of 5 RB2 8151 020CN Arm pressure Internal components 3 of 5 RB2 8195 000CN Lever cartridge pressure Internal components 2 of 5 RB2 8196 000CN Cover cartridge 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 2 of 5 RB2 8213 000CN Rod spring Internal components 2 of 5 RB2 8213 000CN Rod spring Internal components 2 of 5 RB2 8225 000CN Plate drive interlock Internal components 1 of 5 RB2 8239 000CN Plate developer disengagement change plate Internal components 1 of 5 ENWW Numerical parts list 515 Table 8 28 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RB2 8246 000CN Spring scanner support Internal components 5 of 5 RB2 8250 000CN Arm test print Internal components 1 o
44. supplies on network connected HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only HP CLJ 4650 models HP LaserJet Toolbox software to provide printer status and alerts configure printer settings view documentation and troubleshooting information and print internal printer information pages Supported printer personalities m HPPCL6 m HP PCL 5c m PostScript 3 emulation PS a Automatic language switching m HP CLJ 4610n and 4650 models Portable document format PDF Storage features m Job storage only for HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models that contain hard disks Fonts and forms Personal identification number PIN printing for printers that contain hard disks Printer features 5 Table 1 4 Printer features continued Feature Description Environmental features D PowerSave setting High content of recyclable components and materials ENERGY STAR compliant Fonts 8 80 internal fonts are available for both PCL and PostScript emulation 80 printer matching screen fonts in TrueType format are available with the software solution HP Web Jetadmin supports forms and fonts on the disk Paper handling m Prints on media from 77 mm x 127 mm 3 inches x 5 inches up to legal size 216 mm x 355 mm 8 5 inches x 14 inches HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Prints on media of weights from 60 g m to 176 g m 16 Ib to 47 Ib HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Prints on media of weights from 60 g m to 199 g m
45. 000CN RH7 1605 000CN Qty Internal components 483 Exploded view 2 Figure 8 13 Cassette tray 2 484 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 15 Cassette tray 2 Ref 1 Description Cassette tray 2 4600 Only Cassette tray 2 4610n 4650 Only Separation pad Plate separation assembly Arm paper size Multipurpose tray pickup roller assembly Part number RG5 6476 090CN RG5 7459 000CN RF5 3750 020CN RF5 3749 000CN RB2 8349 000CN RG9 1529 000CN Qty Internal components 485 FZ WAZA YS d ys Se N d N LA Ge A Y Kc Sch d AA a v D g 2 NAN A 7 G y J S S e Ai e EI Sa ei Ee J o o KI OQ o ss Za 4 A Ni E 0 ek M5 Y Figure 8 14 Paper pickup assembly ENWW 486 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 16 Paper pickup assembly Ref 1 Description Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only Roller paper pickup Paper sensor PCA assembly Paper pickup drive assembly 4600 Only Paper pickup drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only Cable paper feed Part number RG5 6468 040CN RG5 7453 040CN RF5 3739 000CN RG5 6392 000CN RG5 6469 000CN RG5 7466 000CN RG5 6419 000CN Qty Internal components 487 ANTE OEP Lf J e EE D Figure 8 15 ETB assembly ENWW 488 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams E
46. 1 x Figure 6 13 Remove the control panel 1 of 3 Covers and external components 187 3 Lift the right side of the control panel disconnect one connector callout 2 unwind the wires from the stay callout 3 and remove the control panel Figure 6 15 Remove the control panel 3 of 3 188 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 4600 models E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer control panel is available in English only You S do not need to install an overlay or a label for this model For the HP CLJ 4650 models see Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 4650 models Some printer models are shipped without the control panel overlay installed or you might prefer using a different overlay from the one that is installed Overlays are available for several languages and you can change the language for control panel messages If you are setting up a printer for a language other than English follow this procedure 1 Open the top cover Use a small flat blade screwdriver to release the locking tabs on both sides of the control panel overlay and then remove the overlay 2 Position the new overlay over the top of the control panel Insert the left tab of the overlay into the slot on the printer face Line up the tab on the right side of the overlay with the slot on the right side of the control panel Set the overlay in place by pushing down on the
47. 1998 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and carries the CE Marking accordingly This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems The product includes LAN Local Area Network options When the interface cable is attached to LAN connectors the product meets the requirements of EN55022 Class A in which case the following applies Warning This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures 4For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the product name or the product number s Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA 32 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Declaration of conformity 29 January 2004 For regulatory topics only Australia Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Offic
48. 24 V replace the formatter fan 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 57 5 Power supply fan error F3 HP Color LaserJet 4650 models 1 Reconnect the connector J1037 on the DC controller PCA 2 Immediately after turning the printer on measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J1037 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 24 V replace the power supply fan 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 58 X A memory tag error was 1 Turn the printer off and detected then on PRINTER ERROR 2 Replace the memory For help press X Description PCA 2 air temperature sensor 3 Replace the DC alternates with controller PCA 3 CPU Calibrate the printer 324 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 58 X 4 power supply after replacing the DC controller See Full PRINTER ERROR Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n To continue turn off then on and 4650 models 59 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 59 X Y PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on A printer motor error has occurred X Description 0 m
49. 3 or tray 3 4 the media might skew The print media is binding or sticking together The print media is removed before it settles into the output bin Remove the media flex it rotate it 180 or flip it over Reload the media into the input tray Do not fan media Reset the printer Wait until the page completely settles in the output bin before removing it When duplexing the print media is removed before the second side of the document is printed HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only Reset the printer and print the document again Wait until the page completely settles in the output bin before removing it The print media is in poor condition Replace the print media 334 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 7 7 Common causes of jams continued Cause Solution The internal rollers do not pick up print media from tray 2 Remove the top sheet of media If the media is heavier than tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 105 g m 28 Ib it might not be picked from the tray only E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer does not support tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 The print media has rough or jagged edges Replace the media The print media is perforated or embossed This media does not separate easily You might need to feed single sheets from tray 1 One or more printer supply items have reached the end of Check the printer control panel
50. 405 Sensor Test special mode Test 405 Manual sensor test special mode test HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 IMOGGIS ice ET 408 Component test special mode jeet 413 xii ENWW PIN StOp TOS cnisia cas due deed ENEE dawanenadenteatecasa deeds 418 Information o TUE 418 Configure device menu printing men 419 Configure device Menu resetS men 419 Configure device menu print quality men 419 Kee E 420 Engine test PAGS eirian annd aa itinin iiaiai akad iaia iaaa 420 Formatter test pag e ii ccddieiaeeeeetscte ies eevee EE ATA i ated ed 420 Fagina TOSCUS E 421 Cold TESOt veciccc cect eres eiees ects E 421 To perform a coldreset e 421 Kiel e 421 Torinitialize NVRAML secciones dina EES AER 422 Resetting the calibration values for the DC Controller ccceeeeeseeceeeeeenneeeeeeentieeeeeeeeaas 422 To reset the calibration values for the DC controller 422 Hard disk WptaltsatlOont gengs e deed Seed dacateneadendauaudseten da dents snug E aA A aa 422 To initialize the hard dek ekEEEEEEeEEERREEEEEENEEEEE KREE EREEEEEEEEEEEEEKEEENE KEE cena 422 Calibration DYPaSS 0 0 ecceeeeee eee ente eee eettnee serene aE aana Aa 422 To bypass Calibrathon DEET 423 Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 423 Quick Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 model 423 Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 model 424 ele HEET 425 Using the Service men 425 Clear event lOO ss sisi eona a E E A aa 425 Total page
51. 463 509 515 components diagnostics 413 part numbers 466 configuration page printing 55 104 389 configuration replacement parts 329 configurations models 2 Configure device menu 371 connecting network cards 59 parallel cable 57 power cord 50 connectors locating 443 control panel assembly partnumbers 467 509 517 blank troubleshooting 262 cold reset 421 Configure device menu 371 Diagnostics menu 382 524 Index error messages 4600 alphabetical 264 error messages 4600 numerical 298 error messages 4610n and 4650 alphabetical 279 error messages 4610n and 4650 numerical 311 error messages types of 263 IO menu 380 Information menu 369 label part numbers 455 label installing 54 190 locating 4600 9 locating 4610n 10 locating 4650 11 locking menus 82 menu map printing 367 operations 133 overlay partnumbers 455 overlay installing 53 189 Paper handling menu 370 Print quality menu 374 Printing menu 371 removing 187 Resets menu 381 Service menu 383 425 System setup menu 376 counts page NVRAM initialization 421 resetting 425 Service menu 383 usage page 394 covers 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder removing 243 cleaning 86 front removing 186 left removing 183 locating 4600 9 locating 4610n 10 locating 4650 11 partnumbers 464 rear top removing 181 rear removing 178 right removing 184 top jams 340 top removing 179 CPU 131 critical error messages 263 customer support 41 453
52. 4650 models Go towww hp com go printquality clj44600 www hp com go printquality clj4610 or www hp com go printguality clj4650 to identify and troubleshoot print quality issues for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 printers as well as to show customers how to troubleshoot print quality issues This Web site suggests solutions for eight print quality issues It includes a tool that uses standard images in order to ensure that the support agent and the customer have a common diagnostic method for isolating the issue You can also visit the Web site from www hp com by using the following procedure 1 On the Main www hp com page click Support amp Drivers 2 Type CLJ4610 or CLJ4650 in the open text field and then click the forward arrows 3 Click the product name in the list that is provided 4 Click print quality troubleshooting tool under Hot Topics in the box at the right of the screen Ex NOTE The customer can also go to www hp com bizsupport to find the print quality troubleshooting tool under Hot Topics These Web sites provide intuitive step by step directions for producing print quality troubleshooting pages that can be used to isolate issues and provide possible print quality solutions Print quality problems associated with media Some print quality problems arise from use of inappropriate media a Use media that meets HP specifications m The surface of the media is too smooth See Print media specifications
53. 54 1 error Check the fuser See 50 X fuser error 54 3 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 5 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 6 error Check the connections Replace the paper pickup unit 54 7 54 8 54 9 or 54 10 error Check the connections Replace the drum phase sensor for the indicated color 54 11 54 12 54 13 or 54 14 error Check the connections Check the cartridge and replace it if necessary Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 15 54 16 54 17 54 18 Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 19 error Check the ETB connection Replace the ETB Replace the DC controller Calibrate the printer See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 54 20 error Check the connection Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 21 54 22 54 23 or 54 24 error Check the connections Replace the toner level sensing PCA Replace the DC controller Calibrate the printer See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 306 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 55 01 XY DC CONTROLLER ERROR The DC controller is not communicating with the formatter The problem could be 1 Press to continue caused b
54. A duplex job was interrupted by interference as media passed through the output bin during duplexing E Press for more information Remove one or two pages from the output bin as directed by the message on the control panel display Press to continue printing NOTE If JAM RECOVERY OFF some pages will not be reprinted Resend the missing pages 298 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action JOB INTERRUPTED Discard top two sheets and press ODO 13 XX YY JAM IN DUPLEX PATH For help press A jam exists in the duplex path Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and Y to step through the instructions Determine whether the ETB rollers or gears are worn or defective Replace the ETB if they are Check the duplex feed guide which is part of the control panel crossmember assembly If the guide is worn or damaged replace the crossmember assembly 13 XX YY JAM IN PAPER INPUT PATH For help press A jam exists in the media input path Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and Y to step through the instructions Check the registration shutter and make sure that it is in place Replace the paper pickup assembly if the shutter is damaged Check the paper pickup feed rollers and replace them if they are worn or
55. Bk cartridge Developing cylinder o se Y cartridge DC positive bias e o r el C cartridge S DC negative bias DC negative bias DC negative bias eo 777 TTT Figure 5 28 ETB cleaning 152 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Photosensitive drum cleaning A cleaning blade inside the print cartridge clears the remaining toner on the photosensitive drum as the drum rotates past the blade This waste toner is moved into the waste toner container in the top of the print cartridge Figure 5 29 Drum cleaning illustrates this step Waste toner container Waste toner transfer plate Cleaning blade Figure 5 29 Drum cleaning During the printing process toner adheres to the primary charging roller and the toner charging roller To prevent print quality defects this toner needs to be cleaned The DC controller alternately applies negative bias in different values to the primary charging roller and the toner charging roller when one of the following occurs m The printer is turned on m The covers are closed Atthe start of a print operation m After printing a specified number of pages Applying bias removes the toner from each roller The toner on the primary charging roller is transferred to the photosensitive drum and the toner on the toner charging roller is transferred to the developing cylinder Then the cleaning blade scr
56. COUN E 425 Transfer Kit COUNT sssini ro niiina aaa aaa iaia a a i 425 FUSER kit COUNT anssi a a aaa 425 Serial number 425 Service ID anniina ceed E TE DES Seege See 426 Restoring the Service ID 426 Converting the Service ID to an actual date 426 Cold reset paper 427 RIIT 428 Mee keete deed ee 428 SWITCHES sone ces biedvieccncacdastavsanclicdaadessacsanediceadaaay EENS BEE nen SEN 430 EISES eschdes dAd gereegelt ur 432 eil ele EE 435 Motors ANG CTT 437 EE Eege eege eege 439 DC controller PCA ssacicivssienasnssasceivencsnavenaca ege EA d e idee deed geg 441 L ele tele 443 General Circuit diagrai xc isiesciceesevecaceeveseseedet EEN de AEAEE EEN EEN EE EEA 446 8 Parts and diagrams MATFODUCUON E 452 Ordering parts ANd supplies 453 RE ere E IT 453 Kar 453 CUSTOMER ee EE 453 ENWW xiii xiv tele 453 Common CEET 459 IIlustrations and parts lets cee ceeeee cece ceeeaaeceeeeeeeeeceeaaecaeeeeeeesesecaeaeeeeeeeeeeseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeneees 460 Locations of Major componens assisen aa aa NEEE NAAN AAAA AA ANa 461 External covers and Panels cccccccceceeeeenneceeeeeee cece eeaecaeeeeeescecaaeeeeeeeeesecaeaeeeeeeeeesegseceaeaeeseeeeenteees 464 Internal COMPOMEMINS denten eigene dh ee EE ees SEA ag 466 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4600 4650 models only 492 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models onhy cc eecceeeeee teeter etter aeeeeereaeeeereed A96 Alphabetical partelet cease eee ceceaeaeceeeeeeeseceaaaece
57. DIMMs either wear an antistatic wrist strap or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package and then touch bare metal on the printer To install DDR memory DIMMs HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models E NOTE The back side of the HP CLJ 4650 model is shown in this procedure The HP CLJ 4610n will appear slightly different but the procedure for installing DDR memory DIMMs is the same for both models 1 Turn the printer off ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 105 3 Locate the formatter board in the rear of the printer 4 Using a 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the eight screws holding the board in place and set them aside 106 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW 6 To replace a DDR DIMM that is currently installed spread the latches apart on each side of the DIMM slot lift the DDR DIMM up at an angle and pull it out E NOTE The HP CLJ 4610n only has one DDR DIMM memory slot 7 Remove the new DIMM from the antistatic package Locate the alignment notch on the bottom edge of the DIMM ot Gs 8 Holding the DIMM by the edges align the notch on the DIMM with the bar in the DIMM slot at an angle and firmly press the DIMM into the slot until it is fully seated When installed correctly the metal contacts are not visible ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet
58. EE S VE z Z BujBeBuesiq Budojanaq e AY Ae ez ep DL cp TE A naosa4 SEY aces Jojo BubebuesIa CHL TH asmo on Buidorenag TH wsio ere amsodg sund yg 7 F e reor S stow S ma ES JOSUBS LOMISOd ver ip zt DEI TEJA man ung le Ki z SE CH E a S bt en Josuag uosod e Sab r au wrug ab Ae et an TH cso R ERY onos an So jeunsodxa Med W ous ZE onos KE Jostiag uopsod E a Me TEH ES ewop urug A TT FE onos S TEHN wan ung Ri 7 S is F n T g z ST sus 8 F n fal ig z S Josuag uogisog LARS z Zant z swop wig 9 E i3 azor pee es ee Basste senjaoey 1467 me IH e 4 nE G TER wan wng n opece A E a i z A mor 2 CH Ze F FEHN Zb Hiap How ri S EEN SEY snaa S H mair ZE semi G F SH envase eene W ges Di won a Ar EH Den an Hh cisco ainsodxy Kew er Gelee w FE S SPY anos z R ESCH al we SFY vest TETN wan ung T T a Sg 7 E A z aH ns H ooma S v Sa 123 8 S S E 3 is 5 E H aisar zm Josuag u0jo9 aq Veteisfeeng 10 09 Seege EE E ELTEREN EE EES BEER D s Ek Ekklekpkek rk ekrk ek Elke REEL sb Rebel ppl Ppl sha E Se ema 40su9g Grad Aes zss mnd pn z isesd ETE vsesd EE Josua dd eyesseg r fg sosueg sedeg tee Josua LHO vod dm 7 S a pousos dnog S Fal zeit esodind ninyy i z S SS s Z 23 E D t Aer E sis i Ee amp 8 H dmpidonosseo i D T ZA LW oo
59. Go to www hp com support for HP partners Software drivers support documentation and answers to frequently asked questions HP Technical Training North America Go to www compag com training Classes and schedules E NOTE Select the appropriate country region in the select a country or region field at the top right corner of the page HP Parts Go to www partsurfer hp com parts ordering Parts information Go to www hp com go HPparts parts reference guide Supplies and accessories Use the following table to order supplies and accessories for the product Table 8 2 Supplies and accessories Product number Part number Description Accessories J6057A J7934 61001 new 4600 4650 Only HP Jetdirect 620n connectivity card J7934 69001 exchange ENWW Ordering parts and supplies 453 Table 8 2 Supplies and accessories continued Product number J6035D Part number J6035 61051 Description 4610n Only HP Jetdirect 175X USB external print server E NOTE The HP Jetdirect is 175X USB external print server J6035D is the only Jetdirect device that is comaptable with the HP CLJ 4610n model C4103A C4103 67901 FIR pod HP Color LaserJet 4600 models C9667A Printer cabinet stand Q3673A Q3674A Q3673 67901 Q3674 67901 4600 4650 Only Optional 1 X 500 sheet paper feeder and Tray 3 assembly 4650 Only Optional 2 x 500 sheet
60. Internal components 2 of 5 RG5 6464 000CN RG5 6465 000CN Rear top cover assembly Top cover assembly External covers and panels External covers and panels RG5 6466 000CN Front cover assembly External covers and panels RG5 6467 000CN RG5 6468 000CN Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only External covers and panels Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 6468 040CN Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only Paper pickup assembly RG5 6469 000CN Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only Paper pickup drive assembly RG5 6469 000CN Paper pickup drive assembly 4600 Only Paper pickup assembly RG5 6474 000CN Drum grounding assembly black and yellow short Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 6476 090CN Cassette tray 2 4600 Only Cassette tray 2 RG5 6484 040CN ETB assembly 4600 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 6484 070CN ETB assembly 4600 Only ETB assembly RG5 6492 000CN Contact pin assembly Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 6493 190CN Fuser 110 V 4600 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 6493 190CN 4600 Only Fuser assembly 110 V 4600 Only Fuser assembly RG5 6507 000CN RG5 6507 020CN RG5 6510 000CN Developing disengaging drive assembly Disengaging drive assembly Control panel cross member assembly Internal components 4 of 5 Dis
61. Is the LED off for about eight seconds while the boot code is decompressing before the display turns on If no then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the control panel display for correct connections and operation e Check the control panel display for an error code Does the LED blink at a steady rate of one blink per second If no then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the formatter e Check the control panel display for an error code If the control panel display does not illuminate perform an engine test to check the engine You must have paper loaded in tray 2 for the engine test 400 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW HP CLJ 4600 HP CLJ 4610n HP CLJ 4650 a Le Ra le KZ q DSTA Formatter LED location Figure 7 17 HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series formatters Engine diagnostics This section provides an overview of the engine diagnostics that are available in the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer The printer contains extensive internal diagnostics that help in troubleshooting print quality paper path noise component and timing issues Diagnostics mode Some of the diagnostic tests automatically put the printer into a special diagnostics mode During the special diagnostics mode the printer can perform actions that would normally cause the printer to enter an error state Always follow the control panel directions in the Diagnostic
62. J4034 that connects the fuser and the printer Replace the connector if it is damaged Turn the printer off and remove the fuser Measure the resistance between the connector pins on the fuser If resistance does not meet the following guidelines replace the fuser e J4034 5 to J4034 6 300 500 KOhms e J4034 1 to J4034 2 less than 1 KOhm Check for continuity between connector pins J4034 4 and J4034 2 If no continuity exists replace the fuser Replace the fuser power supply PCA Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 51 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 51 XY PRINTER ERROR A printer error has occurred X Description 1 beam detect error 2 laser error Y Description 0 no color black Press to continue Turn the printer off and then on Reseat the connectors between the laser scanner and DC controller PCA J1009 J1012 Replace the defective laser scanner assembly Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See 304 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action To continue 1 cyan Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models turn off then on 2 magenta Replace the DC controller PCA 3 yellow Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC contr
63. Motor is the component selected Press Stop when ready to stop this test Rotating belt drive To exit press Stop button The printer is executing a Component Test and the Belt Only is the component selected Press Stop when ready to stop this test Rotating lt color gt motor To exit press Stop button A component test is in progress The component selected is the lt color gt Cartridge motor Press Stop when you want to stop this test Rotating fuser motor To exit press Stop button The printer is executing a Component test and the Fuser Motor is the component selected Press Stop when you want to stop this test Setting saved A menu selection has been saved No action is necessary SIZE MISMATCH TRAY XX lt SIZE gt For help press alternates with The tray is loaded with media that is longer or shorter in the feed direction than the size that is configured for the tray 1 Adjust the side and rear guides against the paper 2 If the media used is Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal size the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected Ready from the control panel 3 Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu TRAY XX EMPTY The specified tray is empty and needs Refill the tray at a convenient time lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt alte
64. Only RH7 1495 000CN Fuser drive assembly Motor M8 fuser DS brushless 24 V 4610n 4650 Only RH7 1605 000CN Fuser drive assembly Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 RG5 6467 000CN External covers and panels Multipurpose tray pickup roller assembly Operational panel assembly 110 V 4610n 4650 Only RG9 1529 000CN RG5 6432 040CN Cassette tray 2 Internal components 1 of 5 Outrigger assembly 4650 Only RG5 7523 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 2 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only Paper feeder drive assembly 4600 Only RG1 4138 020CN 500 sheet paper feeder internal components Paper feeder drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only Paper feeder PCA assembly 4600 Only RG5 7541 000CN RG1 4139 000CN 500 sheet paper feeder internal components 500 sheet paper feeder internal components Paper feeder PCA assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7542 000CN 500 sheet paper feeder internal components Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only RG5 6469 000CN Paper pickup drive assembly Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only RG5 6468 040CN Paper pickup assembly Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only RG5 6468 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7453 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7466 000CN Paper pick
65. Oto7 H Door SW4 1 H Tray 3 paper presence PS1 0 l Tray 3 paper size SW1 SW2 SW3 Oto7 J Tray 4 paper presence PS1 0 K Tray 4 paper size SW1 SW2 SW3 Oto7 L Door Sw4 1 Manual sensor test Special mode test HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Use this procedure to test paper path sensors and the door open switch manually The following figures and tables show the locations of these sensors 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 3 Press to select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press Y to highlight MANUAL SENSOR TEST 5 Press to select MANUAL SENSOR TEST 6 Open and close doors or move sensor flags to see the sensor status change on the control panel display 408 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Environment Sensor CLJ 4650 only e Figure 7 20 Location of sensors ENWW Diagnostics 409 Figure 7 21 Sensors on the the paper pickup unit the sensors are on the back side of the PCA 1 Cassette paper sensor PS1 2 Multipurpose tray paper sensor PS2 3 Paper leading edge sensor PS3 4 Overhead transparency sensor PS4 H kt Di d Figure 7 22 Fuser sensors and output bin full sensor 1 Fuser inlet paper sensor PS11 2 Fuser delivery sensor PS12 3 Output bin full sensor PS13 410 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 7 51 Sensors
66. PCA Memory data Cartridge Figure 5 16 Memory tag The DC controller reads information from the memory tag whenever the printer is turned on whenever the top cover is closed and whenever it receives a READ command from the formatter The DC controller writes information to the memory tag at specified times during a print operation and whenever it receives a WRITE command from the formatter If the DC controller is unable to either read to or write from the memory tag four times in a row the DC controller alerts the formatter of a memory tag abnormality Toner level detection The printer monitors print cartridge life in several ways to ensure continued high print quality m The number of developer rotations measures the usefulness charge of the toner m The toner sensor monitors remaining toner and informs the user of toner low or out conditions np The number of photosensitive drum rotations measures the life of the photosensitive drum which degrades slightly with each rotation The cartridge life represented on the supplies status page and in the gauges on the control panel is a combination of all three of these components The lowest remaining percent is the number reported to the customer However information about which of these components is low or out is not reported During the life of a print cartridge the customer receives three different control panel messages m OK The cartridge has between
67. PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with To continue turn off then on A printer error has occurred X Description 1 beam detect error 2 laser error Y Description 0 no color black 1 cyan 2 magenta 3 yellow 1 Press to continue Turn the printer off and then on Reseat the connectors between the laser scanner and DC controller PCA J1009 J1012 Replace the defective laser scanner assembly Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 52 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 52 XY PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on A printer error has occurred X Description 1 scanner error 2 scanner startup error 3 scanner rotation error Y Description 0 no color black 1 cyan 2 magenta 3 yellow Press to continue Turn the printer off and then on Reseat the connectors between the laser scanner and DC controller PCA J1009 J1012 Replace the defective laser scanner assembly Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controlle
68. PROTECTED alternates with Ready For menus press Ka EIO DISK x NOT FUNCTIONAL For help press Description The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system The attempt was unsuccessful because the file system is full The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it The EIO disk in slot x is not working correctly Action 1 Printing can continue 2 Turn the printer off and then on 3 If the message reappears a problem might exist with the software program 1 Use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the EIO disk drive and then try again 2 To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on 1 To enable writing to the disk turn off write protection by using HP Web Jetadmin 2 To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on Remove the EIO disk from the indicated slot and replace it with a new EIO disk drive FLASH DEVICE FAILURE alternates with Ready For menus press D A device failure has occurred on the specified drive 1 Printing can continue for jobs that do not require the flash DIMM 2 To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer o
69. Replace the pickup drive assembly if the gears are damaged The registration roller and registration sub roller are dirty worn or damaged This applies to jams that occur in advance of the registration roller Clean the registration roller or registration sub roller if it is dirty If it is still dirty after cleaning or if it is worn or damaged replace the paper pickup assembly The attaching roller is damaged This applies to jams in which media is crumpled into an accordion when it enters the ETB Check the attaching roller to see if it is damaged If it is damaged replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The cartridge shutter open close mechanism is damaged This applies to jams in which media is crumpled into an accordion fold somewhere on the ETB belt The shutters in each print cartridge should open as you close the ETB If a shutter does not open replace that print cartridge Also check for a damaged shutter mechanism in the printer The cartridge drive motor assembly is damaged Inspect the cartridge drive assembly in each print cartridge If any are damaged replace the assembly for that print cartridge The attaching roller is defective Make sure that the attaching roller is clean and the spring is in place If the roller is damaged repl
70. Table 5 1 Basic operation sequence describes the main operational periods from the point when the printer is turned on until a print operation is completed and each motor stops rotating E NOTE In the following table ETB stands for electrostatic transfer transport belt Table 5 1 Basic operation sequence Period Purpose Remark WAIT wait period From the time the power switch is turned on until the ETB cleaning is completed To clear a potential on the drum surface and to clean the ETB During this period the printer checks the toner level and detects whether the cartridges are present The printer also executes the pulse width modulation adjustment color registration adjustment and image density calibration control as required STBY standby period From the end of the WAIT or LSTR period or last rotation until the formatter inputs a print command or until the power is turned off To keep the printer ready to print When the formatter sends a sleep command the printer enters PowerSave mode INTR initial rotations period From immediately after the formatter inputs a print command until the TOP signal is sent to the formatter To stabilize the photosensitive drum sensitivity in preparation for a print operation PRINT print period From the end of the INTR period until the leading edge detection sensor detects paper and then turns off the trans
71. Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action Ready For menus press Gi TRAY xx SIZE lt XXXX SIZE gt For help press alternates with TRAY xx SIZE lt XXXX SIZE gt To change move switch in tray xx An undetectable media size was selected from the menu and the tray switch is set to STANDARD The size selected from the menu does not match the size that the tray detected Size detection occurs when the tray switch is set in the STANDARD position Adjust the side and rear guides against the media If the media used is Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal size the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected from the control panel Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu TRAY xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt Size detected by tray alternates with TRAY xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt The printer is reporting the current configuration of tray xx The tray switch is in the STANDARD position To change the media type press Use A and Y to highlight the type and then press to select To change the media size to Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD position To change the media size to other sizes move the tray switch to CUSTOM adjust t
72. Troubleshooting process Printer error troubleshooting Replacement parts configuration HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Paper path troubleshooting Media transport troubleshooting Image formation troubleshooting Image defects troubleshooting Interface troubleshooting Control panel troubleshooting Tools for troubleshooting Diagnostics Test pages Engine resets Service menu Diagrams 255 Introduction The information in this troubleshooting chapter is presented with the assumption that the reader has a basic understanding of the color laser printing process Explanations of each mechanical assembly printer systems and the basic theory of operation are provided in chapter 5 Do not perform any of these troubleshooting processes without fully understanding the function of each mechanism This chapter contains the following sections Troubleshooting process includes a pre troubleshooting checklist and a troubleshooting flowchart These tools contain information about common printer errors that can inhibit proper operation or create print quality problems These tools also include recommendations for solving the cause of the error Printer error troubleshooting explains each control panel display message and suggests recommendations for clearing the cause of each message When the printer message indicates a failure for which the root cause is not obvious use the printer error tro
73. Ux and Solaris m Linux Red Hat and SuSE p Internet printing For a summary of available network software solutions see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide or visit HP Customer Care online at www hp com support net_printing NetWare networks When using Novell NetWare products with an HP Jetdirect print server Queue Server mode provides better printing performance than does Remote Printer mode The HP Jetdirect print server supports Novell Directory Services NDS as well as bindery modes For more information see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer supports only Windows 2000 and Windows XP For Windows 95 98 Millenium Edition Me NT 4 0 2000 and XP systems use the printer installation utility for printer setup on a NetWare network Connecting toacomputer 63 Windows and Windows NT networks For Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 and XP systems use your printer installation utility for printer setup on a Microsoft Windows network The utility supports printer setup for either peer to peer or client server network operation E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer supports only Windows 2000 and Windows XP AppleTalk networks Use the HP LaserJet Utility to set up the printer on an EtherTalk or LocalTalk network For more information see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide that is included with printers equipped w
74. a F Remove tray 2 The tray 2 paper presence sensor flag is the black lever in the middle center of the paper tray cavity m G Remove tray 2 The tray 2 paper size sensor switches are located on the left rear side of the paper tray cavity a H The door switch is located on the right front of the printer frame underneath the right cover a H Remove tray 3 The tray 3 paper presence sensor flag is the black lever in the middle center of the paper tray cavity m Remove tray 3 The tray 3 paper size sensor switches are located on the left rear side of the paper tray cavity a J Remove tray 4 The tray 4 paper presence sensor flag is the black lever in the middle center of the paper tray cavity a K Remove tray 4 The tray 4 paper size sensor switches are located on the left rear side of the paper tray cavity a L The door switch is located on the right front of the printer frame underneath the right cover Table 7 50 Sensor test letter codes Letter Sensor Sensor switch number Idle value doors closed paper in trays 1 and 2 A Top of page PS 3 0 B Fuser inlet speed PS11 1 Cc Fuser delivery PS12 0 D Output bin full PS13 0 E MP tray paper presence PS2 0 F Tray 2 paper presence PS1 0 ENWW Diagnostics 407 Table 7 50 Sensor test letter codes continued Letter Sensor Sensor switch number Idle value doors closed paper in trays 1 and 2 G Tray 2 paper size SW1 SW2 SW3
75. allows the I O to run at the higher speeds supported by most newer computers When set to No the parallel interface runs at the slower mode that is compatible with older computers The user can also configure the Advance Functions item The default setting ON allows for two way parallel communications The Off mode disables the advanced functionality The I O is compatible with the bidirectional parallel interface standard Expanded I O HP Color LaserJet 4600 models The optional HP Fast InfraRed receiver enables wireless printing from any IRDA compliant portable device such as a laptop computer to the printer The printing connection is maintained by positioning the sending infrared port within operating range The connection can be blocked by objects such as a hand or paper or by direct sunlight or any bright light shining into either infrared port USB 1 1 connector HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The HP Color LaserJet 4650 models supports a USB 1 1 connector on the back of the printer You must use an A to B type USB cable Flash HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Optional flash is available in 4 MB flash memory DIMMs for storing forms fonts and signatures Hard disk accessory HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models The optional hard disk accessory can be mounted in one of the EIO slots on the rear of the formatter The optional ElO based hard disk is used for creating multiple original prints mopies and storing fo
76. auto continue setting If a critical error persists service is required Printer error troubleshooting 263 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models E NOTE Many of the procedures in this section instruct you to replace the DC controller PCA the ETB the formatter the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner unit After replacing one of these items you must access the Print Quality menu and select CALIBRATE NOW to ensure good print quality after the repair When the ETB or the fuser are replaced before their normal end of life access the resets menu and reset the counter to zero See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Message Access denied menus locked Description An attempt has been made to modify a menu item but the printer administrator has enabled the control panel security mechanism The message will disappear shortly and the printer will return to the Ready state Action Contact the printer administrator to change settings BAD OPTIONAL TRAY CONNECTION The 500 sheet input tray is not making a sufficient connection with the printer 1 Verify that the printer is on a level surface 2 Turn the printer off 3 Reseat the printer on the 500 sheet input tray 4 Ifthe printer is on the optional printer stand make sure that the support straps are attached
77. bottom edge of the DIMM P mmf Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 101 6 Holding the DIMM by the edges align the notches on the DIMM with the bars in the DIMM slot E NOTE If you have difficulty inserting the DIMM or closing the latches make sure that the notches on the bottom of the DIMM are aligned with the bars in the slot If the DIMM still does not go in make sure that you are using the correct type of DIMM 1 Firmly press the DIMM straight into the slot Close the locks on each side of the DIMM until they snap into place 2 Align the formatter board in the tracks at the top and bottom of the slot and slide the board into the printer Replace and tighten the eight screws that you removed in step 2 3 Reconnect the power cable and interface cables and turn the printer on Enabling memory HP Color LaserJet 4600 models If you installed a memory DIMM set the printer driver to recognize the newly added memory 1 On the Start menu point to Settings and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes 2 Select this printer and select Properties 3 On the Configure tab click More A Inthe Total Memory field type or select the total amount of memory that is now installed 5 Click OK 102 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW Enabling the language font DIMM HP Color LaserJet 4600 models If you installed a language font DIMM in the
78. cables from the guides callout 1 Remove the two screws callout 2 Remove the fan holder and fan from the printer callout 3 Remove the fan from the fan holder Figure 6 71 Remove the cartridge fan Internal components 237 Formatter fan E NOTE The formatter fan is the horizontal fan that is closest to the rear of the printer 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Left cover See Left cover e DCcontroller shield See DC controller shield e Cartridge fan and holder See Cartridge fan Disconnect the connector J1003 on the DC controller Remove two screws callout 1 Remove the fan holder and fan from the fan printer a Fk WwW N Remove the fan from the fan holder i I Figure 6 72 Remove the formatter fan O Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the formatter fan make sure that the arrow on the Sr fan holder and the arrow on the fan are pointing in the same direction 238 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Optional 500 sheet paper feeder HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only Use the following procedures to remove and replace components on the 500 sheet paper feeder 500 sheet paper feeder top cover plate 1 Remove two screws callout 1 and then remove the front cover from the 500 sheet paper feeder 2 Remove the six screws callout 2 and then remove the top plate E NO
79. can damage the printer To prevent possible damage do not use the following media Do not use paper that is embossed or coated unless it is specifically recommended for use in this printer Do not use paper that contains irregularities such as tabs or staples Do not use letterhead paper that was produced by using low temperature dyes or thermography Preprinted forms or letterhead must use inks that can tolerate 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second Do not use any media that produces hazardous emissions or that melts offsets or discolors when exposed to 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second Do not use transparencies that are designed for use with Inkjet printers or other low temperature printers Use only transparencies that are specified for use with HP Color LaserJet printers Chapter 1 Product information ENWW ENWW Printing on special media Use these guidelines when printing on special types of media For optimum results use conventional 75 g m 20 Ib xerographic paper p Verify that the paper is of good quality and free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles curls or bent edges EA NOTE Special media such as envelopes transparencies custom size paper or media that is heavier than 120 g m should be fed only from tray 1 To print on any special media use the following procedure 1 Load the media in a tray 2 When the printer prompts you for the paper type select the correct media type for the med
80. cartridge is near its 1 Order the identified print cartridge end of life CARTRIDGE 2 The estimated pages remaining is based upon historical page coverage for this printer alternates with 3 Printing will continue until REPLACE lt COLOR gt Ready CARTRIDGE appears 4 Press for detailed information D Press A and Y to step through the instructions 6 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER FUSER KIT The fuser is near its end of life The 1 Order the image fuser kit printer is ready and will continue for the LESS THAN XXXX PAGES estimated number of pages appears 2 Press for detailed information alternates with 3 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Ready Web server ORDER SUPPLIES More than one supply item is low TI Press M to identify which as supplies should be ordered For menus press 27 E NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge 2 Order the identified supplies alternates with consumption levels 3 Printing can continue until supplies Ready reach its end of life For help press 4 Press for detailed information D Press A and Y to step through the instructions 6 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER TRANSFER KIT The transfer unit is near its end of life 1 Order an image transfer kit LESS THAN XXXX PAGES LEFT 2 Printing can continue until the transfer unit reaches its end
81. connectors and formatter ribbon cable 4 Remove the formatter case See Formatter case 5 Atthe rear of the printer place the cardboard spacer included with the laser scanner assembly underneath the V mark on the bottom of the chassis callout 3 220 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW CAUTION Always place the spacer under the chassis This spacer supports the printer and keeps it from flexing when the plate that covers the laser scanner units is removed If the chassis flexes the laser beams can become skewed resulting in print quality problems 6 Remove four screws callout 4 Figure 6 52 Remove the laser scanner cover plate 1 of 2 7 Using needle nose pliers pull down on the right side of the wire clip then release the left side of the clip from the bracket Repeat this step for each of the four clips 8 Remove the plate that covers the laser scanner units ATTENZIONE PRECAUCION 4 VARO Figure 6 53 Remove the laser scanner cover plate 2 of 2 sl Sab Reinstallation tip When reinserting the four wire clips insert the left end of the clip first Sr thread the clip under the center notch and then insert the right end of the clip ENWW Internal components 221 Remove the laser scanner retaining bars 1 Remove the laser scanner cover plate See Remove the laser scanner cover plate 2 Pull the cables for the four laser scanner connectors free of the printer chassis 3 On the l
82. corrective actions Troubleshooting power on When you turn on the printer if it does not make any sound or if the control panel display is blank check the following items 1 Verify that the printer is plugged into an active electrical outlet that is of the correct voltage 2 Verify that the on off switch is in the ON position 3 Make sure that the rear fan is running which indicates that the system is operational 4 Verify that the firmware DIMM HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or CompactFlash HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models and the formatter are seated and operating correctly Remove any HP Jetdirect or other ElO cards and then try to turn the printer on again Make sure that the control panel display is connected Check the fuses in the power supply If necessary replace the power supply o Oa N O A If necessary replace the DC controller 262 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Printer error troubleshooting ENWW The following tables explain messages that might appear on the printer control panel Alphabetical printer messages and their meanings are listed in alphabetical printer messages table in this chapter and numerical printer messages are listed in numerical printer messages table in this chapter Ex NOTE Notall of the messages are described in the tables Self explanatory messages are not listed Some messages might never appear depending on the printer model that you have For example messages that a
83. display to locate and replace the missing or incorrect supply Press A and Y to step through the instructions Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action INSTALL TRANSFER The transfer unit is either not installed 1 Insert the transfer unit or make or not correctly installed in the printer sure the installed transfer unit is UNIT fully seated For help press 2 Press for detailed information 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 4 Ifthe error persists verify that the ETB connectors J4017 on the ETB and J1014 on the DC controller PCA are good Replace the connectors as necessary 5 Replace the ETB 6 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models LOAD TRAY xx Tray xx is either empty or configured 1 Press for detailed information for a type and size other than what is lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt ified i j specified in thejob 2 Press A and Y to step through a the instructions For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To use another tray press Ka LOAD TRAY xx Tray xx is either empty or configured TI Press for detailed information for a type and size other than what is lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt ified i j i enue in the job No other tray is 2 press A and Y to step th
84. drive into the printer lt JOBNAME gt If a disk drive is installed delete any previously stored print jobs USE TRAY XX The printer is offering a selection of Highlight the media with A and Y alternate media to use for the print job p D hoi lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt ress to select a choice To change press A Y To use press O Wait for printer to reinitialize 296 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting RAM Disk settings have been changed before the printer automatically No action is necessary ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action restarts or external device modes have changed Warming up The printer is coming out of powersave No action is necessary mode Printing will continue as soon as warmup is completed E NOTE Not all messages are described in the tables those messages that are not listed are self explanatory ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 297 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models A NOTE Many ofthe procedures in this section instruct you to replace the DC controller PCA the ETB the formatter the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner unit After replacing one of these items you must access the Print Quality menu and select CALIBRATE NOW to ensure proper print quality after the repair When the ETB or the fuser are replaced before their normal end
85. environmental programs including information about the following topics m Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products a HP s commitment to the environment a His environmental management system m HP s end of life product return and recycling program a Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS 30 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement HP product Duration of Limited Warranty HP Color LaserJet 4600 4650 4600n 4610n 4650n One year limited warranty 4600dn 4650dn 4600dtn 4650dtn and 4600hdn 4650hdn printer HP warrants HP hardware accessories and supplies against defects in materials and workmanship for the period specified above If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or like new HP warrants that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions for the period specified above due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will replace software media which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free If HP is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a conditi
86. five minutes after the printer power is turned on before printing the after installation configuration page Formatter and DC controller A WARNING Do not replace the formatter and the DC controller at the same time If the formatter and DC controller must both be replaced install a replacement formatter first and make sure that you install the CompactFlash memory from the removed formatter on the replacement formatter before you turn the printer power on If the formatter and DC controller both need to be replaced install a replacement formatter first The HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models store printer configuration information in the flash memory The flash memory from the removed formatter must be installed on the replacement formatter so that the printer configuration information for example the duplexing option page counts and serial number can be restored to the formatter and the DC controller After replacing the formatter and installing the flash memory turn the printer power on When the READY message appears on the control panel display you must wait five minutes before using the printer so that the printer configuration information can be restored from the flash memory to the NVRAM After completing the preceding procedure turn the printer power off and replace the DC controller Turn the printer power on When the READY message appears on the control panel display wait five minutes before using the printer so t
87. for messages prompting you their useful life to replace supplies or print a supplies status page to verify the remaining life of the supplies The print media was not stored correctly Replace the print media Media should be stored in its original packaging in a controlled environment Persistent jams If jams occur repeatedly use the information in this section to diagnose the root cause of the problem The tables in this section list possible causes and recommended solutions for jams in each area of the paper path Items are listed in the order that you should use to investigate In general items at the beginning of the list are relatively minor repairs Items at the end of the list are more complex repairs Basic troubleshooting for jams Use the following basic troubleshooting process for jams 1 Gather data 2 Identify the cause of the problem 3 Fix the problem Data collection To troubleshoot jams gather the following information a The exact jam error code tat appears on the control panel display a The location of the leading edge of the media that is in the paper path m Whether media is in the paper path when the jam occurs or in the input tray p Whether the jam occurs at power up or while media is moving m Whether the media is damaged and if it is where the damage occurs on the paper and where in the paper path the sheet stops m Whether the jam occurs when feeding from one particular tray m Whether the jam
88. fuser but the 332 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 7 6 Error messages and associated jam locations continued Error message 13 02 00 JAM IN TRAY x 13 09 00 JAM IN TOP COVER AREA Jam location 4 or 5 printer 1 printer Action jam is still a result of the media arriving late to the paper leading edge sensor PS3 from the specified tray The printer will not boot up if a 13 01 00 jam occurs A 13 02 00 jam occurs when the paper leading edge sensor PS3 has been triggered but never clears The media remains in the registration assembly After opening and closing the front covers and ETB the printer can boot up when a 13 02 00 error exists if the sensor is stuck or media remains in the sensor A 13 09 00 jam occurs when the media has successfully left the paper pick unit cleared the paper leading edge sensor PS3 and arrived at the fuser triggering the fuser inlet paper sensor PS11 The media folds into an accordion jam in the fuser and never triggers the fuser delivery sensor PS12 causing a 13 09 00 error message A WARNING The fuser is hot wait 10 minutes for it to cool down 13 0A 00 JAM IN TOP COVER AREA or 13 20 00 JAM IN TOP COVER AREA 1 printer A 13 0A 00 jam occurs when the printer is trying to deliver sheets to the output bin for a simplex job or for a duplex turnaround when the paper was late leaving or never left the fuser delivery sensor PS12
89. hb l i l hb l hb l hb l hb Figure 5 7 Heater temperature control circuit The two thermistors that are attached to the fuser sleeve TH1 and TH2 detect the surface temperature of the fuser sleeve The main thermistor TH1 controls the fuser temperature and the sub thermistor TH2 detects overheating at the end of the fuser sleeve When the surface temperature of the fuser sleeve increases resistance of the two thermistors is reduced and the voltage of the main thermistor detection signal MAINTH1 and the sub thermistor detection signal SUBTH1 drops The CPU IC1012 on the DC controller monitors the voltage of the MAINTH1 and SUBTH1 signals The CPU sends the fuser temperature control signal TMPCON according to the voltage level The CPU sends the amperage control signal PRANGE to control the amperage of the fuser sleeve E NOTE HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models During standby the fuser temperature E is maintained at about 170 F 76 7 C to accommodate a first print time of less than 15 seconds 126 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW High voltage power supply The high voltage power supply circuit applies bias to the primary charging rollers the toner charging rollers the developing cylinders the attaching roller and the transfer charging rollers Figure 5 8 High voltage power supply circuit shows the high voltage power supply circuit High voltage power
90. high voltage contacts Replace the high voltage PCA The primary charging roller is defective Replace the print cartridge for the missing color The laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner for the missing color Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate 356 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 32 Causes for a missing color continued Cause Solution Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The high voltage PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Blank spots This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for blank spots Table 7 33 Causes for blank spots Cause Solution The high voltage PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Poor fusing This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for poor fusing Table 7 34 Causes for p
91. iesiri rierien iineoa EENS 329 Formatter new or previously installed in another printer eessssseeesesrrreseeresseerressesrrssee 329 DC Controller new or previously installed in another printer A 330 Paper path troubleshooting 2 Ge degt d see ee d en deen Ces Baddest eae 331 lte sits EE ee asset Serle ee EE dE e 331 Jann IOCAUONS is Eege diese dee leider tier acd cee ean data eee Bie eed ede 331 Jam locations by error MESSAGE ce eeeeeteeeeeecee eee eeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeseenaeeeeeneaas 332 JAIN COVEY aeoea ietimaadiveteccbedsigtaa tel sbeatedncceucts doteetecetondceuustodgeuetaaotcgiebelel ccletaanterts 333 To disable paper jam recCovenm 334 AVOIGING NEE 334 Persistent Jamna EA EE dE EES atheist inten lies 335 Basic troubleshooting for ams 335 Data collection vs siecsaiteeh geev deine aie Rak wei shins Aegean 335 General paper path roubleshootng 336 Paper path checklist A never isnot eae tte Aere dE et ate 336 SEI ETC VE 337 SAMS AN CT 337 Jams in tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 el EE 338 Jams in the paper path aie eaaa aea a a aia aia eiaa 339 Jams in the top COVED nsii nimi ed ed e ade aai aa 340 Jams in the duplex path HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models on 340 Media transport troubleshooting ceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeessieeesenieeeeseaes 341 Multiple pages are fedi riiete a a a aaa aaae 341 Media is wrinkled or Tol
92. image Cause Solution The media is skewed See Paper is skewed to resolve the skew 358 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 37 Causes for misplaced image continued Cause Solution The oblique rollers are worn this issue applies to duplex Replace the oblique rollers printing only HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Repetitive defects troubleshooting Defects on printer rollers can cause image defects to appear at regular intervals on the page Use the repetitive defects ruler on the next page Figure 7 3 Repetitive defects ruler 1 of 2 to measure the distance between defects that recur on a page Use the Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing table to determine which roller is causing the defect To resolve the problem try cleaning the roller first If the roller is still dirty after cleaning or if it is damaged replace the indicated part A CAUTION Do not use solvents or oils to clean rollers Instead rub the roller with lint free paper If dirt is difficult to remove rub the roller with lint free paper that has been dampened with rubbing alcohol EA NOTE The letter codes before certain roller names in Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing corresp
93. in the Diagnostics menu from the control panel display to show the last 50 printer errors See Diagnostics menu in this chapter If you experience jams while trying to print the event log see Paper path troubleshooting in this chapter e Evaluate the event log Look for reoccurring errors After evualuating the event log go to step 4 Can you print a configuration page See Configuration page in this chapter If yes go to step 5 If no check the following items e Open the SHOW EVENT LOG in the Diagnostics menu from the control panel display to view informatiom about a current printer error See View the event log on the control panel display in this chapter Correct the error e After correcting the error print a configuration page and verify the printer configuration information See Configuration page in this chapter Go to step 5 Troubleshooting process 261 5 Does the image quality meet the user s requirements If yes go to step 6 If no check the following items e Print the print quality troubleshooting pages See Print quality troubleshooting pages in this chapter e Solve the print quality problems and then go to step 6 6 Can you successfully print from the computer that is directly connected to the printer or connected by a network If yes then this procedure is completed If no print a job from the computer that is directly connected to the printer or connected by a network Perform the appropriate
94. includes all of the features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 620n print server network card automatic 2 sided printing duplexing a 2 x 500 sheet feeder and a hard drive This model has 256 MB of DDR SDRAM plus 32 MB of additional memory on the formatter board for a total of 288 MB of memory Callout 3 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn printer Product information ENWW Printer features This printer combines the quality and reliability of HP printing with the following features For more information about printer features go to one of the following Web sites ENWW a HP Color LaserJet 4600 models www hp com support clj 4600 HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer www hp com support clj4610 HP Color LaserJet 4650 models www hp com support clj4650 Printer features Table 1 4 Printer features Feature Description Performance D HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 17 pages per minute ppm on letter sized paper 16 ppm on A4 sized paper HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 22 ppm on letter sized and A4 sized paper All models print on transparencies and glossy paper Memory For information about printer memory see Table 1 1 HP Color LaserJet 4600 model configurations User interface Graphical display on the control panel m Enhanced Help with animated graphics m Embedded Web server to gain access to support and to order
95. is completely seated 8 Installation is complete Place the used print cartridge in the box in which the new cartridge arrived See the enclosed recycling guide for recycling instructions Replacing the transfer unit Replace the transfer unit when a REPLACE TRANSFER KIT message appears on the control panel display E NOTE If you replace the transfer unit when it is not at the end of life for example if it is defective you will need to calibrate the printer and reset the transfer unit count through the control panel See Replacing the transfer unit when it is not at end of life 1 Turn the printer off 2 Use the side handles to open the top cover 94 Chapter 4 Maintenance ENWW 3 Grasp the green handle on the transfer unit and pull it down The front cover opens as you pull down the transfer unit unit 5 Grasp the transfer unit with two hands Simultaneously press both of the blue buttons and slide the transfer unit out of the printer 6 Remove the new transfer unit from the bag Place the used transfer unit in the bag for recycling See the enclosed recycling guide for recycling instructions ENWW Replacing supply items 95 10 11 Hold the transfer unit on either side Guide the feet into the cups and slide the transfer unit into the printer Close the transfer unit and front cover Close the top cover and turn the printer on After a short while a NEW TRANSFER KIT message app
96. is low In other cases a problem might prevent the printer from printing such as when the media is out or a print cartridge is empty Directly connected printers You can receive alerts messages that appear when the printer experiences a problem but can continue printing or a problem that prevents it from printing You can also receive messages that indicate that the print cartridge is low You can set alert options for a single printer that supports Printer Status and Alerts or you can set alert options for all printers that support Printer Status and Alerts For networked printers these alerts only appear for your jobs Note that even if you are setting alert options for all printers not all of the options that you select will apply to all printers For example when selecting the option to notify you when the print cartridges are low directly connected printers that support Printer Status and Alerts will generate a message Tools for troubleshooting 387 when the print cartridges are low However none of the networked printers will generate this message unless it affects a user specific job To specify which status messages appear 1 Open Printer Status and Alerts in one of these ways e Double click the Printer Status and Alerts tray icon which is near the clock in the Tray Manager e On the Start menu point to Programs point to Printer Status and Alerts and click Printer Status and Alerts 2 Click the Options icon in the
97. menu to exit the special diagnostics mode correctly and return the printer to a normal state Diagnostics that put the engine into the special diagnostics mode Four diagnostic tests put the engine into a special state m Disable cartridge check m Sensor test Manual sensor test Component test While the printer is in the special diagnostics mode the following message should appear READY DIAGNOSTICS MODE TO EXIT PRESS CANCEL JOB KEY HP Color LaserJet 4600 models TO EXIT PRESS STOP KEY HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Diagnostics 401 When the printer is in the special diagnostics mode these four tests appear in the menu and are available To gain access to other diagnostic tests or to leave the diagnostic mode press CanceL Jos HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stop HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models button and then select Exit The printer will reset itself and then return to the normal state E NOTE You need to have a good understanding of how the printer operates in order to use the engine diagnostics successfully Before proceeding with these diagnostic tests make sure that you understand the information in chapter 5 of this manual Diagnostic tests Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues For component or noise isolation you can run the diagnostic test after removing the covers Removing the covers provides a better view of the areas that are being tested To operate the pri
98. observe the control panel display If the message Performing Calibration appears the reset was successful Hard disk initialization A hard disk initialization will erase and reformat the printer s hard disk Perform hard disk initialization only if an error code appears on the control panel indicating an EIO disk error Always try initializing the hard disk before replacing it To initialize the hard disk 1 Turn the printer on 2 As the printer performs its power on sequence press and hold the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models button until all three lights on the control panel are lit 3 Press zi The message INITIALIZE DISK appears on the control panel display 4 Press The printer initializes the hard disk and continues its power on sequence Calibration bypass During certain diagnostic procedures you need to bypass the automatic calibration that is performed whenever the printer is turned on 422 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW To bypass calibration 1 Turn the printer on and watch the control panel display 2 When the display shows the memory count press and hold Y until all three lights on the control panel are lit 3 Press A 4 Press Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 4600 printer or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The message SKIP DISK LOAD appears on the control panel display D Press A until SKIP CALIBRATION is highlighted 6 P
99. of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only RG5 7529 000CN RG5 7530 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder upper paper pickup assembly 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet feeder lower paper pickup assembly 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet feeder upper paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only 2 x 500 sheet feeder lower paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only RG5 7531 000CN 2 x 500 sheet paper pickup feeder drive assembly 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet feeder paper pickup drive assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only RG5 7534 000CN 2 x 500 lower cassette 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only Numerical parts list 519 Table 8 28 Numerical parts list continued Part number RG5 7535 000CN Description 2 x 500 upper cassette 4650 Only Table and page 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only RG5 7541 000CN Paper feeder drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only 500 sheet paper feeder internal components RG5 7542 000CN Paper feeder PCA assembly 4610n 4650 Only 500 sheet paper feeder internal components RG5 8592 000CN Rear cover assembly External covers and panels RG5 6432 040CN RG9 1529 000CN Operational panel assembly 110 V 4610n 4650 Only Multipurpose tray pickup roller assembly Internal components 1 of 5 Cassette tray 2 RH2 5471 000CN Cable flat Internal components
100. of life access the resets menu and reset the counter to zero See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Message Description Action 10 XX YY SUPPLIES ERROR For help press E determine whether the error is in the cartridge or with the printer reader writer NOTE The printer cannot always The printer cannot read or write to at least one print cartridge memory tag or at least one memory tag is missing 10 00 00 black print cartridge 10 00 01 cyan print cartridge 10 00 02 magenta print cartridge 10 00 03 yellow print cartridge 1 2 Turn the printer off and then on Exchange the cartridge for the indicated color with a cartridge in another slot to determine whether the error follows the cartridge or stays with the slot If the error follows the cartridge replace that cartridge Otherwise continue with step 3 Reseat the connectors between the memory PCA J602 J605 and the antenna PCAs J901A D the memory PCA and the DC controller PCA J1028 Replace the antenna PCA Replace the memory PCA Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 13 XX YY DUPLEX JOB INTERRUPTED For help press alternates with 13 XX YY DUPLEX JOB INTERRUPTED Discard top sheet and press Ka 13 XX YY DUPLEX
101. off and turn off then on of error can be caused by 2 invalid print commands corrupt data or invalid operations In some cases 3 electrical noise in the cable can corrupt data during transmission to the printer Other causes include poor quality parallel cables poor connections or home grown programs On rare occasions the formatter is at fault which is usually indicated by a 79 Service Error then on Try printing a job from a different software program If the job prints go back to the first program and try printing a different file If the message appears only with a certain software program or print job contact the software vendor for assistance If the message persists with different software programs and print jobs disconnect all of the cables to the printer that connect it to the network or computer Turn the printer off Remove all memory DIMMs or third party DIMMs from the printer Remove all EIO devices from the printer Turn the printer on If the error no longer exists install each DIMM and EIO device one at a time making sure to turn the printer off and on again as you install each device Replace a DIMM or EIO device if you determine that it causes the error 318 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 11 Remember to reconnect all
102. out of the printer 3 For the yellow magenta and black laser scanner units first unhook each assembly from the white strap callout 1 Then pull the laser scanner units out of the printer CAUTION When reinstalling the laser scanner units always reconnect them to the strap callout 1 Failure to do so could cause the laser scanners to become distorted and the laser beam could become skewed resulting in image defects Figure 6 58 Remove the laser scanner assemblies 224 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Internal components right side The following procedures explain the removal and replacement of internal components that are accessed from the right side of the printer High voltage power supply PCA A WARNING The high voltage power supply PCA is an electrostatic sensitive device 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Right cover See Right cover 2 Remove three screws callout 1 3 Pinch the four retainer clips callout 2 to release the board 4 Disconnect the connector and then Remove the high voltage power supply PCA Figure 6 59 Remove the high voltage power supply PCA ENWW Internal components 225 Reinstall the high voltage power supply PCA 1 When reinstalling the high voltage power supply PCA be sure to align the white markings on the left side of the PCA with the hooks on the printer and the
103. paper feeder and Tray 3 tray 4 assembly Cables C2946A C2947A C6518A IEEE 1284 compliant parallel cable 3 meters approximately 10 feet long with 25 pin male micro 36 pin male a to c type connector IEEE 1284 compliant parallel cable 10 meters approximately 32 feet long with 25 pin male micro 36 pin male a to c type connector 2 meter USB cable a to b type connector C6520A 3 meter USB cable a to b type connector Media C2934A HP Color LaserJet Transparencies letter 50 sheets C2936A HP Color LaserJet Transparencies A4 50 sheets C4179A HP LaserJet Soft Gloss paper letter 200 sheets C4179B HP LaserJet Soft Gloss paper A4 200 sheets Q1298A HP LaserJet Tough paper letter Q1298B HP LaserJet Tough paper A4 HPU1132 HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper letter 454 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 2 Supplies and accessories continued Product number Part number Description HPU1732 HP Premium Chois LaserJet paper 11 X17 CHP410 HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper A4 HPJ115R HP LaserJet paper letter CHP310 HP LaserJet paper A4 Memory J6054B J6054 69031 4600 Only Printer hard disk J6073A J6073 69011 4650 Only Printer hard disk C8530A C8530 67909 4600 Only 8 MB Flash DIMM C7848A C7848 67901 4600 Only 64 MB memory DIMM SDRAM
104. paper feeder motor M1 438 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW PCAs Figure 7 43 PCA locations 1 Fuser power supply PCA 2 High voltage power supply PCA 3 Toner level detection PCA 4 Paper pickup sensor PCA 5 Low voltage power supply PCA 6 Antenna PCAs 7 Memory controller PCA 8 DC controller PCA 9 Formatter PCA 10 Firmware DIMM PCA HP CLJ 4600 CompactFlash HP CLJ 4610n and 4650 models only ENWW Diagrams 439 e Figure 7 44 PCA 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder PCA 440 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW DC controller PCA i A SE mes J1030 11020 Luss 102 oi J1026 L S J1003 J1004 J1027 J1034 J1002 SW1001 O O LED1001 J1015 8 J023 iS 8 We o CH N be o OO EE J1024 J1020 lt een J1016 rm Q Q o J1006 1019 aan 1_J1001 J1013 U U f L J L J l J1017 J1007 J1014 J1018 beolr Zerr Figure 7 45 Location of DC controller PCA components HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Diagrams 441 J1003 J1004 Sw1001
105. pass onto the drum and the developing cylinder should not be in contact with the drum The bottom half of the print cartridge can pivot up and down causing the developing cylinder to either come in contact with or move away from the photosensitive drum A small block inside the printer causes each cartridge to pivot When the block is pushed up the rear of the cartridge is pushed up and the front of the cartridge swings down The developing cylinder disengages from the drum Figure 5 18 Developing cylinder disengaging illustrates this process Axis Photosensitive Cartridge dum l ar al Developing cylinder t Developing disengaging block UP Developing cylinder engaged Developing cylinder disengaged Figure 5 18 Developing cylinder disengaging The developing cylinders are disengaged only during monochrome printing or during ETB cleaning During monochrome printing the developing cylinder in all cartridges except the black cartridge is disengaged During ETB cleaning the developing cylinders in all cartridges are disengaged Image formation system 141 Electrostatic transfer transport belt ETB unit The ETB unit feeds the media through the printer and helps transfer toner onto the media Figure 5 19 ETB unit illustrates the ETB unit DC controller PCA ETB belt ETB feed roller Transfer charging roller Attaching roller Figure 5 19 ETB unit The following are the components of the ETB
106. press alternates with MANUALLY FEED lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To continue press ODO A job requires a specific paper type and size that is not currently available 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press and Y to step through the instructions If no paper in tray MANUALLY FEED lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt For help press A job requires a specific paper type and size that is not currently available 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press and Y to step through the instructions 286 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action alternates with MANUALLY FEED lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To use another tray press Ka MANUALLY FEED lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt For help press A job requires a specific paper type and size that is not currently available 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press and Y to step through the instructions Moving solenoid To exit press Stop key The printer is executing a Component Test and Solenoid is the component selected No action is necessary No job to cancel The Stop button was pressed but no active job or buffered data is available to cancel This message appears for approximately two seconds before the printer returns to the Ready state No action is necessary NON HP CARTRIDGE DETEC
107. printer you must select the Font DIMM option in the printer driver in order for the font DIMM to work correctly To enable fonts from the PCL 5c and PCL 6 printer drivers for Windows follow this procedure 1 On the Start menu point to Settings and then click Printers Select this printer and select Properties On the Configure tab click More 2 3 A Select the Font DIMM check box 5 Inthe Configure Font DIMMs dialog box click Add to add the font file 6 In the Add Font DIMM dialog box browse to the location of the font file select the font file and then click OK 7 Inthe Configure Font DIMMs dialog box select the installed DIMM 8 Click OK Checking DIMM installation HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Verify that the DIMMs are installed correctly and are working 1 Turn the printer on Check that the Ready light is on after the printer has gone through the startup sequence If an error message appears a DIMM might be incorrectly installed 2 Printa configuration page 3 Check the Installed Personalities and Options section on the configuration page and compare it with the configuration page that you printed before the DIMM installation A If the amount of recognized memory has not increased one of the following conditions might exist e The DIMM might not be installed correctly Repeat the installation procedure e The DIMM might be defective Try a new DIMM ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 103
108. rear guides against the paper 2 If the media used is Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal size the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected from the control panel 3 Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu TRAY XX SIZE lt SIZE gt Setting not saved To change move tray switch to CUSTOM A non detectable media size was selected from the menu and the tray switch is set to STANDARD The size selected from the menu does not match the size detected by the tray Size detection occurs when the tray switch is set in the STANDARD position 1 Adjust the side and rear guides against the paper 2 If the media used is Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal size the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected from the control panel 3 Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu 294 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action TRAY XX SIZE A non detectable media size was 1 Adjust the side and rear guides selected from the menu and the tray against the paper lt SIZE gt switch is set to STANDARD 2 If the media used is Letter A4 Setting sav
109. refined in higher level systems for more advanced system users and additional technologies are integrated The HP ImageREt 3600 is a complete HP proprietary printing solution developed and implemented for the first time in the HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer HP now offers superior image enhancements for general office and marketing documents HP ImageREt 3600 performs well in different environmental conditions and with a variety of media and the image mode is optimized for printing on HP High Gloss Laser Paper Paper selection For the best color and image quality select the appropriate media type from the printer menu or from the front panel sRGB Standard red green blue SRGB is a world wide color standard originally developed by HP and Microsoft as a common color language for monitors input devices scanners digital cameras and output devices printers plotters It is the default color space used for HP products Microsoft operating systems the World Wide Web and most office software that is sold today SRGB is representative of the typical Windows computer monitor today and the convergence standard for high definition television EA NOTE Factors such as the type of monitor you use and the room s lighting can affect the appearance of colors on your screen For more information see Matching colors The latest versions of Adobe PhotoShop CorelIDRAW Microsoft Office and many other programs use SRGB to communicate col
110. rollers to No action is necessary check for possible jams Checking printer The engine is doing an internal test No action is necessary CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT The PJL encountered a request for a TI Press for detailed information AVAILABLE personality that does not exist in the printer The job is aborted and no 2 press A and Y to step through For help press pages will be printed the instructions alternates with ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 279 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT AVAILABLE To continue press D Clearing event log Description This message appears while the event log is cleared The printer will exit the menus after the event log has been cleared Action No action is necessary Clearing paper path The printer jammed or detected misplaced media when it was turned on The printer is attempting to eject jammed pages automatically No action is necessary CLOSE FRONT COVERS For help press The covers have to be closed 1 Press for more information 2 Close the front covers E NOTE This message might also appear if the fuser is missing or incorrectly installed Ensure that the fuser is correctly installed CPR SENSOR OUT OF RANGE The CPR Sensor is not behaving properly 1 Force a calibration by selecting Full Calibrate Now on the Pr
111. set the printer for IP or AppleTalk printing EA NOTE The HP LaserJet Utility is not currently supported for OS X but the utility is supported for the Classic environment To install printer drivers from Mac OS 9 1x and later 1 2 N O oO A O Connect the network cable between the HP Jetdirect print server and a network port Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The CD ROM menu runs automatically If the CD ROM menu does not run automatically double click the CD ROM icon on the desktop and then double click the Installer icon This icon is located in the Installer lt language gt folder of the Starter CD ROM where lt language gt is your language preference For example the Installer English folder contains the Installer icon for the English printer software Follow the instructions on the computer screen Open the Apple Desktop Printer Utility located in the Startup Disk Applications Utilities folder Double click Printer AppleTalk Next to AppleTalk Printer Selection click Change Select the printer click Auto Setup and then click Create On the Printing menu click Set Default Printer A NOTE The icon on the desktop will appear to be generic All the print panels appear in the E Print dialog box in a program Installing the printing system software 73 To install printer drivers from Mac OS X 10 x 1 Connect the network cable between the HP Jetdirect print server and a network port 2 Ins
112. settings disable and enable PowerSave and update the printer after new supplies are installed Table 7 46 Resets menu Menu item Values Description RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS None Use this item to clear the page buffer remove all perishable personality data reset the printing environment and return all default settings to factory defaults POWERSAVE ON Use this item to enable and disable PowerSave OFF RESET SUPPLIES NEW TRANSFER KIT Use this item to inform the printer that a new transfer kit or new fuser kit has NEW FUSER KIT been installed ENWW Control panel troubleshooting 381 Diagnostics menu Use the Diagnostics menu to run tests that can help you identify and solve problems with the printer Table 7 47 Diagnostics menu Menu item Description PRINT EVENT LOG Prints an event log that shows the last 50 entries in the printer event log starting with the most recent SHOW EVENT LOG Shows the last 50 events on the control panel display starting with the most recent PQ TROUBLESHOOTING Prints a series of print quality assessment pages that help troubleshoot any print quality problems DISABLE CARTRIDGE CHECK Use this item to remove a print cartridge to help determine which cartridge is the source of the problem Paper Path SENSOR TEST HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only Use this item to perform a test on each of the printer sensors to determine if they are
113. sheet paper feeder internal components ENWW 494 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 20 500 sheet paper feeder internal components Ref Description Part number 1 Paper feeder PCA assembly 4600 Only RG1 4139 000CN 1 Paper feeder PCA assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7542 000CN 2 Roller paper pickup RF5 3739 000CN 3 Paper feeder drive assembly 4600 Only RG1 4138 020CN 3 Paper feeder drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7541 000CN Qty 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4600 4650 models only 495 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only Figure 8 19 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only ENWW 496 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Table 8 21 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only Ref Description Part number Qty 1 2 x 500 sheet feeder tray assembly 4650 Only Q3674 67901 1 2 2 x 500 upper cassette 4650 Only RG5 7535 000CN 1 3 2 x 500 lower cassette 4650 Only RG5 7534 000CN 1 4 2 x 500 paper feeder driver PCA assembly 4650 Only RG5 7518 000CN 1 ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 497 J523DB J523DA d SOS Z See 2 X 500 J5008 7 X R upper paper pickup assembly See 2 X 500 lower paper pickup assembly Figure 8 20 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 1 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only 498 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 22 2 x 50
114. sites customer support 41 453 drivers downloading 40 media specifications 20 ordering supplies 39 452 recycling supplies 29 weight equivalence table paper 28 Windows drivers supported 67 installing network software 71 installing software 70 75 sharing 72 wireless printing 64 wrinkled pages troubleshooting 341 ENWW Index 533 534 Index ENWW O invent 2005 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P www hp com Q3668 90970
115. size VOA sw2 SW3 0 On On On Custom see note below 1 Off On On Letter 2 On Off On A5 3 Off Off On Legal 4 On On Off B5 JIS 5 Off On Off Executive 6 On Off Off A4 7 Off Off Off tray not installed E NOTE Depressing all three switches of the tray 2 paper size levers causes the Custom paper menu to appear on the control panel display Press the amp button to return to the sensor diagnostic screen 406 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW To toggle a sensor find and move the sensor flags in the following locations Table 7 50 Sensor test letter codes describes how to find the following sensors a A Remove tray 2 The flag is located in the center paper inlet path of the paper pickup unit directly in front of the right side white roller The flag is recessed above the registration shutter in the paper pickup unit A WARNING The fuser might be hot wait 10 minutes for it to cool down a B Open the ETB and wait for the fuser to cool down The fuser inlet flag is located at the front center of the fuser Reach the flag from above the black print cartridge a C The fuser delivery flag is located at the upper center of the fuser behind the fuser Caution label It is wrapped in a clear roller a D The output bin full sensor is located on the upper rear edge of the fuser a E Remove tray 2 The tray 1 multipurpose tray paper presence sensor flag is the black lever on the front right of the paper tray cavity
116. the media path PAPER PATH For help press Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and Y to step through the instructions If paper is folding into an accordion shape check whether the shutter on each print cartridge opens as you close the ETB and each cartridge is turning correctly Replace defective print cartridges or drive motors Clean the attaching roller at the bottom of the ETB and make sure that the spring is holding it in place If the attaching roller gears are defective replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Replace the paper pickup PCA Replace the ETB if it is not moving paper correctly Calibrate the printer Printer error troubleshooting 313 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 8 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 13 09 00 JAM IN A page jammed as it entered the fuser TOP COVER AREA For help press alternates with 13 09 00 JAM IN TOP COVER AREA Then open and close top cover Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and Y to step through the instructions Check that the fuser paper sensor is in place
117. the belt spins up it uses two wear units Each time it prints a page the belt uses one wear unit Because most print jobs are not queued the average number of pages per job or job length is a factor in how quickly the ETB will wear out The shorter the average job the more quickly the ETB will wear out Figure 4 1 ETB total page count according to average job length shows how many pages an ETB will print given various average job lengths 250000 200000 96078 150000 Pages ETB 50000 Average Job Length Figure 4 1 ETB total page count according to average job length The printer assumes an average print job length of three pages to estimate how many pages are remaining on the ETB With an average job length of three pages the ETB will print 120 000 pages If all print jobs are exactly three pages long for each page printed the number of estimated pages remaining would decrease by one beginning with the maximum 120 000 pages If the job length is Approximate replacement intervals for supply items 89 less than three pages the estimated pages remaining number decreases more quickly than the rate at which the number of pages actually printed increases If the job length is greater than three pages the number of pages remaining decreases less quickly than the rate at which the actual number of pages printed increases 90 Chapter 4 Maintenance ENWW Locating supplies Use Figure 4 2 Loca
118. the disk drive 2 To clear the message turn the printer off and then on 3 Ifthe message persists remove and reinstall the EIO disk drive 4 Ifthe message persists replace the EIO disk drive DISK DEVICE OPERATION FAILED To clear press O alternates with Ready The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory 1 Printing can continue 2 Turn the printer off and then on 3 If the message reappears a problem might exist with the software program DISK FILE SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with To clear press O Ready The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system The attempt was unsuccessful because the file system is full 1 Use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the EIO disk drive and then try again 2 To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED To clear press O alternates with The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it 1 To enable writing to the disk turn off write protection by using HP Web Jetadmin 2 To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on Ready EIO DISK X The EIO disk device in slot X is No action is necessary initializing Initializing EIO
119. the formatter Initialize NVRAM See NVRAM initialization 56 XX PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on A printer error has occurred XX Description 01 illegal input 02 illegal output Turn the printer off then on again If the error persists record the message and call support 57 X PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on A printer fan error has occurred X Description 3 cartridge fan vertical fan F2 4 formatter fan horizontal fan F1 7 power supply fan F3 HP Color LaserJet 4650 models Turn the printer off and then on 57 3 Cartridge fan error F2 1 Reconnect the connector J1004 on the DC controller PCA 2 Immediately after starting the print operation measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J1004 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 24 V replace the cartridge fan 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 323 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 57 4 Formatter fan error F1 1 Reconnect the connector J1003 on the DC controller PCA 2 Immediately after turning the printer on measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J1004 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to
120. the printer off and installed then on alternates with 10 30 00 black print cartridge 2 Remove all of the print For help press l cartridges and turn the 10 30 01 cyan print cartridge printer off and then on 10 30 02 magenta print 3 If the error persists cartridge replace the indicated cartridge 10 30 03 yellow print cartridge 13 0A JAM IN A jam exists in the top cover 1 press for detailed information about TOP COVER AREA clearing the jam For help press 2 Press and Y to step through the instructions 13 02 00 JAM IN A page is jammedintray2 1 Press for detailed tray 3 or tray 4 information about Tray X clearing the jam For help press 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 3 Clean the pickup roller If it is worn or damaged replace it 4 Clean the feed roller If it is worn or damaged replace it 5 Replace the tray X pickup solenoid 6 Replace the pickup motor 312 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 7 Replace the paper pickup assembly for tray 2 Replace the tray X paper feeder PCA for the 500 sheet tray 3 or the 2 x 500 sheet feeder Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 13 05 00 JAM IN A page has jammed in
121. this chapter 460 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Locations of major components Ny age A Ga SE E a NS Figure 8 1 Major components of the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer 1 Fuser assembly 2 ETB assembly 3 Paper pickup assembly 4 Cassette 5 Paper pickup drive assembly 6 Disengaging drive assembly 7 Drum drive assembly cyan magenta 8 Drum drive assembly yellow 9 Drum drive assembly cyan magenta 10 Drum drive assembly black 11 Fuser drive assembly ENWW Illustrations and parts lists 461 Figure 8 2 Printer PCAs ENWW grams nd dia 462 Chapter8 Parts a ENWW Table 8 4 Printer PCAs Ref 1 10 10 10 Description Fuser power supply PCA 110 V Fuser power supply PCA 220 V High voltage power supply PCA new High voltage power supply PCA exchange Toner sensor PCA Paper pickup PCA Low voltage power supply 110 V new Low voltage power supply 110 V exchange Low voltage power supply 220 V Memory tag antenna PCA Memory controller PCA DC controller PCA new 4600 Only DC controller PCA exchange 4600 Only DC controller PCA 4610n 4650 Only Formatter simplex exchange 4600 Only Formatter simplex duplex exchange 4650 Only Formatter simplex new 4600 Only Formatter simplex duplex new 4650 Only Formatter duplex exchange 4600 Only Formatter duplex new 4600 Only Fo
122. tt m lle lasers teilylle VARNING Om apparaten anv nds p annat s tt n i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP Color LaserJet 4650 4650n 4650dn 4650dtn 4650hdn kirjoittimen sis ll ei ole k ytt j n huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil T llaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota v riainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita k ytt j n k sikirjassa lueteltuja k ytt j n teht v ksi tarkoitettuja yll pitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoisty kaluja VARO Mik li kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina n kym tt m llelasers teilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa l katso s teeseen VARNING Om laserprinterns skyddsh lje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion uts ttas anv ndaren f r osynlig laserstralning Betrakta ej str len Tiedot laitteessa k ytett v n laserdiodin s teilyominaisuuksista Aallonpituus 775 795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser Japan power cord statement mlk Asni Em REBET E EC kd gl EMA ECKER TE CC A ENWW Japan power cord statement 35 36 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW 2 ENWW Service approach This chapter provides information about the following topics Service approach Parts and supplies HP customer care Ordering rela
123. unit 1 2 Remove the paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit On the bottom of the paper pickup unit remove the screw holding the gear cover in place and then remove the gear cover Unhook the spring from the gear callout 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver push down on the tab in the center of the gear callout 2 to release it and then remove the gear Remove three black screws callout 3 Disconnect the three connectors on the back of the paper pickup drive unit and then remove the unit Figure 6 23 Remove the paper pickup drive unit 196 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Multipurpose tray pickup roller and separation pad 1 2 3 Remove tray 2 from the printer and remove any paper in the tray Rotate the two lock pins outward callout 1 and tilt the cassette cover forward to remove it Push the blue roller callout 2 towards the back of the tray and remove it E NOTE The locking pins are not captive Do not lose them when the tray cover is removed Pull up on the multipurpose tray pickup roller callout 3 and remove it Push outward on the two tabs that hold the separation pad in place callout 4 Internal components 197 6 Pull the separation pad forward to remove it callout 5 E NOTE Always replace the separation pad when you replace the multipurpose tray pickup roller Figure 6 25 Remove the multipurpose tray pickup roller and separation pad 2 of 2 198
124. working correctly and displays the status of each sensor PAPER PATH TEST Use this item to generate a test page that is useful for testing the paper handling features of the printer In the PAPER PATH TEST menu select the source tray duplex setting and number of copies and then select PRINT TEST PAGE Press to start the paper path test SOURCE Select the tray that uses the paper path that you want to test You can select any tray that is installed Select ALL TRAYS to test all paper paths Paper must be loaded in the selected trays COPIES Set how many sheets of paper are used from each tray during the paper path test SENSOR TEST MANUAL SENSOR TEST Use this item to test the paper path sensors and switches for correct operation Use this item to manually test the sensors and switches for correct operation COMPONENT TEST Activates individual parts independently to isolate noise leaking and other hardware issues PRINT STOP TEST Isolates print quality faults more accurately by stopping the printer in mid print cycle Stopping the printer in mid cycle allows you to see where the image begins to degrade COLOR BAND TEST HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only Use this item to print a color band test page that is used to identify arching in the high voltage power supply 382 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Service menu The Service menu is PIN protected for added securi
125. 0 LED 400 paper path 404 print quality 345 Print Stop 418 sensors 405 thermistors 124 428 toner cleaning spilled 86 loose troubleshooting 357 toner cartridges See print cartridges toner charging operations 145 toner level detection operations 139 PCA locating 439 PCA removing 227 Toolbox See HP Toolbox tools required 174 top cover jams causes of 340 locating 4600 9 locating 4610n 10 locating 4650 11 partnumber 465 514 518 532 Index removing 179 tough paper 26 training 453 transfer block operations 146 transfer kit ETB locating 91 page count resetting 383 425 part numbers 457 removing during service 177 replacement intervals 87 89 replacing 94 transfer operations 146 transparencies detection operations 163 part numbers 454 printing 23 specifications 20 troubleshooting 344 trapping 349 Tray 1 jams causes of 337 locating 4600 9 locating 4610n 10 media specifications 20 Paper handling menu 370 part number 465 512 518 pickup roller and separation pad removing 197 pickup feed operations 159 removing 185 sensors 432 solenoid removing 199 solenoids locating 414 435 Tray 2 installing 49 jams causes of 337 locating 4600 9 locating 4610n 10 media specifications 20 Paper handling menu 370 paper pickup roller removing 195 paper size detection operations 162 paper size detection switch removing 213 part numbers 485 pickup feed operations 159 sensor test 405 sensors 432 s
126. 0 models This test displays the status of each paper path sensor 1 Press MENU to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 3 Press to select DIAGNOSTICS Press Y to highlight PAPER PATH SENSOR TEST Press to select PAPER PATH SENSOR TEST O a A The printer displays a message that has a row of letters followed by a row of numbers Each letter corresponds with the number that is directly below it The letters represent a sensor in the paper path and the numerials indicate the status of the sensor The numerial 0 indicates that no paper is present and 1 indicates that paper is present See Table 7 50 Sensor test letter codes to determine which sensor is associated with each letter E NOTE The number of alpha and numeric characters varies according to the number of trays that are installed 7 To exit the test press Stop 8 The message NO JOB TO CANCEL appears and the printer enters the READY DIAGNOSTICS mode To exit press Stop 404 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW 9 The DIAGNOSTICS menu appears on the control panel display Press Y to highlight EXIT DIAGNOSTICS 10 Press to select EXIT DIAGNOSTICS 11 The message WAITING FOR PRINTER TO RE INITIALIZE appears The printer returns to the Ready state after initialization is complete Paper path test This diagnostic test generates one or more test pages that you can use to isolate the cause of jams To isolate a problem you can specify wh
127. 0 sheet feeder internal components 1 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only Ref Description Part number Qty 1 Fixed level left plate secures the printer to the feeder 4650 RB3 0978 000CN 1 Only 2 Fixed level right plate secures the printer to the feeder 4650 RB3 0979 000CN 1 Only ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 499 HP CLJ 4650 models only Figure 8 21 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 2 of 2 ENWW 500 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Table 8 23 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 2 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only Ref Description Part number Qty 1 Paper pickup rollers 4650 Only RF5 3739 000CN 2 2 Adjuster cover 4650 Only RB2 3691 000CN 6 3 Outrigger assembly 4650 Only RG5 7523 000CN 6 ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 501 GL J521B ais Figure 8 22 2 x 500 sheet feeder paper pickup drive assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only 502 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 24 2 x 500 sheet feeder paper pickup drive assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only Description Part number 2 x 500 sheet paper pickup feeder drive assembly 4650 Only RG5 7531 000CN ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 503 SR3 0522 LD J522 J5005 a Figure 8 23 2 x 500 sheet feeder upper paper p
128. 01CN Fuse 250 V 4 A 220 V Internal components 5 of 5 VD7 1732 002CN Fuse 250 V 20 A 110 V Internal components 5 of 5 VD7 1838 001CN Fuse 250 V 8 A 220 V Internal components 5 of 5 VD7 2356 301CN Fuse 125 V 6 3 A 110 V Internal components 5 of 5 WC2 5452 000CN Switch cassette paper size Internal components 2 of 5 WC2 5452 000CN Switch push Internal components 2 of 5 WC4 5169 000CN Microswitch front cover 520 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Internal components 3 of 5 ENWW ENWW Table 8 28 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page WG8 5362 000CN Photo interrupter TLP1241 Internal components 5 of 5 WG8 5362 000CN Photo interrupter TLP1241 Internal components 5 of 5 WG8 5362 000CN Photo interrupter TLP1241 Disengaging drive assembly WG8 5362 000CN Photo interrupter TLP1241 Fuser drive assembly WG8 5362 000CN Photo interrupter TLP1241 ETB assembly WP2 5138 000CN WS3 5746 000CN Environment humidity sensor 4610n 4650 Only Connector drawer Internal components 2 of 5 Internal components 3 of 5 Numerical parts list 521 522 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Index Symbols Numerics 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder assemblies 429 cassette paper detection switch removing 252 cassette paper se
129. 0n and 4650 models 208 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Memory tag antenna PCAs 1 2 3 4 5 Remove the drum drive units See Drum drive units Remove one screw callout 1 and remove the grounding plate callout 2 Remove the white retainer callout 3 Disconnect the connector callout 4 from the memory controller PCA Remove the memory tag antenna PCA which is inside the slot Figure 6 38 Remove the memory tag antenna PCA cyan is shown Internal components 209 Developing disengaging motor assembly 1 Remove the following assemblies Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Left cover See Left cover DC controller shield See DC controller shield Developing disengaging rod See Drum drive developing disengaging rod 2 Remove three screws callout 1 3 Disconnect two connectors callout 2 4 Remove the developing disengaging motor assembly Figure 6 39 Remove the developing disengaging motor assembly 210 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW DC controller PCA 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Left cover See Left cover e DC controller shield See DC controller shield 2 Remove four screws callout 1 3 Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller PCA including the formatter ribbon cabl
130. 13 mm 5 mil Maximum stack height of 10 A4 Letter Legal Executive JIS B5 A5 Custom Minimum size 76 x 127 mm 3 x 5 in Maximum size 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in mm 0 6 in Glossy paper A4 Letter Legal Executive JIS B5 A5 Custom Minimum size 76 x 127 mm 3 x 5 in Maximum size 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in Envelopes Com10 Monarch C5 DL B5 75 g m to 120 g m 20 Ib to 32 Ib Maximum weight 105 g m 28 lb bond maximum stack height of 10 mm 0 6 in Limit of 20 20 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Table 1 9 Supported media specifications continued Tray Supported media Media specifications Capacity Labels Do not load more than the maximum stack height of A4 Letter Legal Executive 10 mm 0 6 in JIS B5 A5 Custom Minimum size 76 x 127 mm 3 x 5 in Maximum size 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in Tray 2 included for all Paper 60 to 105 g m 16 to 28 Ib 500 sheets of 75 g m 20 models Ib paper Maximum stack A4 Letter Legal Executive height of 50 mm 2 inches Optional tray 3 available for JIS B5 A5 Custom the HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models Minimum size 148 x 210 mm 5 8 x 8 2 in Optional tray 3 tray4 the 2x Maximum size 216 x 356 500 sheet paper feeder is mm 8 5 x 14 in only available for the HP CLJ 4650 models Transparencies A4 Letter 0 13 mm 5 mil Limit of 100 sheets Glossy film 0 13 mm 5 mil Limit of 100 sheets A
131. 15 and 100 life remaining Order cartridge The cartridge has 15 life remaining In typical printing situations this represents about 2 weeks of use a Replace cartridge One of the three components listed above has reached its end of life The printer stops and printing cannot continue until the cartridge is replaced ENWW Image formation system 139 Developer rotations The developer roller rotations are tracked on the print cartridge memory tag e label Tracking rotations enables the printer to signal that a print cartridge is low or out before the developer or toner is actually worn out which would result in print quality defects Over time the toner loses its required properties as a result of excessive stirring and recharging Although the cartridge will correctly signal LOW or OUT because of wear some toner might remain in the fresh toner hopper In addition to toner wear the developer roller wears during use so developer life tracking is necessary In situations where low coverage documents are printed frequently the developer rotations might cause a LOW signal before the toner level reaches its low level Toner sensor For the first 75 of the cartridge life toner depletion within the cartridge is calculated by counting pixels An optical toner level sensor then tracks the final 25 of toner The toner is measured and then reported on the toner gas gauge on the control panel or on the supplies status page The transi
132. 1G1013 Ki gt Memory controller PCA EEP ROM H Figure 5 3 DC controller circuit i Developing cylinder Engine control system 121 Motors fans and environment sensor The printer has ten motors and two or three fans HP Color LaserJet 4600 models have two fans HP Color LaserJet 4650 models have three fans HP Color LaserJet 4650 models also have one environment sensor Eight of the motors are dc motors the other two are stepping motors Figure 5 4 Motors and fans HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printers and Figure 5 5 Fan and environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models shows the locations of the fan and sensor Table 5 2 Function of motors fans and environment sensor explains the function of each component One of the stepping motors and six of the eight dc motors are used for paper feeding and image formation The remaining stepping motor is the developing disengaging motor The remaining two dc motors are fan motors Since the printer transfers an image in four colors in line onto the paper small changes in the rotational speed of the motor are likely to cause color misalignment The dc motors used for image formation are precisely controlled to account for rotational speed fluctuation Figure 5 4 Motors and fans HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printers 122 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Environment sensor Figure 5 5 Fa
133. 2 enabling 4610n and 4650 113 installing 4600 100 installing 4610n 104 105 installing 4650 104 105 NVRAM initialization 421 operations 132 part numbers 455 463 PCAs locating 439 tag print cartridges 139 verifying installation 4600 103 memory controller PCA removing 212 memory tag antenna PCAs removing 209 menus control panel Configure device 371 Diagnostics 382 UO 380 Information 369 locking 82 map printing 367 Paper handling 370 Print quality 374 Printing 371 Resets 381 Service 383 425 System setup 376 unlocking menus 421 messages 4600 alphabetical 4600 numerical 264 298 528 Index 4610n and 4650 alphabetical 279 4610n and 4650 numerical 311 clearable jams 332 types of 263 misplaced images troubleshooting 358 model product number locating 13 models features 2 5 motors developing disengaging removing 210 diagnostics 413 drum drive removing 206 locating 437 locations 416 operations 122 pickup feed system scanner control 135 multi feeds troubleshooting 341 multipurpose tray See Tray 1 132 160 N NetWare Novell frame type parameters configuring 77 networks 63 Networking tab embedded Web server 387 networks cards models including 2 cards partnumbers 453 communications troubleshooting 363 configuring 77 connecting to 59 ElO slots 62 installing HP Jedtdirect print servers 4600 and 4650 installing HP Jedtdirect print servers 4610n 116 installin
134. 21 Resets menu 381 resetting page counts 383 RGB Color settings 349 RGB sample page printing 369 398 right cover partnumber 465 513 516 removing 184 rollers 500 shet paper feeder removing 242 image formation operations 143 locating 428 pickup feed system operations 159 repetitive defects troubleshooting 359 Tray 1 removing 197 Tray 2 removing 195 S scanner motor control screwdrivers required screws part numbers 459 typesof 175 135 174 ENWW security network 82 sensors 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder testing 412 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder removing 249 drum home position removing 205 environment 4610n and 4650 operations 122 156 environment 4610n and 4650 part numbers 469 510 521 environment 4610n and 4650 removing 202 fuser delivery removing 235 fuser inlet paper removing 234 image stabilization control 155 locating 432 output bin full removing 236 paper path test 404 pickup feed system testing 405 toner 140 transparency detection OHT 163 separation operations 148 separation pad removing from Tray 1 197 sequence of operations 119 serial number 13 425 service agreements 41 service approach 38 service ID 426 Service menu 383 425 settings drivers 66 locking menus 82 network parameters 77 restoring defaults 381 Settings tab embedded Web server 386 setup See installation sharing Windows 72 site requirements 14 size detection paper 162 172 size detection switch rem
135. 3 Parallel connection 4 On off switch 5 EIO connection 3 total 6 Memory access 7 1 1 USB connection 8 Tray 3 tray 4 optional 12 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Identification site requirements and specifications The following sections describes printer identification site requirements and specifications Model and serial numbers The model number and serial numbers are listed on identification labels located on the rear of the printer The model number is alphanumeric such as C9660A for an HP Color LaserJet 4600 printer The serial number contains information about the country region of origin the printer version production code and the production number of the printer E NOTE This manual describes the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer including the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer and the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models country region printer version production number of origin model product number production code Hewlett Packard 11311 Chinden Blvd Boise Idaho 83704 U S A 50 60 Hz 115V Model No Q3668 INU Serial No JPBB605112 Assembled in U S A printer engine made in Japan Figure 1 8 Model and serial number label Model name Product model number HP Color LaserJet 4600 C9660A HP Color LaserJet 4650 Q3668A HP Color LaserJet 4600n C9692A HP Color LaserJet 4610n Q7
136. 371 Table 7 42 Printing submenu continued Menu item Values Description DARK The internal Courier font that is available on the HP LaserJet III series printers WIDE A4 NO YES Use this item to change the number of characters that can be printed on a single line of A4 size paper NO Up to 78 10 pitch characters can be printed on one line YES Up to 80 10 pitch characters can be printed on one line PRINT PS ERRORS OFF ON Use this item to select whether to print PostScript PS error pages OFF PS error page never prints ON PS error page prints when PS errors occur PRINT PDF ERRORS HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only PCL OFF ON FORM LENGTH ORIENTATION FONT SOURCE FONT NUMBER FONT PITCH SYMBOL SET APPEND CR TO LF Use this item to select whether to print PDF error pages OFF PDF error page never prints ON PDF error page prints when PDF errors occur Use this item to configure settings for the printer control language FORM LENGTH Use this item to set vertical spacing from 5 to 128 lines for the default paper size ORIENTATION Use this item to set the default page orientation to portrait or landscape FONT SOURCE Use this item to select the font source as Internal CARD SLOT 1 2 or 3 Internal disk or EIO disk FONT NUMBER The printer assigns a number to each font and lists the numbers on the PCL font list
137. 4 Letter Legal Executive JIS B5 A5 Custom Minimum size 148 x 210 mm 5 8 x 8 2 in Maximum size 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in Glossy paper 75 g m to 120 g m 20 Ib Limit of 200 sheets to 32 Ib A4 Letter Legal Executive JIS B5 A5 Custom Minimum size 148 x 210 mm 5 8 x 8 2 in Maximum size 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in Duplex printing Paper glossy paper 75 g m to 105 g m 20 Ib to 28 Ib A4 Letter Legal Executive JIS B5 A5 Custom Custom paper sizes are not supported for 2 sided printing 1 Tray 1 only 2 Tray 2 tray 3 and tray 3 tray 4 do not support the range of custom sizes that tray 1 does 3 Tray 2 tray 3 and tray 3 tray 4 use custom size specifically for B5 ISO Ex NOTE Use only HP supported transparencies HP part number C2934A Letter size C2936A A4 size ENWW Print media 21 22 Media to avoid This printer can handle many types of media Using media outside the printer s specifications will cause a loss of print quality and increase the incidence of jams Do not use paper that is too rough Do not use paper that contains cutouts or perforations other than standard three hole punched paper Do not use multipart forms Do not use paper that has already been printed on or fed through a photocopier or printer Do not use paper that contains a watermark if you are printing solid patterns Media that can cause damage to the printer In rare circumstances media
138. 452 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Switch push WC2 5452 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Toner sensor PCA Toner sensor PCA Top cover assembly RG5 6393 000CN RG5 6393 000CN RG5 6465 000CN Printer PCAs Internal components 3 of 5 External covers and panels 514 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Numerical parts list Table 8 28 Numerical parts list Part number Description Table and page C9660 67901 Formatter simplex new 4600 Only Printer PCAs C9660 67902 Formatter duplex new 4600 Only Printer PCAs C9660 69011 Formatter simplex exchange 4600 Only Printer PCAs C9660 69020 DC controller PCA exchange 4600 Only Printer PCAs C9660 69022 High voltage power supply PCA exchange Printer PCAs C9660 69022 High voltage power supply PCA assembly exchange Internal components 3 of 5 C9660 69023 Low voltage power supply 110 V exchange Printer PCAs C9661 69002 Formatter duplex exchange 4600 Only Printer PCAs C9712 67908 Firmware DIMM 4600 Only Printer PCAs Q2635 67910 CompactFlash 4650 Only Printer PCAs Q2635 67919 CompactFlash 4610n Only Printer PCAs Q3673 67901 500 sheet paper feeder and tray 3 assembly 4600 4650 Only 500 sheet paper feeder assembly Q3674 67901 2 x 500 sheet feeder tray assembly 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only Q3999 67902 Formatter simplex duplex
139. 4610n and 4650 models 107 9 Push down on the DIMM until both latches engage the DIMM g NOTE The HP CLJ 4610n only has one DDR DIMM memory slot E NOTE Ifyou have difficulty inserting the DIMM make sure that the notch on the bottom 5 of the DIMM is aligned with the bar in the slot If the DIMM still does not go in make sure that you are using the correct type of DIMM 10 Align the formatter board in the tracks at the top and bottom of the slot and then slide the board back into the printer Replace and tighten the eight screws removed in step 4 108 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW 11 Reconnect the power cable and interface cables and turn the printer on 12 If you installed a memory DIMM go to Enabling memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models To install a flash memory card HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models E NOTE The back side of the HP CLJ 4650 model is shown in this procedure The HP CLJ 4610n will appear slightly different but the procedure for installing a flash memory card is the same for both models 1 Turn the printer off AN CAUTION Do not insert a flash memory card that is designed for use with a digital camera into the printer The printer does not support photo printing directly from a flash memory card If you install a camera type flash memory card a message appears on the control panel display asking if you want to reformat the flash mem
140. 4650 Only RG5 7470 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 DC controller PCA 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7470 030CN Printer PCAs Developing disengaging drive assembly RG5 6507 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Alphabetical parts list 509 Table 8 27 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Disengaging drive assembly Part number RG5 6507 020CN Table and page Disengaging drive assembly Drum drive assembly black RG5 7468 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Drum drive assembly black RG5 7468 000CN Drum drive assembly Drum drive assembly cyan and magenta RG5 7467 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Drum drive assembly cyan magenta Drum drive assembly yellow Drum drive assembly yellow RG5 7467 000CN RG5 7469 000CN RG5 7469 000CN Drum drive assembly Internal components 1 of 5 Drum drive assembly Drum grounding assembly black and yellow short RG5 6474 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Drum grounding assembly cyan and magenta long RG5 7362 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Environment humidity sensor 4610n 4650 Only WP2 5138 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 ETB assembly 4600 Only RG5 6484 070CN ETB assembly ETB assembly 4600 Only RG5 6484 040CN Internal components 4 of 5 ETB assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7455 000CN Internal components 4
141. 5 3749 000CN Cassette tray 2 Rear cover assembly RG5 8592 000CN External covers and panels Rear cover lower RB2 8593 000CN External covers and panels Rear top cover assembly RG5 6464 000CN External covers and panels Right cover RB2 8591 000CN External covers and panels Rod spring RB2 8213 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Rod spring RB2 8213 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Roller oblique Roller paper pickup Roller paper pickup RB1 2155 000CN RF5 3739 000CN RF5 3739 000CN ETB assembly Paper pickup assembly 500 sheet paper feeder internal components Sensor flag RB2 8498 030CN Fuser assembly Separation pad Solenoid RF5 3750 020CN RH7 5319 000C Cassette tray 2 Paper pickup drive assembly Spring tension RS6 2537 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Spring scanner support RB2 8246 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Spring tension RS6 2511 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Spring tension RS6 2511 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Alphabetical parts list 513 Table 8 27 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Spring tension RS6 2510 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Static eliminator 4600 Only RF5 3773 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Switch cassette paper size WC2 5
142. 5 41 2 x 500 sheet feeder 170 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Pickup and feed system The following is the sequence of operations for the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder the sequence of operation is the same for either cassette Figure 5 42 2 x 500 sheet feeder pickup and feed operation illustrates this sequence 1 The DC controller receives a print command from the formatter and sends a pickup command to the paper feeder driver 2 The paper feeder driver rotates the main motor M1 in the paper feeder and the feed roller starts to rotate 3 After the printer enters the SCANNER READY state the DC controller instructs the paper feeder driver to pick a sheet of paper The paper feeder pickup solenoid SL1 for tray 3 SL2 for tray 4 turns on The pickup roller makes one rotation and picks up paper in the cassette 4 Separation pads eliminate any extra sheets and a single piece of paper enters the feed path HCI driver PCA A A gt gt gt MAIN MOTOR CONTROL SIGNAL LOWER CASSETTE PICKUP SOLENOID DRIVE SIGNAL SLL FEED PAPER DETECTION SIGNAL FS_1 UPPER CASSETTE PAPER SIZE DETECTION SIGNAL LOWER CASSETTE PAPER DETECTION SIGNAL PS_L UPPER CASSETTE PAPER DETECTION SIGNAL PS_U LOWER CASSETTE PAPER SIZE DETECTION SIGNAL UPPER CASSETTE PICKUP SOLENOID DRIVE SIGNAL SLU Figure 5 42 2 x 500 sheet feeder pickup and feed operation
143. 5 Causes for vertical lines of white dots Cause Solution The transfer charging roller is worn or damaged Replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The high voltage PCA is defective The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Dirt on the back of the paper This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for dirt on the back of the paper Table 7 26 Causes for dirt on the back of the paper Cause Solution One or more of the rollers are dirty See Repetitive defects troubleshooting for information about identifying the roller that might be dirty Clean the indicated roller If the roller is still dirty after cleaning replace the appropriate roller cartridge or assembly The pickup roller is dirty Clean the roller If the roller is still dirty after cleaning replace the pickup roller assembly A poor contact exists in the attaching bias contacts between the ETB and the high voltage PCA Clean the contacts Replace them if they are still dirty or are damaged The high voltage PCA is def
144. 6 documentation 42 457 door switch removing 229 DOS commands 364 dots troubleshooting 354 drivers available 67 downloading 40 Help 68 selecting 68 settings 66 drum calibration 155 cleaning operations 149 153 developing disengaging rod removing 203 drive assembly locating 461 drive assembly part numbers 467 479 510 519 drive gears removing 205 drive motors removing 206 drive units removing 203 ground assembly part numbers 467 510 518 home position sensors removing 205 image formation operations 143 ENWW motors 437 rotation tracking operations 140 sensors 432 duplexer feed unit operations 167 jams causes of 340 media specifications 20 models including 2 E e mail alerts 387 Edge Control settings 349 EIO connections locating HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 9 HP Color LaserJet 4610n model 11 HP Color LaserJet 4650 models 12 EIO slots 62 electrical specifications 17 electrostatic discharge 174 electrostatic image formation block 143 embedded Web server accessing 385 features 80 385 Information tab 386 Networking tab 387 ordering supplies 39 Other links tab 387 Settings tab 386 enabling DIMMs HP Color LaserJet 4600 102 HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 113 engine control system operations 120 engine diagnostics 401 engine test page 420 envelopes printing 24 specifications 20 environment sensor 4610n and 4650 operations 122 156 part numbers 469 510 521 removing 202 environm
145. 600 and 4650 models only When the printer is directly connected to a computer the embedded Web server is supported for Windows 95 and later In order to use the embedded Web server with a direct connection you must select the Custom installation option when you install the printer driver Select the option to load Printer Status and Alerts The proxy server is installed as part of the Printer Status and Alerts software When the printer is connected to the network the embedded Web server is automatically available You can gain access to the embedded Web server from Windows 95 and later Use the embedded Web server to view printer and network status and to manage printing functions from your computer instead of from the printer control panel The following are are examples of what you can do when you are using the embedded Web server View printer control status information Set the type of media that is loaded in each tray m Determine the remaining life of all supplies and order new ones m View and change tray configurations a View and change the printer control panel menu configuration a View and print internal pages Receive notification of printer and supplies events m View and change the network configuration To use the embedded Web server you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 or late or Netscape Navigator 4 or later The embedded Web server works when the printer is connected to an IP based network The embedded Web s
146. 600 m 0 to 8530 ft Acoustic emissions Sound Power Level SPL Declared Per ISO 9296 Active 22 ppm letter Lwag 6 5 Bels A 65 dB A Idle Lwag 5 0 Bels A 50 dB A SPL Bystander Position Declared Per ISO 9296 Active 22 ppm letter Loam 01 dB A Idle Loam 34 dB A Ech 1 Values are subject to change See www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 for current information The PowerSave default activation time is 30 minutes 18 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW ENWW Supply storage requirements The life of supplies is greatly affected by their storage environment Use storage requirements to determine the shelf life of stored supplies Table 1 8 Supply storage requirements Item Storage time Storage condition Temperature Normal maximum of 2 5 years 0 to 35 C 32 to 95 F Severe maximum of 18 days High 35 to 40 C 95 to 104 F Low 0 to 20 C 32 to 4 F Maximum temperature change rate 40 to 15 C 104 to 59 F within 3 minutes 20 to 25 C 4 to 77 F within 3 minutes Humidity Normal maximum of 2 5 years 35 to 85 RH Severe maximum of 18 days High 85 to 95 RH Low 10 to 35 RH Atmospheric pressure 460 to 760 mm Hg 18 1 to 29 9 inches Hg Storage time 2 5 years 1 The average storage time includes use time Use cartridges within 2 5 years of the date code on the cartridge Ide
147. 650 models on 80 Other components and utltles eee cece eeee cece eee ee eee cecae cece eeeeeseceaaaecaeceeeeeeeesesceninaeeeeeees 81 Setting network security ON the Printer eee cece eeeeeeee ee eee eats ee eeeeaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeneenaeeeeeeeaees 82 Locking the controll panel virisp iieiaeie EENS 82 Levels ot SOCUILY eseu het nti nie RE 82 Using an ASCII PJL escape sequence to set network security eee 83 4 Maintenance Cleaning the printer ANd ACCESSOLICS oe eee ceeeeee eee eeee innan ENAN aaia ARANARAK NRAN aaia NTa 86 Cleaning Spilled tonei srnaccneni e d oevnstaaaeesitaa dest ae dEeERSdE Eege 86 Veiner ee 86 Approximate replacement intervals for Supply eme 87 ETB life under different circumstances 0 0 0 ceeeeeeceeeeee eee eeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaees 89 Locating Bee 91 KE Tee EI Tel EE 92 Changing print cartridges ecccceeeeeeeeeete eee e eter eee e ene eeeeeaeeeetaeee estates eaeeeeeeaeeeesenaeeeeeeaas 92 Replacing the transfer Unit wi ccccic ccsceeneeecedeneieaceceeneea cecteneeasceeecunesegetennveeeeeteneieeeetecnieeaeeee 94 Replacing the transfer unit when it is not at end of lte 96 Replacing the USE netini ar ches beicke cd suicide tid eae inde eida th a 97 Replacing the fuser when it is not at end of lte 99 Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4600 models cc ceceeeceeeeeneeeeeeeecaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeetaeeeeenenaaes 100 Installing memory and font DIMMs HP Color LaserJet 4600 models
148. 67909 Norwegian overlay 4600 Only Norwegian label 4650 Only C9660 40011 Q3668 67910 C9660 40012 Q3668 67911 Portuguese overlay 4600 Only Portuguese label 4650 Only Swedish overlay 4600 Only Swedish label 4650 Only C9660 40013 Q3668 67912 Czech overlay 4600 Only Czech label 4650 Only C9660 40014 Q3668 67913 Hungarian overlay 4600 Only Hungarian label 4650 Only C9660 40015 Q3668 67914 C9660 40016 Q3668 679015 Polish overlay 4600 Only Polish label 4650 Only Russian overlay 4600 Only Russian label 4650 Only C9660 40017 Q3668 67916 Turkish overlay 4600 Only Turkish label 4650 Only C9660 40018 Q3668 67917 Arabic overlay 4600 Only Arabic label 4650 Only C9660 40019 Q3668 67918 C9660 40020 Q3668 67919 Greek overlay 4600 Only Greek label 4650 Only Hebrew overlay 4600 Only Hebrew label 4650 Only C9660 40021 Q3668 67920 Japanese overlay 4600 Only Japanese label 4650 Only C9660 40022 Q3668 67921 Korean overlay 4600 Only Korean label 4650 Only 456 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams C9660 40023 Q3668 67922 Thai overlay 4600 Only Thai label 4650 Only ENWW Table 8 2 Supplies and accessories continued Product number Part number Description C9660 40024 Q3668 67923 Simplified Chinese overlay 4600 Only Simplified Chinese label 4650 Only
149. 732A HP Color LaserJet 4650n Q3669A HP Color LaserJet 4600dn C9661A HP Color LaserJet 4650dn Q3670A HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn C9662A HP Color LaserJet 4650dtn Q3671A HP Color LaserJet 4600hdn C9663A HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn Q3672A ENWW Identification site requirements and specifications 13 14 Chapter 1 Power and regulatory label The identification labels on the rear of the printer also contain power rating and regulatory information CAUTION Converting the voltage on the printer can damage the printer Do not use any voltage other than the operating voltage Any attempt to convert operating voltages will void the product warranty for example attempting to change a 110 V printer to a 220 V printer 220 240V carve shall SS C nro stat ce Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OF OFFICE USE This product conforme with CORH Complies with Canadian EMC Claas 6 requirements MANUFACTURED August 97 HEWLETT PACKARD 11311 CHINDEN BLVD BOISE IDAHO 63714 USA Serial No JPBB123456 Made in Japan CAR 77 C9660A Figure 1 9 Power and regulatory label Site requirements The printer must be kept in an appropriate location to maintain the performance level that has been set at the factory In particular be sure that the environment adheres to the specifications listed in this chapter The following are recommendations for the printer location and placement Product information
150. ACE FUSER KIT 150 000 pages 50 months Replacing the fuser For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Approximate life expectancies based on 3 000 pages per month The approximate average A4 Letter size page count is based on 5 coverage of individual colors Page counts are only estimations usage conditions and print patterns cause results to vary 3 Page counts are only estimations usage conditions and print patterns cause results to vary N CAUTION The Hewlett Packard Company recommends the use of HP products in this printer Use of non HP products can cause problems that require service that is not covered by the Hewlett Packard Company warranty or service agreements Print cartridges and ETB It is recommended that you remove the print cartridges and ETB when servicing internal printer components Place the print cartridges and ETB in a safe place while they are out of the printer To avoid damaging the print cartridges do not expose them to direct bright light A CAUTION Grasp the print cartridges by the blue handles to avoid accidentally touching the photosensitive drum inside each cartridge CAUTION Do not place any items on the ETB If the belt is punctured or otherwise damaged print quality problems will result Avoid touching the belt surface Skin oils can cause print quality problems For instructions about removing the print cartridges see chapter 4 For instructions about removing the ETB
151. ADJUST TRAY N Use this item to shift the margin alignment in order to center the image on the page from top to bottom and left to right You can also align the image that is printed on the front with the image that is printed on the back models PRINT TEST PAGE Use this item to print a test page that shows the current registration settings SOURCE Use this item to select the tray for which you want to print the test page If installed optional trays appear as selections where N is the number of the tray ADJUST TRAY N Use this item to set the registration for the specified tray where N is the number of the tray A selection appears for each tray that is installed and registration must be set for each tray X1 SHIFT Registration of the image on the paper from side to side as the paper lies in the tray For duplexing this side is the second side back of the paper X2 SHIFT Registration of the image on the paper from side to side as the paper lies in the tray for the first side front of a duplexed page This item appears only if a duplexer is installed and enabled Set the X1 SHIFT first m Y SHIFT Registration of the image on the paper from top to bottom as the paper lies in the tray PRINT MODES A list of available modes appears Change the print mode only if you are experiencing problems printing on 374 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 43 Print quality submenu continue
152. Also make sure that the tray is correctly configured for transparencies Check that the transparencies meet the specifications for this printer See Print media specifications For more information see the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Handle transparencies by the edges Skin oil on the surface of transparencies can cause spots and smudges Small random dark areas on the trailing edge of solid fill pages can be caused by transparencies sticking together in the output bin Try printing the job in smaller batches The printed colors are unacceptable Select different colors in the software program or printer driver If you are using a reflective overhead projector use a standard overhead projector instead Print quality problems that are associated with the environment Print quality problems can occur if the printer is operating in excessively humid or dry conditions Verify that the printing environment is within specifications See Environmental specifications 344 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Print quality problems that are associated with jams Take the following actions to prevent problems that are associated with printer jams a To avoid problems after a jam make sure that all media is cleared from the paper path m Ifthe printer recently jammed print two to three pages to clean the printer m Ifthe media does not pass through the fuser image defects might appear on subsequent documents Print tw
153. Belger 186 site Re 187 Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 4600 model 189 Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 4650 modele eee 190 Internal COMPONENMS nn AQ DC controller Shield iissa aaa a E i 191 Internal components FON cies E E T TE 192 Paper PICKUP Unit EE 192 Paper pickup sensor PDCA cae ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaaaaesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneneaes 194 Cassette tray 2 paper pickup rollers 2 ccccecceceeeeeeeeceeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeenenaaees 195 Paper pickup drive unt 196 Multipurpose tray pickup roller and separation Dad 197 SOENGAS e enni rinie ereak ena aaa aa aia a a E EAE RENEE O a stirs 199 Color registration detection unt 200 Internal components left side aerusiibrriniia iinan iiA NANENANE 202 Environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 models on 202 Drive UNITS caan aa a A A A NEEE 203 Memory tag antenna PDCAs eee eitieee eee teeeeeetieeeeeeetneeeeeeeea 209 Developing disengaging motor assembhy 210 DC controller PCA cccccccecceecececeeceeccee eee eeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesenscnnaeeaeeees 211 Memory controller PC 50 cceececcteceteeeenttenaedesnueceeeeeautechweecontceencenth annie 212 ENWW Cassette paper size detection switch 213 Internal COMPONEMIS TEAM ss du Hh ccsesepeds ceeded dd EERAdEEENSdAENEE dE 214 Revue 214 Low voltage power Supp 215 Power supply fan HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 217 Reine 218 Laser scanner Co
154. CONFIGURE DEVICE 4 Press Y to highlight SYSTEM SETUP 5 Press to select SYSTEM SETUP 6 Press Y to highlight JAM RECOVERY 7 Press to select JAM RECOVERY 8 Press Y to highlight OFF 9 Press to select OFF 10 Press the Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to return to the READY state To improve print speed and increase memory resources you might want to disable jam recovery If jam recovery is disabled any pages that are involved in a jam will not be reprinted Avoiding jams Table 7 7 Common causes of jams Cause Solution The print media does not meet HP recommended media specifications Use only media that meets HP specifications A supply item is installed incorrectly causing repeated jams Verify that all print cartridges the ETB and the fuser are correctly installed You are reloading media that has already passed through a printer or copier Do not use media that has been previously printed on or copied An input tray is loaded incorrectly Remove any excess media from the input tray Press the media down in the input tray so that it fits below the tabs and within the media width guides The printed pages are skewed The input tray guides are not adjusted correctly Adjust input tray guides so they hold media firmly in place without bending it If media heavier than 105 g m 28 Ib is loaded into tray 2 or tray
155. Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Solenoids 1 Remove the paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit 2 To remove the multipurpose tray solenoid remove one screw callout 1 and disconnect the connector callout 2 3 To remove the cassette solenoid remove one screw callout 3 and disconnect one connector callout 4 Figure 6 26 Remove the solenoids ENWW Internal components 199 Color registration detection unit 1 Open the top cover and the front cover 2 Remove the ETB E NOTE To protect the ETB from damage always remove the ETB when removing the color registration detection unit Remove the control panel See Control panel Disconnect one connector callout 1 Remove two screws callout 2 O a A WwW Remove one screw callout 3 This screw is located on the right side of the printer underneath the plate where the screws in callout 2 are located 200 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW 7 Remove the control panel support assembly callout 4 and then remove the color registration detection unit which is located behind the stay d ke Figure 6 27 Remove the color registration detection unit 1 of 2 fe Figure 6 28 Remove the color registration detection unit 2 of 2 Internal components 201 Internal components left side The following procedures explain the removal and replacement of internal components that are accessed from the left side of the printer
156. Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer 1 Top cover area 2 Duplex path 3 Paper path 4 Paper input path 5 Trays ENWW Paper path troubleshooting 331 Figure 7 2 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only 1 Pickup area 2 Paper feed area Jam locations by error message Use Table 7 6 Error messages and associated jam locations table to identify jam locations and to help pinpoint and clear specific paper jams See Figure 7 1 Jam locations HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer or Figure 7 2 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only for jam locations Table 7 6 Error messages and associated jam locations Error message Jam location Action 13 01 00 JAM IN TRAY x 5 printer A 13 01 00 jam occurs when the paper is late in arriving at the paper leading edge sensor PS3 in the paper pickup assembly This event could be a no pick resulting in the absence of media in the paper path or could be a sheet that was delayed and jammed somewhere in the feed area between the specified tray and the paper pickup assembly If the jam occurs during a multiple page document media might arrive in the
157. D dark print troubleshooting 353 date service ID 426 DC controller calibration values resetting 422 configuring after replacement 329 330 operations 121 PCA assembly part numbers 471 509 517 PCA locating 439 PCA partnumbers 463 PCA removing 211 shield removing 191 DDR SDRAM installing 4610n and 4650 105 slots 104 Declaration of Conformity 32 default settings restoring 381 delivery unit operations 166 demo page printing 369 395 density operations 155 developer rotations 140 developing cylinder operations 141 developing disengaging motor assembly removing 210 developing disengaging rod removing 203 development block operations 145 development operations 145 DHALF control 157 diagnostics calibration bypass 422 cartridge check 404 component 413 engine 401 420 formatter 420 LED 400 menu 382 paper path 404 print quality 345 Print Stop 418 sensors 405 DIMMs enabling 4600 102 enabling 4610n and 4600 113 ENWW firmware partnumbers 463 510 515 installing 4600 100 installing 4610n 104 105 installing 4650 104 105 operations 132 part numbers 455 463 PCA locating 439 verifying installation 4600 103 dirty pages troubleshooting 354 disengaging drive assembly locating 461 part numbers 481 disengaging motor assembly removing 210 disengaging rod removing 203 disk features 131 file directory printing 369 396 initialization 422 models including 2 partnumbers 455 DMAX control 15
158. DISK X The EIO disk device in slot X is not Remove the EIO disk from the working correctly indicated slot and it replace with a new NOT FUNCTIONAL EIO disk drive For help press Printer error troubleshooting 281 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Event log empty Description SHOW EVENT LOG was selected on the control panel and the event log is empty Action No action is necessary FLASH DEVICE FAILURE To clear press Ka alternates with A device failure has occurred on the specified drive Printing can continue for jobs that do not require the Flash DIMM To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on If the message persists remove and reinstall the flash DIMM Ready If the message persists replace the flash DIMM Flash disk X The new flash DIMM that is installed in No action is necessary slot X is initializing initializing Do not power off FLASH FILE OPERATION FAILED To clear press D alternates with Ready The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory Printing can continue Turn the printer off and then on If the message reappears a problem might exist with the software program FLASH FILE SYSTEM IS FULL To clear press alternates wit
159. EEEE ASAE E EAE EE Ennn EnEn 55 Using e Oe 56 To set PowerSave Time 56 To turm Powersave on Or Off tee eagdebebadedet eesdeledivingdebet adenine 56 Connecting tO a COMPULEL c2ccccccccssiceescdescteseacsatteasedssctennccsahtendenactensadsttanadadsdtaaaaadadtanngsdteaeeteaetazavtcaetas 57 Parallel connetto 7 20ee ege EEN EA E negedintidedvncatedenedateeevieiaend ncaa tenets 57 USB configuration HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models nesese 58 Auxiliary connection configuration HP Color LaserJet 4650 models 58 ENWW ENWW NGtWOrkiCONNeCHON Svc a EE EES EE dE AE 59 Direct to network HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models 59 Network print server HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models 59 Network print server HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer ccc ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 61 Peer to peer direct to network HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models 62 Peer to peer parallel 23 cise kstace ide ve deceived ENNEN AEN 62 Enhanced I O ElO configuration srania ai a R i 62 HP Jetdirect print Servers c cccececcceceeceee eee eeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeennineaeeeeeeeeees 63 Available enhanced I O mtertaces 63 NetWare Networks erionenn eiii eeri iiei eaii ada 63 Windows and Windows NT networks AA 64 AppleTalk M tworkS ccceceeseeeeeneeceeececeeeeeeseeeceaeaaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeetecesencunaeeeeeeeeeess 64 Local alk confouraton ene ee 64 LocalTalk network Confguration 64 UNIX and LinUx netw
160. Environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 models only 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Left cover See Left cover e DC controller shield See DC controller shield 2 Disconnect one connector callout 1 3 Release two locking tabs callout 2 and then remove the environment sensor a Figure 6 29 Remove the environment sensor 202 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Drum drive units Removing the drum drive units requires several distinct procedures Drum drive developing disengaging rod 1 Remove the following assemblies Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Left cover See Left cover DC controller shield See DC controller shield 2 Remove the five screws callout 1 and then remove the drum drive grounding plate callout 2 that covers the developing disengaging rod 3 Unhook the spring callout 3 and then slide the developing disengaging rod up and out Figure 6 30 Remove the developing disengaging rod ENWW Internal components 203 Reinstalling the developing disengaging rod 1 When reinstalling the developing disengaging rod be sure to rotate the white gear located between the black and magenta drum drive units clockwise until it comes to a complete stop callout 1 You cannot rotate the white gear unless all of the p
161. ICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU The warranty period begins on the date of the delivery or on the date of installation if installed by HP If customer schedules or delays HP installation more than 30 days after delivery warranty begins on the 31st day from delivery ENWW Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement 31 Declaration of conformity Declaration of conformity according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Development Company Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP Color LaserJet 4600 4600n 4600dn 4600dtn 4600hdn printers HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer HP Color LaserJet 4650 4650n 4650dn 4650dtn 4650hdn printers Regulatory Model Number BOISB 0304 00 Model Number C9660A C9692A C9661A C9662A C9663A Q7732A Q3668A Q3669A Q3670A Q3671A Q3672A Including C9664A 500 sheet paper feeder Q3673A Optional 500 Sheet Input Tray Q3674A Optional 2 x 500 Sheet Input Tray Product Options All conforms to the following Product Specifications Safety IEC 60950 1999 EN60950 2000 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 1997 A2 2001 EN60825 1 1994 A11 1996 A2 2001 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 2001 EMC CISPR 22 1997 EN 55022 1998 Class Bt EN 61000 3 2 1995 A14 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 EN 55024 1998 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class B ICES 003 Issue 3 GB9254 1998 GB17625 1
162. IO troubleshooting HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneaes 363 AUTOEXEC BAT standard Configurations ccccecceeeeeeeceeeeeseenneeeeseeeeeeeeseeenaeeeeeeeeaees 364 Parallel MS DOS commande 364 Printer Job Language PJL COMMAMNAS 0 0000 eee eee eeenteeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeneeeeeneaas 364 PJL Enter BEEN 364 UE eege eegene 364 PIECOMMEN MEET 364 PJL INFO CONFIG Sc sctep i AATE EEA 365 OR INFO ID eck ekugege geed AEN NENNEN ENEE 365 PIJLINEO USTATUS uideor Aandi 365 PJL INFO PAGECOUNT oiiieieeccedet vied aeeiio iin iieii i ae 365 STT 365 OPIL BO EE 365 PIWECH Onde EE EE 365 PJL USTATUS JOB GONIOEE cece A eeteee eee eeeeeeesieeeeeenea 365 PIL USTATUSOPF PF orere nae n ccehitian second itd cectatlad cepent lanes 366 xi Control panel troubleshooting ans areia a E A a A S 367 Printing ameni IMAP EE 367 INTOFIMAU or Meniste e a EA EA AREST 369 Paper handling Ment sirrin oe ee een a ies 370 Reie ee EE 371 Printing meng 22 ENEE NEEN niente ee 371 Print quality meni seiersen aie alia mahal ats 374 System setup MENU weet oe Le eed en ele 376 ie Bn NEE 380 Resets meng e a ini eiiiai iiia ae ENEE eeii and EA AEEA A TOE eina 381 DlSgpoe eren t daaa E R OA AEE a ee ARE A 382 Ee TEE 383 Tools for troubleshooting sii cect ee eee hn Ginn edhe els 385 Embedded Web server HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models on 385 To open the embedded Web server 385 Information t
163. LES HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Prints color samples for different CMYK values The samples act as a guide for color matching on the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models PRINT FILE DIRECTORY Prints the name and directory of files that are stored in the printer on an optional hard disk PRINT PCL FONT LIST Prints the available PCL fonts PRINT PS FONT LIST Prints the available PS emulated PostScript fonts Control panel troubleshooting 369 Paper handling menu Use the Paper handling menu to configure input trays by size and type This menu can also be used to set default media size and type It is important to configure the trays correctly with this menu before you print for the first time E NOTE If you have used previous HP LaserJet printers you might be accustomed to configuring tray 1 to first mode or cassette mode To mimic the settings for first mode configure tray 1 for SIZE ANY and TYPE ANY To mimic the settings for cassette mode set either the size or type for tray 1 to a setting other than ANY Table 7 41 Paper handling menu Menu item Value Description TRAY 1 SIZE A list of available sizes appears Use this item to configure the media size for tray 1 The default value is ANY TRAY 1 TYPE A list of available types appears Use this item to configure the media type for tray 1 The default value is ANY TRAY lt N gt SIZE A list of available sizes appears Use this it
164. LIMIT 1 to 100 Sets the limit for the maximum number of jobs that can be stored on the hard disk at the printer JOB HELD TIMEOUT OFF Sets the period of time that the system keeps files in job storage before 1 HOUR deleting them from the queue 4 HOURS 1 DAY 1 WEEK SHOW ADDRESS AUTO This item determines whether the printer s IP address is shown on the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models OFF display with the Ready message If more than one EIO card is installed the IP address of the card in the first slot is shown The default is off COLOR BLACK MIX AUTO This menu item establishes how the MOSTLY COLOR PAGES MOSTLY BLACK PAGES printer switches from color to monochrome black and white mode for maximum performance and print cartridge life AUTO will determine the mode the engine will enter based on the first page of a print job If the first page is monochrome the engine will enter mono mode until a color page is detected It will then continue in color mode until the end of the job If the first page is in color the engine will enter color mode for the duration of the job Select MOSTLY COLOR PAGES if nearly all of your print jobs are color with high page coverage This will cause the engine to always run in color mode even if the whole job is in monochrome Select MOSTLY BLACK PAGES if you print mostly monochrome print jobs or a combination of color and monochrome print jobs This will cause the engine to switch back an
165. LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Vertical lines This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for vertical lines Table 7 28 Causes for vertical lines Cause Solution The photosensitive drum has grooves around the circumference Replace the cartridge that indicates the color of the vertical lines The fuser sleeve has grooves around the circumference Replace the fuser White vertical lines This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for white vertical lines Table 7 29 Causes for white vertical lines Cause Solution The developing cylinder has grooves around the circumference Replace the print cartridge for the color in which the white lines appear The photosensitive drum has grooves around the circumference Replace the print cartridge for the color in which the white lines appear Image defects troubleshooting 355 Table 7 29 Causes for white vertical lines continued Cause Solution The laser is blocked by a foreign substance Inspect the laser source for the affected color and remove any debris that might be blocking it The mirror in the laser scanner unit is dirty Replace the laser scanner for the color in which the white lines appear Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Ful
166. MENU MAP 388 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Configuration page Use the configuration page to view current printer settings to help troubleshoot printer problems or to verify installation of optional accessories such as memory DIMMs paper trays and printer languages 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 2 Press to select INFORMATION 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION DG Press to select PRINT CONFIGURATION The message PRINTING CONFIGURATION appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the configuration page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the configuration page A NOTE If the printer is configured with EIO cards for example an HP Jetdirect Print Server P or an optional hard disk drive an additional configuration page will print that provides information about those devices Tools for troubleshooting 389 hp color LaserJet 4 te Figure 7 7 Printer configuration page HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 1 Printer information 2 Event log 3 Installed personalities and options 4 Memory 5 Security 6 Trays and options 390 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW hp color LaserJet 46 Di TT Figure 7 8 HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 model configuration page 1 Printer inform
167. MYK color matching on the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 1 2 3 4 5 Press MENU to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight INFORMATION Press to select INFORMATION Press Y to highlight PRINT CMYK SAMPLES Press to select PRINT CMYK SAMPLES The message PRINTING CMYK SAMPLES appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the CMYK samples page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the CMYK samples page invenit Figure 7 16 CMYK samples page HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 399 Diagnostics LED diagnostics Use the following procedure to help identify the cause of high level printer problems These problems are indicated by abnormalities in the printer s power on sequence The LED that the procedure refers to is on the formatter callout 1 This is a heartbeat LED that blinks on and off when the formatter is operating correctly Use Figure 7 17 HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series formatters to locate the formatter LED 1 Does the LED blink with four fast burst at power on If no then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the memory e Check the formatter Does the LED blink at a fast steady rate during memory testing one blink per 8 MB If no then perform the following checks e Check the control panel display for an error code e Check the memory e Check the formatter
168. Magenta print cartridge information 4 Yellow print cartridge information 5 Image transfer kit ETB information 6 Image fuser kit information De ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 393 Usage page The usage page lists a page count for each size of media that has passed through the printer This page count includes the number of pages that were printed on one side the number that were printed on two sides duplexed and totals of the two printing methods for each media size It also lists the average percentage of page coverage for each color 1 4 5 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight INFORMATION Press to select INFORMATION Press Y to highlight PRINT USAGE Press to select PRINT USAGE The message PRINTING USAGE appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the usage page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the usage page t Di Usage Totais Black Coverage 3448 Cyan Coverage 1 350 Yellow Coverage 0 368 Figure 7 10 Usage page HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 1 Printer identification information 2 Usage totals 3 Historical printer coverage by color 394 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Di Figure 7 11 Usage page HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 1 Printer identification informa
169. N mu 2 AE ze T z l S S RER t Z anas GAPE el EE E E a ka l B a S E Ari Le i s0svos Fy EN T l pads gz S x A S Z 6Sdl T vm Bei Ee Wod mune Od 6ey or Y6i4y uonaajaq ene 19u01 HIEN pays ay H w n ZS Lann ma leg eg WON Sg HE lonwa L ee p won q aki Janey IUBIT lonwa DEE r e e Laune ven r aBouued 3 ar fe est ged BS SH BI ie ben a zy r EJ ET e apose A1 ee R a ze 5 y ve ES coer B senigoey n a apom D E z carpe mor He a pomer AE i Se ee S S 7 aw M GER Belge ar nnen ya offowe x bar 7 Gelle 7 Gg ozar iser NZ Vdd 42110 4U09 20 SR 3383 scour ES Yod Siet Aaen EEE FEF 223 FERI zar r DE V gei E GE YOSNIS Wod Wod v d Wad quawuosjaug euuauy 9 euuauy A Dec euuetuy yg Tore Bo aama oun vals aen me EK mae EG anos ee ammos onos eko ESNSNOL ZSNSNOL SCH owes AS KC Ewe crank sz NUMI Eag Ed Dou Bam oam ous Om anos Lenz enz suvaogny PINGOOA ges er vm D Pan 4030 34020 yun seuueog ase 4g az Soe vogogn ENOO ges e enoda uor ware Am Es yun seuueog ese W BE EH Am zaa ND Ka E ges nz ag zeen ZINOOOA ous er zinoad ooir Dan 4028 yun seuurogyesey A Leon Nos e ECH mmer 10540 Nisdo i we anos Am engt vm gem D l voso aoso H
170. NWW Table 8 17 ETB assembly Ref 1 Description ETB assembly 4600 Only ETB assembly 4610n 4650 Only Motor M6 ETB DC brushless 24 V 4600 Only Motor M6 ETB DC brushless 24 V 4610n 4650 Only Roller oblique Photo interrupter TLP1241 Part number RG5 6484 070CN RG5 7455 000CN RH7 1495 000CN RH7 1605 000CN RB1 2155 000CN WG8 5362 000CN Qty Internal components 489 Exploded view 2 Exploded view 1 Figure 8 16 Fuser assembly ENWW 490 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 18 Fuser assembly Ref 1 Description Fuser assembly 110 V 4600 Only Fuser assembly 110 V 4610n 4650 Only Fuser assembly 220 V 4600 Only Fuser assembly 220 V 4610n 4650 Only Sensor flag Fuser cover left Fuser cover right Part number RG5 6493 190CN 4600 Only RG5 7450 110CN RG5 6517 110CN RG5 7451 110CN RB2 8498 030CN RF5 3774 030CN RF5 3775 030CN Qty Internal components 491 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4600 4650 models only Figure 8 17 500 sheet paper feeder assembly HP CLJ 4600 4650 models only ENWW 492 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Table 8 19 500 sheet paper feeder assembly Description Part number 500 sheet paper feeder and tray 3 assembly 4600 4650 Only Q3673 67901 Cassette 500 sheet paper feeder RG1 4140 080CN ENWW 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4600 4650 models only 493 Figure 8 18 500
171. ORRECT lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with For status press D Incorrect PIN An incorrect cartridge is installed in a slot and the cover is closed The wrong PIN was typed 1 Press and then press for help 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions Type the correct PIN After three incorrect PIN entries the printer returns to Ready INCORRECT SUPPLIES For status press D At least one supply item is incorrectly positioned in the printer and another supply item is missing incorrectly placed out or low 1 Press and then press for help 2 Follow the instructions on the control panel display to locate and replace the incorrect supply 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions Initializing This message appears when the No action is necessary printer is turned on as soon as the individual tasks begin to initialize INSERT OR CLOSE Tray xx must be inserted or closed 1 Press for detailed information before the current job can be printed TRAY xx For help press 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions Printer error troubleshooting 267 268 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description INSTALL lt COLOR gt The cartridge is either not installed or not correctly installed in the printer CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press Action 1 Insert the cartridge or m
172. P Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message ORDER SUPPLIES For status press D Description More than one supply item is low and the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenus is set to STOP Action 1 Press to identify which supplies should be ordered 2 Order the identified supplies 3 Press twice to continue printing Printing can continue until supplies reach their end of life 4 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER TRANSFER KIT XXXX PAGES LEFT To continue press O The number of pages that remain for the transfer unit has reached the low threshold and the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set to STOP 1 Order the transfer kit 2 Printing can continue until the transfer unit reaches its end of life 3 Press for detailed information 4 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 5 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER TRANSFER KIT LESS THAN XXXX PAGES LEFT To enter menus press The transfer unit is near its end of life 1 Order an image transfer kit 2 Printing can continue until the transfer unit reaches its end of life Press for detailed information 4 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 5 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server OUTPUT BIN FULL Remove all paper
173. Press to select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT EVENT LOG 5 Press to select PRINT EVENT LOG The message PRINTING EVENT LOG appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the event log The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the event log View the event log on the control panel display The show event log lists the last 50 printer events on the control panel display The most recent event is listed first 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 2 Press to select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press Y to highlight SHOW EVENT LOG 5 Press to select SHOW EVENT LOG Print the PQ troubleshooting pages The PQ troubleshooting pages are a series of print quality assessment pages that you can use to troubleshoot print quality problems Follow the instructions on page one of the PQ troubleshooting pages to solve print quality problems 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 2 Press to select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press Y to highlight PQ TROUBLESHOOTING 5 Press to select PQ TROUBLESHOOTING The message PRINTING PQ TROUBLESHOOTING appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the PQ troubleshooting pages The printer returns to the Ready stat
174. Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer has two 200 pin DDR SDRAM slots One slot is available for adding memory to the printer The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer has one 200 pin DDR SDRAM slot To increase the printer memory install a new memory module that has higher capacity DDR SDRAM memory is available in 128 256 and 512 MB modules E NOTE HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models use 200 pin small outline dual inline memory modules SODIMM that support 128 256 or 512 MB of RAM The HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer also has three flash memory card slots for printer firmware fonts and other solutions The HP Color LaserJet 4610n does not include any available flash memory card slots m The first CompactFlash slot is reserved for printer firmware E NOTE Use the first flash memory card slot for firmware only The slot is marked J Firmware Slot m The two additional CompactFlash memory slots in the HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer enable the user to add fonts and third party solutions such as signatures and personalities The slots are marked Slot 2 and Slot 3 For more information about the types of solutions available go to www hp com go gsc E NOTE Flash memory cards adhere to CompactFlash specifications and size A CAUTION Do not insert a flash memory card that is designed for use with a digital camera into the printer The printer does not suppo
175. Printing performance might be increased with this setting The default setting is AUTO LANGUAGE A list of available languages appears Sets the default language Control panel troubleshooting 379 UO menu Use the I O menu to configure the printer I O options Table 7 45 I O submenu Menu item Values Description UO TIMEOUT 5 to 300 Use this item to select the I O timeout in seconds PARALLEL INPUT HIGH SPEED Use this item to select the speed at ADVANCED FUNCTIONS which the parallel port communicates with the host and to enable or disable the bidirectional parallel communication HIGH SPEED Select YES to enable the printer to accept the faster parallel communications that are used for connections with newer computers The default for HIGH SPEED is YES ADVANCED FUNCTIONS Turn the bidirectional parallel communication on or off The default is set for a bidirectional parallel port IEEE 1284 The function allows the printer to send status readback messages to the computer Turning on the advanced parallel functions might slow language switching The default for ADVANCED FUNCTIONS is ON EIO x The following are the possible values Where x 1 2 or 3 NOVELL HP Color LaserJet 4600 4650 only DCL LLC IPX SPX TCP IP APPLETALK Use this item to configure the EIO devices installed in slot 1 2 or 3 380 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Resets menu Use the Resets menu to reset factory
176. RG5 6450 000CN RG5 6413 000CN RG5 6391 000CN RG5 7470 000CN RH7 1490 000CN RH7 1491 000CN RG5 6456 000CN RH7 1607 000CN Qty Internal components 471 Ze age NaS a SSeS SS TA A RI PIRI AN D AN A Se SNA lt N Zi am gt Figure 8 7 Internal components 4 of 5 ENWW 472 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 9 Internal components 4 of 5 Ref 1 10 11 11 12 12 Description Fuser 110 V 4600 Only Fuser 110 V 4610n 4650 Only Fuser 220 V 4600 Only Fuser 220 V 4610n 4650 Only Static eliminator 4600 Only Color registration detection assembly Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only ETB assembly 4600 Only ETB assembly 4610n 4650 Only Cap right Spring tension Cap left Developing disengaging drive assembly Damper assembly top cover hinge Fuser drive assembly 4600 Only Fuser drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only Laser scanner assembly 4600 Only Laser scanner assembly 4610n 4650 Only Part number RG5 6493 190CN RG5 7450 110CN RG5 6517 110CN RG5 7451 000CN RF5 3773 000CN RG5 6454 000CN RG5 6468 000CN RG5 7453 000CN RG5 6484 040CN RG5 7455 000CN RB2 8124 000CN RS6 2511 000CN RB2 8121 000CN RG5 6507 000CN RG5 6446 000CN RG5 6512 000CN RG5 7452 000CN RG5 6390 000CN RG5 7475 000CN Qty Internal components 473 Figur
177. Replace the paper pickup assembly The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Jams in tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 only The following table describes the cause of and solutions for jams in tray 3 or 3 4 E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n does not support tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 Tray 3 tray 4 is supported only on the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models Table 7 10 Causes for jams in tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder Cause Solution The separation tabs in the paper cassette are deformed Straighten the tabs on the front corners of the tray or replace the cassette The pickup roller is worn or damaged Replace the pickup roller The feed roller is dirty worn or damaged The drive gears are damaged Clean the feed roller If it is still dirty after cleaning or if it is worn or damaged replace the feed roller Check the drive gears in the paper pickup unit Replace the pickup drive assembly if the gears are damaged The connector to the printer has poor contact Reconnect all of the connectors to the printer Replace any damaged connectors The paper feeder pickup solenoid is damaged 1 Disconnect the connector J4006 for the p
178. TE The hard disk is standard on the HP Color LaserJet 4600hdn and 4650hdn printers It is not available for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer HP CLJ 4600 models Dual inline memory modules DIMMs HP CLJ 4610n and 4650 models 32 MB CompactFlash memory with firmware m Printer stand Optional 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 that supports letter legal executive JIS B5 A4 A5 and custom size media E NOTE The feeder is standard on HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn 4600hdn and 4650dtn printers It is not available for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer HP CLJ 4650 models Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 4 that supports letter legal executive JIS B5 A4 A5 and custom size media E NOTE The feeder is standard on the HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn printer It is not available for the HP CLJ 4600 models or the HP CLJ 4610n printer HP CLJ 4600 models Fast InfraRed FIR pod HP CLJ 4610n model One 200 pin DDR SDRAM slot for upgrading the printer memory The DDR SDRAM memory is available in 128 256 and 512 MB modules HP CLJ 4650 models Two 200 pin DDR SDRAM slots One slot is available for adding memory to the printer The DDR SDRAM memory is available in 128 and 256 MB modules Connectivity m Optional enhanced input output EIO network card E NOTE The network card is standard on HP Color LaserJet 7 4600n 4600dn 4600dtn 4600hdn 4650n 4650dn 4650dtn and 4650hdn pri
179. TE The internal components of the 500 sheet paper feeder are mounted on the underside of the top cover plate Figure 6 73 Remove the 500 sheet paper feeder top cover plate ENWW Optional 500 sheet paper feeder HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only 239 500 sheet paper feeder drive unit 1 Remove the top cover plate from the 500 sheet paper feeder see 500 sheet paper feeder top cover plate and turn it upside down Remove the spring and the E ring callout 1 Unhook the tab in the center of the gear callout 2 and remove the gear Disconnect three connectors callout 3 two of the connectors are on the paper feeder PCA a A WwW N Remove two screws callout 4 and then slide the drive unit out Figure 6 75 Remove the 500 sheet paper feeder drive unit 2 of 2 side view 240 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Reinstall the 500 sheet paper feeder drive unit 1 When reassembling the drive unit position the cam callout 5 on the shaft See Figure 6 76 Reinstall the 500 sheet paper feeder drive unit 2 Position the gear callout 6 on the shaft Figure 6 76 Reinstall the 500 sheet paper feeder drive unit ENWW Optional 500 sheet paper feeder HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only 241 500 sheet paper feeder pickup rollers The procedure for removing the 500 sheet paper feeder pickup rollers is essentially the same as for the cassette tray 2 pickup rollers See Cassette tra
180. TED Anew cartridge has been installed that is not made by HP This message appears until an HP cartridge is installed or Stop is pressed NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels A If you believe the cartridge is an HP cartridge please call the HP fraud hotline Any printer repair that is required as a result of using non HP cartridges is not covered under HP warranty To continue printing press Stop The first pending job will be cancelled If the job does not print try resending the job to the printer NON HP SUPPLY IN USE alternates with The printer has detected that a non HP print cartridge is currently installed NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels E If you believe the cartridge is an HP cartridge please call the HP fraud hotline A CAUTION Any printer repair that is required as a result of using non HP cartridges is not Ready covered under HP warranty OPTIONAL TRAYS The printer detects that an optional The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer sheet feeder is installed does not support optional sheet feeders NOT SUPPORTED Remove any optional trays that might have been installed Printer error troubleshooting 287 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action ORDER lt COLOR gt The identified print
181. The range is 0 to 999 FONT PITCH Use this item to select the font pitch This item might not appear depending on the font selected The range is 0 44 to 99 99 SYMBOL SET Use this item to select any one of several available symbol sets at the printer control panel A symbol set is a unique grouping of all the characters in a font PC 8 or PC 850 is recommended for line draw characters 372 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 42 Printing submenu continued Menu item Values Description APPEND CR TO LF Select YES to append a carriage return to each line feed that is encountered in backward compatible PCL jobs pure text no job control Some environments such as UNIX indicate a new line using only the line feed control code Use this option append the required carriage return to each line feed ENWW Control panel troubleshooting 373 Print quality menu Use the Print quality menu to adjust all aspects of print quality including calibration registration and color halftone settings Table 7 43 Print quality submenu Menu item ADJUST COLOR Values CYAN DENSITY MAGENTA DENSITY YELLOW DENSITY BLACK DENSITY RESTORE COLOR VALUES Description Use this item to modify the halftone settings for each color SET REGISTRATION E NOTE A tray 4 setting is only available when the 2 x 500 sheet feeder is used with the HP Color LaserJet 4650 PRINT TEST PAGE SOURCE
182. The output bin is full and must be emptied in order for printing to continue Remove media from the output bin from bin Performing The printer is performing a Paper Path No action is necessary however the test data is useful to help troubleshoot jams PAPER PATH TEST Performing upgrade A firmware upgrade is in process No action is necessary Printing The printer is generating the print Follow the instructions on the printed quality troubleshooting pages The pages PQ TROUBLESHOOTING printer will return to the Ready state when the pages are printed Printing The printer is generating the Follow the instructions on the printed registration page The printer will return pages 272 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action REGISTRATION PAGE to the SET REGISTRATION menu when the page is printed Processing copy lt X gt of lt Y gt The printer is currently processing or printing collated copies The message indicates that copy X of Y total copies is currently being processed No action is necessary Processing from tray XX Processing duplex job Do not grab paper until job completes The printer is actively processing a job from the indicated tray Paper temporarily comes into the output bin while printing a duplex job Do not attempt to remove th
183. Tray XX is either empty or configured for a type and size other than what is specified in the job Tray XX is either empty or configured for a type and size other than what is specified in the job The size specified 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions Load the specified media into the tray in the job requires that the tray switch 2 Confirm that the guides are in the For help press be in the custom position correct position Move tray switch to custom 3 Verify that the tray switch is in the custom position alternates with 4 To use another tray press LOAD TRAY Xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To use another tray press Ka LOAD TRAY XxX Tray XX is either empty or configured 1 Load the specified media into the for a type and size other than what is tray lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt specified in the job The size specified in the job is a detectable size 2 Confirm that the guides are in the For help press correct position Move tray switch to standard 3 Verify that the tray switch is in the alternates with LOAD TRAY Xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To use another STANDARD position so that the printer will automatically detect the size Printer error troubleshooting 285 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action tray press O LOAD TRAY XX Tray XX is either empty or co
184. X The tray switch is in the CUSTOM position To change media type press Use A and Y to highlight the type and then press to select 2 To change the media size to Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal set the tray switch to the STANDARD position and adjust the guides to the correct positions 3 To change the media size to other sizes leave the tray switch in the CUSTOM position adjust the media guides against the media and close the tray A Select the paper handling menu from the control panel Configure the size for the tray TYPE MISMATCH TRAY XX lt TYPE gt For help press alternates with Ready This warning appears after the printer has detected an overhead transparency in the paper path when the tray is configured for another type This results In a 41 5 Unexpected Type in Tray xx error The user did not reconfigure the tray after the error message appeared so the printer determines that the type of media is not what the tray is configured to hold To change media type press Use A and Y to highlight the type and then press to select Unable to mopy job lt JOBNAME gt A mopy job cannot be mopied because of a memory disk or configuration problem Only one copy will be printed No action is necessary Unable to store job A job cannot be stored because of a memory disk or configuration problem Install additional memory in the printer or install a disk
185. XX For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY XX TYPE SIZE To use another tray press Oo 41 5 UNEXPECTED The printer senses a different media type in the media path than the type that is configured in the tray TYPE IN TRAY X For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY Xx TYPE SIZE To use another tray press If the incorrect size was selected cancel the job or press for more information Press A and Y to step through the instructions If the incorrect type was selected cancel the job or press for more information Press A and Y to step through the instructions D 41 X A printer error has occurred Press to continue or PRINTER ERROR X Description press for more information For help press 1 unknown misprint error 2 beam detect misprint error alternates with 3 media feed error size If the message persists turn the printer off and then on Printer error troubleshooting 317 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 41 X no VSYNC error PRINTER ERROR 5 media feed error type To continue 6 ETB detection error press D 7 feed delay error 9 noise VSREQ 49 XXXX A critical firmware error has 1 Press Cancet Jos to occurred that caused the clear the print job from PRINTER ERROR processor on the formatter the printer memory to abort operation This type To continue Turn the printer
186. XX A critical hardware error has 1 Turn the printer off and occurred then on PRINTER ERROR 2 If the problem persists To continue reseat the firmware DIMM turn off then on 3 Reseat the formatter 4 Replace the firmware DIMM ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 327 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 5 Replace the formatter Calibrate the printer See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 8X YYYY The EIO accessory card in 1 Turn the printer off and slot X has encountered a then on EIO ERROR critical error 2 If the problem persists 81 EIO ERROR error in reseat the EIO card slot 1 3 Replace the EIO card 82 EIO ERROR error in slot 2 328 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Replacement parts configuration HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ENWW When the following parts are replaced perform the procedures in this section a Formatter and DC controller Formatter new or previously installed in another printer DC controller new or previously installed in another printer E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models store printer configuration information in the flash memory Always print a configuration page before and after installing the formatter or DC controller to verify that the printer configuration information is restored from the CompactFlash memory to the NVRAM Wait
187. Y FEED PROMPT Determines when the printer shows a prompt about pulling from tray 1 if the print job does not match the type or size that is loaded in any other tray m ALWAYS Select this option if the user always wants to be prompted before the printer pulls from tray 1 m UNLESS LOADED Prompts only if tray 1 is empty The default for MANUALLY FEED PROMPT is ALWAYS PS DEFER MEDIA affects how paper is handled when printing from an Adobe PS print driver ENABLED uses HP s paper handling DISABLED uses the Adobe PS paper handling The default is ENABLED POWERSAVE TIME Settings depend on the printer model Reduces power consumption when the printer has been inactive for the period of time specified by this item in order to reduce wear on the electronic Control panel troubleshooting 377 Table 7 44 System setup submenu continued Menu item Values Description components in the printer The printer automatically comes out of PowerSave mode when a job is sent to the printer PERSONALITY AUTO Sets the default personality to automatic switching PCL PDF or PCL PostScript emulation PS PDF HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 models only MIME HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 models only CLEARABLE WARNINGS ON JOB Sets whether a warning is cleared on the control panel or when another job is sent ON The clearable warning message appears until you press Ka JOB The clearable warning mes
188. a ANARE 35 Japan power cord staiement ttt ttesttt ttt tn AnA An ASSAR SEEE EAEEEEEESAESSE EEEE EEEEEEAE ESSE n Ennn ennnen 35 2 Service approach e ee ET TEE 38 Pats ANG BE lee 39 Ordering parts supplies and accessories over the Intemet 39 Ordering directly through the embedded Web server for printers with network COMMECUONS EE 39 Ordering directly through the HP Toolbox software HP CLJ 4650 onhy 39 Exchange PPOOKAM ees eege Ed pled npeadeteepdguiat AEN 40 SUP PSS seet see ae heess 40 World Wide Web 40 HP Service Parts Information vcs ge peeve cetiataaeiennadanaeedigueds tates dees cecptaas nen NEEN neveeetared 40 HP customer Care 41 lee 41 Telephone support 41 Software utilities drivers and electronic piormation 41 FIP SERVICE INFORMATION ET 41 FIP SERVICE AGFESMOMNS aeie vanezies spendevisdabeddves A EANES 41 HP support and information for Macintosh Computers 42 Ordering related documentation and software o oo eee eeneeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeseeenaeeeeneaaes 42 3 Installation and configuration Unpacking the Prine vesiececsescekec Beaters Hesiod age NENNEN EAR iaa aa a nai r a a See 44 Installing the media row 49 CONNECTING Bee OT ET 50 Installing the print carinidge saciid Aiea aad ead dad eee 50 Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 53 Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 4650 modele 54 Testing the printer operation tnnt Anat erEEAAAAESAEEEEEEAAEEOSEE
189. a If the jam occurs from when the printer is turned on check the paper path for small torn pieces of media Also check for broken sensors or flags and check for loose or defective connections m If the media is torn folded or wrinkled typically along the leading edge inspect the paper path for items that could be causing the damage m Ifthe user is using non HP supplies try replacing those supplies with genuine HP supplies to see if the problem goes away a If necessary instruct the user about proper media storage correct loading technique and printer operation Make sure the user knows not to grab paper in the output bin during duplex printing Paper path checklist p Verify that media is correctly loaded in the input trays and that all length and width guides are set correctly m Clean the printer Toner and paper dust in the paper path can inhibit the free movement of media through the printer and can block the sensors a Use the paper path test in the Diagnostic menu to vary the input selections of the printer to determine if the problem is associated with a particular area of the printer Worn rollers or separation pads can cause multifeeds Check the condition of the pickup rollers and separation pads Bent separation tabs on the front corners of the input trays can cause misfeeds and multifeeds Replace the tray if necessary 336 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW a Defective paper tray switches can cause jams by commun
190. a Temperature Engine speed Plain 190 C 374 F Full speed Overhead transparencies 172 C 342 F color 1 4 speed 185 C 365 F monochrome 1 2 speed Thick 185 C 365 F 1 2 speed Gloss 167 C 333 F 1 3 speed Envelopes 190 C 374 F Full speed ENWW Engine control system 125 Heater temperature control The heater temperature control detects the surface temperature of the fuser sleeve and controls the current flowing to the induction heating coil The heater temperature control circuit is shown in Figure 5 7 Heater temperature control circuit Developing cylinder High voltage power 1 Attaching ATTS high voltage ATT i generation circuit Attaching roller l 1 I oa l TRS poai Transfer TRI high voltage TR2 generation TR3 circuit TRA DC controller PCA supply PCA Primary charging roller photosensitive Transfer charging roller EE SES 1 I i I i Toner charging roller ETB belt i Primary i p l charging i high voltage 1 generation circuit i d i DEV4 l 1 li r I TC4 GC 2 io Toner TC3 l oy IER TC2 high voltage generation po TCL DEV3 1 E circuit e I I i c1015 lt f DEV2 l Developing J ASIC TW high voltage Mi l generation 1 E circuit 1 l 1 i i l DEVI 1 l hb I hb l
191. abi EE 386 tin e EA EE 386 Networking tabs EE 387 Other lINKSi i4 cate al ee eee ean 387 Printer Status and Alerts software o oo ec eeteeee ee enne eee e etter eee eaaeeeeetaeeesesaaeeeenenieeeeeeenaes 387 To specify which status MESSAGES appeat cee ce cece eeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeenenaeeees 388 To view status messages and Imformation 388 Printer information Pages EE 388 EI Nu Ee HE 388 Revers EE 389 Supplies Status TEE 392 USAGE PAG EE 394 Demo PAGS TEE 395 File eren tel EE 396 PCL font list Page tee eaten heen tied aetna 396 Po fontlist pagexsis acc eisai a ane EE 398 RGB samples page HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 398 CMYK samples page HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 only 399 Bleu EE 400 LED deer geg b sse Eet 400 Se E le LEE 401 Diagnostics WE 401 Diagnostics that put the engine into the special diagnostics mode 401 BE fe e eh 402 Individual diagnostic teSts c c s sqceceesssenacentannceedetnescccndersbsnededeanascedenesvaceeeddansnesedeanaactee 403 Print the vent log Page icckeciiecececs tebe ceachiscetennd aecasiatlieeds EE EE Ae 403 View the event log on the control panel display ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 403 Print the PQ troubleshooting pages ccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeceeeeettaeeeeeeteeeenenaes 403 Disable cartridge check special Mode Test 404 Paper path sensor test HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 404 Pap r pathit St eg eegene eda a a deeg aes
192. ace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The paper leading edge sensor is defective Replace the pickup PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Paper path troubleshooting 339 Jams in the top cover The following table describes the causes of and solutions for jams in the top cover Table 7 12 Causes for jams in the top cover Cause Solution The fuser paper sensor or sensor lever is defective Make sure that the fuser paper sensor lever moves smoothly and is set in place Replace the lever if it is damaged Replace the sensor if it is defective The fuser sleeve or pressure roller does not rotate smoothly If the fuser drive gears are worn or damaged replace the fuser The fuser inlet guide is dirty or is covered with toner Clean the fuser inlet guide The fuser sleeve or pressure roller is dirty worn or damaged Clean the fuser sleeve or pressure roller If it is damaged replace the fuser The fuser delivery sensor or sensor lever is defective Make sure that the fuser delivery sensor lever moves smoothly and is set in place Repl
193. ace the lever if it is damaged Replace the sensor if it is defective The fuser delivery roller is worn Replace the fuser The fuser delivery roller drive gears are worn or damaged Replace the fuser The face down delivery roller is defective Replace the fuser DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Jams in the duplex path HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only The following table describes the causes of and solution for jams in the duplex path Table 7 13 Causes for jams in the duplex path Cause Solution The oblique rollers are worn or damaged Replace the oblique rollers The oblique roller drive gears are worn or damaged Replace the ETB unit Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The duplex feed guide is damaged Replace the ETB unit Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 340 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Media transport troubleshooting If media is feeding incorrectly use the information in t
194. acintosh network software 72 Macintosh software 74 media tray 49 memory 4600 100 memory 4610n 104 105 memory 4650 104 105 print cartridges 50 site requirements 14 testing the printer 55 unpacking the printer 44 Windows network software 71 Windows software 70 71 75 Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE 41 interface operations 131 internal components diagnostics 413 partnumbers 466 INTR period 119 ISPE Instant Support Professional Edition 41 J jams 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder 338 500 sheet paper feeder 338 340 causes of 334 cleaning spilled toner 86 ENWW duplex path 340 errormessages 332 locations 331 paper path 339 paper path test 404 print quality troubleshooting 345 recovery settings 333 repeated troubleshooting 335 top cover 340 Tray 1 337 Tray 2 337 troubleshooting process 335 Japan power cord statement 35 Japanese VCCI statement 34 Jetadmin HP Web 78 Jetdirect print servers configuring 77 connecting 59 ElO slots 62 installing 4600 and 4650 installing 4610n 116 models including 2 operating systems supported 63 partnumbers 453 troubleshooting 363 wireless printing 64 114 K Korean EMI statement 34 L label control panel installing 54 190 partnumbers 455 labels printing 25 languages control panel 53 189 455 languages printer PJL 133 364 supported 5 laser beam exposure operations 144 laser statement for Finland 35 laser scanner assembl
195. age from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed E NOTE If installation fails reinstall the software If this fails see the installation notes or Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 for help or more information NOTE The icon on the desktop will appear to be generic All the print panels appear in the Print dialog box in a program Installing the software after the parallel or USB cable has been connected E NOTE Only the HP LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models support the USB cable connection described in this section If you have already connected a parallel or USB cable to a Windows computer the New Hardware Found dialog box appears when you turn on the computer To install the software for Windows 98 or Windows Me HP CLJ 4650 only 1 In the New Hardware Found dialog box click Search CD ROM drive 2 Click Next 3 Follow the instructions on the computer screen 4 Print a Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed Installing the printing system software 75 76 E NOTE Himstallaton fails reinstall the software If this fails check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj4600 www hp com
196. ake sure that the cartridge is fully seated Press for detailed information Press A and Y to step through the instructions If the error persists replace the cartridge Verify that the connectors between the memory tag antenna memory controller board and the DC controller are seated correctly Replace the antenna PCA for the indicated color Replace the memory controller PCA Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models INSTALL FUSER The fuser is either not installed or not correctly installed in the printer For help press Insert the fuser or make sure that the installed fuser is fully seated Press for detailed information Press A and Y to step through the instructions If the error persists verify that fuser connector J4034 is good replace the connector if necessary Replace the fuser assembly Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models INSTALL SUPPLIES At least one supply item is missing or is not correctly seated in the printer and For status press DO another supply item is missing incorrectly placed out or low Insert the supply item or make sure that the installed supply item is fully seated Press and then press for help Follow the instructions on the control panel
197. al print server callout 2 Connect the other end of the USB cable to the printer Connecting to a computer 61 Peer to peer direct to network HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models Connect one end of a network cable to the computer Connect the other end to the network Connect one end of a second network cable to the printer and the other end to the network A Figure 3 7 Peer to peer connection direct to network Peer to peer parallel Connect two or more computers to the network hub by using network cables Connect one end of a parallel cable to the printer Connect the other end to a computer Figure 3 8 Peer to peer connection parallel Enhanced I O EIO configuration The HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 printer models come equipped with three enhanced input output EIO slots The three EIO slots hold compatible external devices such as the HP Jetdirect print server network cards or other devices Plugging EIO network cards into the slots increases printer capabilities The EIO network cards can maximize printer performance when you are printing from a network They also provide the ability to place the printer anywhere on a network This eliminates the need to 62 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW attach the printer directly to a server or a workst
198. and NA NA Color LaserJet 4610n and humidity levels inside the 4650 models only printer Fuser power supply circuit This printer uses an induction heating method to heat the fuser Figure 5 6 Fuser power supply circuit shows the configuration of the fuser power supply Main thermistor TH1 Sub thermistor TH2 Pat gapst Fuser power DC controller supply PCA PCA Pressure roller i i i Fuser sleeve eg CURRENT Current Vy CONTROL control signal circuit l l J i 1C1012 gt CPU 1 SS H I g FUSER SLEEVE Safety l TEMPERATURE monitor l DETECTION AE signal circuit i i 1 lt eee E E ee i Thermoswitch Fuser Figure 5 6 Fuser power supply circuit The fuser power supply has three main components a Fuser sleeve A high frequency current flows through an induction heating coil in the fuser sleeve causing the metal sleeve to heat Thermistors Two thermistors are in the fuser sleeve one in the center and the other at the end Each thermistor monitors the temperature in the fuser sleeve Thermoswitch The thermoswitch is located at the bottom center of the fuser sleeve When the fuser is overheating the switch opens and power to the induction heating coil is shut off 124 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Table 5 3 Fuser temperatures Medi
199. aper feeder solenoid from the paper feeder PCA 2 Measure the resistance between the cable side connectors J4006 2 and J4006 1 3 If the measured resistance is not about 160 ohms replace the paper feeder pickup solenoid The pickup motor is defective Replace the paper pickup drive assembly The paper feeder PCA is defective Replace the paper feeder PCA 338 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Table 7 10 Causes for jams in tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder continued Cause Solution The paper pickup assembly is defective Replace the paper pickup assembly The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Jams in the paper path The following table describes the cause of and solution for jams in the paper path Table 7 11 Causes for jams in the paper path Cause Solution The registration shutter is defective This applies to jams that occur before the registration roller The drive gears are damaged This applies to jams that occur in advance of the registration roller Make sure that the shutter is clean and moves smoothly and that the spring is in place If the shutter is damaged replace the paper pickup assembly Check the drive gears in the paper pickup unit
200. aper size detection switch removing 213 parallel connection cables part numbers 453 DOS commands 364 locating 4600 9 locating 4610n 11 locating 4650 12 operations 131 setting up 57 parameters networks 77 part numbers 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder 496 500 sheet paper feeder 492 accessories 453 color registration detection assembly 473 509 518 control panel assembly 467 509 517 control panel overlay and label 455 covers 464 DC controller PCA assembly 471 509 517 disengaging drive assembly 481 documentation 42 drum drive assembly 467 479 510 519 drum ground assembly 467 510 518 ETB assembly 473 489 510 518 fans 471 510 520 filters 465 510 516 fuser 491 fuser assembly 473 511 518 fuser drive assembly 473 483 511 518 internal components 466 laser scanner assembly 473 512 517 media 454 memory 455 paper pickup assembly 473 487 512 518 paper pickup drive assembly 477 PCAs 463 power supplies 471 475 511 517 screws 459 static eliminator 473 514 516 supplies 457 Index 529 Tray 2 485 parts replacing 173 service approach 38 PCAs locating 439 part numbers 463 PCL font lists printing 369 396 personalities PJL 133 364 supported 5 Phillips screwdrivers 175 phone support 41 453 photographic drum See drum physical specifications 14 pickup assembly locating 461 partnumbers 473 487 512 518 pickup rollers removing 2 x 500 sheet paper feede
201. apes the toner on the photosensitive drum into the waste toner container as described above The toner on the developing cylinder is returned to the toner case Figure 5 30 Primary charging roller and toner charging roller cleaning illustrates this process Image formation system 153 Primary charging roller To waste toner case Toner charging roller Developing cylinder To toner case J DC bias Figure 5 30 Primary charging roller and toner charging roller cleaning Color plane registration calibration The diameter of the rollers in individual print cartridges or ETB units varies from one to another For this reason whenever a new print cartridge or ETB unit is installed the printer must adjust the rotational speed of the rollers in order to ensure good color plane registration Color misregistration occurs when the individual colors do not print directly on top of one another This adjustment consists of two steps 1 Direct calibration The DC controller uses the color registration detection unit to measure the color registration range directly and calibrate the color registration 2 Indirect calibration The DC controller monitors the rotational speed of each feed roller and controls the speed to prevent color misregistration Figure 5 31 Color registration calibration illustrates this process 154 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Formatter PCA DC controller PCA A A Pres
202. ar in the Other Links area HP Instant Support Order Supplies and Product Support Device Information Use this screen to name the printer and assign an asset number to it Type the name and e mail address for the primary contact who will receive information about the printer Language Use this screen to specify the language in which the embedded Web server information appears 386 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Networking tab The network administrator can use this tab allows to control network related settings for the printer when it is connected to an IP based network This tab will not appear if the printer is directly connected to a computer or if the printer is connected to a network with anything other than an HP Jetdirect print server card Other links This section contains links that connect you to the Internet You must have Internet access in order to use any of these links If you use a dial up connection and did not connect when you first opened the embedded Web server you must connect before you can visit these Web sites Connecting might require that you close the embedded Web server and reopen it HP Instant Support connects you to the HP Web site to help you find solutions This service analyzes your printer error log and configuration information to provide diagnostic and support information that is specific to your printer Order Supplies connects to the HP Web site where you can order genuine HP suppli
203. artridge 4610n 4650 Only Cassette frame right assembly Rod spring Cassette frame left assembly Rod spring Cable connector optional feeder Switch cassette paper size Cable cassette size optional Cable environment sensor 4610n 4650 Only Environment humidity sensor 4610n 4650 Only Switch push Cable cassette size Part number RB2 8195 000CN RB2 8196 000CN RG5 6460 000CN RB2 8213 000CN RG5 6459 000CN RB2 8213 000CN RG5 6430 000CN WC2 5452 000CN RG5 6430 000CN RG5 7471 000CN WP2 5138 000CN WC2 5452 000CN RG5 6431 000CN Qty Internal components 469 Figure 8 6 Internal components 3 of 5 ENWW 470 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 8 Internal components 3 of 5 Ref 1 10 10 11 12 13 14 Description High voltage power supply PCA assembly new High voltage power supply PCA assembly exchange HVT terminal assembly Microswitch front cover Toner sensor PCA Spring tension Arm pressure Connector drawer Cartridge inlet assembly Cable left plate DC controller PCA assembly 4600 Only DC controller PCA assembly 4610n 4650 Only Fan formatter Fan cartridge ETB latch assembly Fan lower power supply fan 4610n 4650 Only Part number RG5 6395 000CN C9660 69022 RG5 6449 000CN WC4 5169 000CN RG5 6393 000CN RS6 2511 O00CN RB2 8151 020CN WS3 5746 000CN
204. ated and converted into raw materials for use by other industries to make a variety of useful products a U S returns For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies HP encourages the use of bulk returns Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use the single pre paid and pre addressed UPS label that is supplied in the package For more information in the U S call 800 340 2445 or visit the HP LaserJet Supplies Web site at www hp com go recycle a Non U S recycling returns Non U S customers should call the local HP Sales and Service Office or visit the www hp com go recycle Web site for further information regarding availability of the HP Supplies Returns and Recycling Program Recycled paper This product can use recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the HP LaserJet Family Print Media Guide This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper according to EN 12281 2002 Material restrictions This product does not contain batteries This product does not contain added mercury This product contains lead in solder that might require special handling at end of life For recycling information contact www hp com go recycle contact your local authorities or go to the Electronics Industries Alliance Web site www eiae org For more information Go to www hp com go environment or www hp com hpinfo community environment for more information about HP s
205. ating 4610n 10 locating 4650 11 blank images troubleshooting 353 blank spots troubleshooting 357 Bluetooth support 65 413 blurring troubleshooting 358 bypassing calibration 422 Cc cables connecting 57 partnumbers 453 Calibrate Now 423 calibration 150 422 Canadian DOC regulations 34 cartridge fan removing 237 cartridges diagnostics 404 413 installing 50 locating 91 memory tag operations 139 operations 138 ordering 39 452 partnumbers 457 recycling 29 removing during service 177 replacement intervals 87 replacing 92 status page printing 369 392 storing 19 toner level detection operations 139 cassette See Tray 2 circuit diagram 446 cleaning operations 149 cleaning the printer 86 clearable warning messages 132 263 CMYK sample page printing 369 399 coldreset 421 color automatic settings 348 balance adjusting 350 dark troubleshooting 353 Index 523 Edge Control setting 349 Halftone setting 349 HP ImageREt 347 light troubleshooting 352 manual settings 348 matching 346 missing 356 Neutral Grays setting 349 Print in Grayscale 348 RGB setting 349 sample pages printing 369 398 solid troubleshooting 353 sRGB 347 variation troubleshooting 345 color registration detection assembly partnumbers 473 509 518 color registration detection unit removing 200 color plane registration calibration 154 colored paper 24 commands 364 communications troubleshooting 363 compact flash part numbers
206. ation 2 Event log 3 Installed personalities and options 4 Calibration information 5 Color density 6 Memory 7 Security 8 Trays and options ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 391 Supplies status page The supplies status page illustrates the remaining life for the following printer supplies m Print cartridges all colors m Transfer unit m Fuser To print the supplies status page 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 2 Press to select INFORMATION 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS 5 Press to select PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS The message PRINTING SUPPLIES STATUS appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the supplies status page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the supplies status page E NOTE If you are using non HP supplies the supplies status page will not show the remaining life for the supplies The supplies status page for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4610n models contains the same supplies information as the page shown in Figure 7 9 Supplies status page HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 model is shown Figure 7 9 Supplies status page HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 model is shown 1 Black print cartridge information 2 Cyan print cartridge information 392 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW eee 3
207. ation and allows you to place the printer closer to the network users If the printer is configured through an EIO network card configure that card through the printer control panel Configure device menu HP Jetdirect print servers HP Jetdirect print servers network cards can be installed in one of the printer EIO slots on HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models printers The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer can connect to a network by using the HP Jetdirect 175x external print server These print servers support multiple network protocols and operating systems HP Jetdirect print servers facilitate network management by allowing you to connect a printer directly to your network at any location HP Jetdirect print servers also support the simple network management protocol SNMP which network managers can use for remote printer management and troubleshooting through HP Web Jetadmin software E NOTE A network administrator should install these cards and configure the network Configure the card either through the printer control panel or by using HP Web Jetadmin software NOTE See the HP Jetdirect print server documentation for information about which external devices or EIO network cards are supported Available enhanced I O interfaces HP Jetdirect print servers network cards provide software solutions for the following interfaces a Novell NetWare m Microsoft Windows and Windows NT networks Apple Mac OS LocalTalk m UNIX HP
208. attnr EnEn Annt tE EEEn anann tE nn nennen 128 Formater Syston EE ATEA AEAEE 129 POWGIS AVG eseu Ree Ed ndoushanendiedsauaecubamsauesiine dddsabauaiuset Eed eu 130 ie fue Oe OTTEN Parallel interfaces iiiaae adia aiaa aaa a aaan 131 Expanded I O HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 131 USB 1 1 connector HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 131 Flash HP Color LaserJet 4600 modele 131 vi ENWW Hard disk accessory HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models 131 Printer Det Ae deel 132 Read only ue TEE 132 Random aACCESS memo erar a a a A A T 132 DIMM slots HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series prirter 132 Firmware DIMM HP Color LaserJet 4600 models ceeeeeeeeeeeeestteeeeeeeaes 132 Flash memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 model 132 Nonvolatil ue e 132 PIJL OVOMVIOW ENEE ENEE EEdSE Ed 133 PML enee eet EEP e EE E P Eeer T E A AEE A E E T 133 CONTO Ne E 133 Laser scanner asSembly secc cinieiade uence ei ine nck ie ty 134 Scammer moor COMMON eenegen gen ed ed 135 limage formatloniSWStems ET 136 IMage formation DroCessg a a eike E a R EEEE ENTA EAER I AAE ENA AEAEE 137 Bulge lee TEE E en A EE 139 Toner level detection 0 vEdEEEENEENENEAENNNEN ENNEN ad 139 Developer e le LEET 140 del 140 Photosensitive drum rotattons sence eee eee nese eecneeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeetieeeeenea 140 Developing cylinder disengaging Control 141 Electrostatic transfer transport belt ETB unt 142 Electrostatic latent image fo
209. blank image Cause Solution The high voltage PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models All black or solid color This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for all black or solid color Image defects troubleshooting 353 Table 7 24 Causes for an all black or solid colored image Cause Solution A poor contact exists in the drum ground primary charging bias and developing bias contacts of the high voltage PCA and the print cartridge Clean the contacts on the cartridge for the affected color If they are still dirty after cleaning or if they are damaged replace the cartridge The primary charging roller is defective Replace the print cartridge for the affected color The high voltage PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Dots in vertical lines This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for dots in vertical lines Table 7 2
210. ce space Figure 1 10 Space requirements for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer except for the HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn 4600hdn 4650dtn 4650hdn printer 1 530 mm 20 9 inches 2 1294 mm 50 9 inches 3 804 mm 31 7 inches E NOTE More vertical space is required for models that have additional trays Figure 1 11 Space requirements for the HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn printer 1 530 mm 20 9 inches 16 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW 2 1294 mm 50 9 inches 3 1373 mm 54 1 inches Physical specifications Product Height Depth Width Weight HP Color LaserJet 566 mm 480 mm 456 mm 37 kg 81 6 Ibs 4600 4600n 4600dn 4610n 4650 4650n 22 3 inches 18 9 inches 18 0 inches and 4650dn printers HP Color LaserJet 654 mm 480 mm 456 mm 44 kg 97 0 Ibs 4600dtn 4600hdn and 4650dtn printers 25 7 inches 18 9 inches 18 0 inches HP Color LaserJet 1035 mm 645 mm 460 mm 66 kg 146 6 Ibs 4650hdn printer 40 7 inches 25 4 inches 18 1 inches Electrical specifications WARNING Power requirements are based on the country region where the printer is sold Do not convert operating voltages This can damage the printer and void the product warranty Table 1 5 Power requirements for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Item 110 volt models 220 volt models Power requirements 100 127 V 10 6 220 240 V 10 6 50 60 Hz 2 Hz 50 60 Hz 2 Hz
211. certain software program or print job contact the software vendor for assistance If the message persists with different software programs and print jobs disconnect all of the cables to the printer that connect it to the network or computer Turn the printer off Remove all memory DIMMs or third party DIMMs from the printer Do not remove the firmware DIMM in slot J14 Remove all EIO devices from the printer Turn the printer on If the error no longer exists install each DIMM and EIO device one at a time ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 303 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action making sure to turn the printer off and on again as you install each device Replace a DIMM or EIO device if you determine that it causes the error Remember to reconnect all of the cables that connect the printer to the network or computer If the error persists replace the firmware DIMM Replace the formatter and calibrate the printer See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 50 X FUSER ERROR For help press A fuser error has occurred X Description 1 low fuser temperature 2 fuser warmup service 3 high fuser temperature 4 faulty fuser 5 inconsistent fuser 6 open fuser 7 fuser pressure release mechanism failure Turn the printer off and allow it to cool down Reinstall the fuser and check the connector
212. cessary CMYK samples are generated CMYK SAMPLES Printing The printer is generating a No action is necessary CONFIGURATION configuration page The printer will return to the Ready state when the page is completed Printing The printer is generating a demo page No action is necessary The printer will return to the Ready DEMO PAGE state when the page is completed Printing The printer is generating a event log No action is necessary page The printer will return to the EVENT LOG Ready state when the page is completed Printing The printer is generating a file directory No action is necessary FILE DIRECTORY page The printer will return to the Ready state when the page is completed Printing The printer is generating a font list No action is necessary page The printer will return to the FONT LIST Ready state when the page is completed Printing The printer is generating a menu map No action is necessary page The printer will return to the MENU MAP Ready state when the page is completed Printing The printer is generating the print Follow the instructions on the printed quality troubleshooting pages The pages Printer error troubleshooting 289 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action PQ TROUBLESHOOTING printer will return to the Ready state when the pages are printed
213. ches Table 7 54 Switches Name Function sw1 Cassette paper size detection switch SW2 Cassette paper size detection switch SW3 Cassette paper size detection switch SW4 Door switch SW5 On off switch SW1001 Test print switch 430 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Ka ee A Figure 7 33 Switches 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 Upper cassette paper size detection switch SW1 2 Lower cassette paper size detection switch SW2 Diagrams 431 Sensors Environment Sensor CLJ 4650 only amp Figure 7 34 Location of sensors Figure 7 35 Sensors on the paper pickup unit Sensors are on the back of the PCA 1 Cassette paper sensor PS1 2 Multipurpose tray paper sensor PS2 3 Paper leading edge sensor PS3 4 Overhead transparency sensor PS4 432 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW d Figure 7 36 Fuser sensors and output bin full sensor ef 1 Fuser inlet paper sensor PS11 2 Fuser delivery sensor PS12 3 Output bin full sensor PS13 Table 7 55 Sensors Name Function PS1 Cassette paper present sensor PS2 Multipurpose tray paper present sensor PS3 Paper leading edge sensor PS4 Overhead transparency sensor PS5 Developing disengagement sensor PS6 Cyan drum home position sensor PS7 Yellow drum home position sensor PS8 Magenta drum home position sensor PS9 Black drum home posit
214. ckup assembiv 247 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder drive assembhy nnn 248 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder feed sensor annens ennenen 249 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper or lower cassette paper Sensor 250 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper or lower cassette paper detection switch 252 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder driver PCA ceccccccceeeeeeeeceeennecaeceeeeeeeeeeesecenenuesaeeeeeeeeess 253 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder pickup rollerg neeese etnntrrnsnesnerettnnnnnnnnesnree nrnna 254 7 Troubleshooting rte elei DEE 256 Troubleshooting process cece tere erent ene ee tees ieee erties eet eee ee neeee ee teeeeenneeeeesneeeeeeea 258 Pre troubleshooting Checklist vassiccsssnvecessnsctesiideeessbneedesiadseedssbebeee cdi NANE TARRENU NESNA 259 Brell leie lee EE 261 Troubleshooting ele Ve EE 262 Printer 6rror troubleshooting sziiisiveescctdeeeasccezseescudveascveresaredzegencdeievncnverseialeudban dene ENS EAE 263 SUS INCSSAGES EE 263 Walling MESSAGCS osnon ae Aa ANER A A 263 ENWW Leg e 263 CritiGal error e EG 263 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 model 264 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 279 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 model 298 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 311 Replacement parts configuration HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeees 329 Formatter and DC controler
215. configuration HP Color LaserJet 4650 models This printer supports an auxiliary connection for paper handling input devices The port is located on the back of the printer as shown in the following figure 58 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW Figure 3 4 Auxiliary connection Network connections Use one of the following procedures to establish the appropriate connection to the network Direct to network HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models Connect one end of the network cable to the RJ 45 port on the HP Jetdirect print server card Connect the other end to the network Figure 3 5 Direct to network connection Network print server HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models Connect one end of a network cable into the server Connect the other end to the network Connect one end of a second network cable to the printer and the other end to the network Connecting to a computer 59 Figure 3 6 Network print server connection 60 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW Network print server HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer Connect one end of a network cable to the server Connect the other end to the network hub callout 1 Connect one end of a second network cable to the HP Jetdirect 175x external print server callout 2 Connect the other end to the network hub callout 1 Connect one end of a USB cable to the HP Jetdirect 175x extern
216. ctly installed ETB and fuser m Are the ETB and fuser correctly installed Covers m Are the top cover and front cover closed Condensation Does condensation occur following a temperature change particularly in winter following cold storage If so wipe the affected dry or leave the printer on for 10 to 20 minutes a Was a print cartridge installed soon after being moved from a cold to a warm room If so allow the printer to sit at room temperature for one to two hours Miscellaneous m Check for and remove any non HP components print cartridges memory modules and EIO cards from the printer m If hardware or software configuration has not changed or the problem is not associated with any specific software contact the Customer Care Center see chapter 1 ENWW Troubleshooting process 259 Table 7 1 Pre troubleshooting checklist continued Remove the printer from the network and ensure that the failure is associated with the printer before beginning troubleshooting For any print quality issues calibrate the printer See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 260 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Troubleshooting basics The procedure that follows highlights the general processes that you can use to isolate and solve printer hardware problems quickly Each step depicts a major troubleshooting step A yes answer to the questions al
217. d Menu item Values Description certain media types After you select a type of media you can select a print mode that is available for that type OPTIMIZE REDUCE HP Color LaserJet 4610n Use this item to optimize certain and 4650 models only parameters for all jobs rather than optimizing by media type BACKGROUND TRANSFER TRANSPARENCY HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only FUSER WARMUP HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only MEDIA TYPE HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only RESTORE OPTIMIZE TRAY 1 HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 models only CALIBRATE NOW HP LaserJet 4600 Use this item to perform all printer models calibrations D Max D Half color plane registration and drum phase adjustment QUICK CALIBRATE NOW Use this item to perform a partial HP LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models printer calibration D Max and D Half only used for color tone correction FULL CALIBRATE NOW Use this item to perform a full printer HP LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models calibration which includes D max D only Half drum phase calibration and color plane registration ENWW Control panel troubleshooting 375 System setup menu The System setup menu allows you to make changes to general printer configuration default settings such as PowerSave Time printer personality language and jam recovery Table 7 44 System setup submenu Menu item Values Description JOB STORAGE
218. d 4650 models Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card HP Color LaserJet 4610n model 85 Cleaning the printer and accessories Clean the outside surfaces with a water dampened cloth Observe the warning and caution below WARNING Before you begin these steps turn the printer off and unplug all power cords to avoid shock hazard Be careful when cleaning around the fuser area It might be hot CAUTION To avoid permanent damage to the print cartridge do not use ammonia based cleaners on or around the printer If toner gets on your clothes wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash your clothes in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric Component Cleaning method Outside covers Use an HP Toner Cleaning Cloth part number 5090 3379 or a water dampened cloth Do not use solvents or ammonia based cleaners Inside general With a dry lint free cloth wipe any dust spilled toner and paper particles from the paper path area the registration roller and the print cartridge cavity ETB attaching roller Clean with lint free paper If dirt cannot be removed dampen the paper with alcohol Paper pickup rollers Clean with lint free paper If dirt cannot be removed dampen the paper with alcohol Color registration detection unit Clean with lint free paper If dirt cannot be removed dampen the paper with alco
219. d forth between color and monochrome mode If the first page is monochrome the engine will enter mono mode until a color page is detected It will then enter color mode If 3 consecutive monochrome pages are detected the 376 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 44 System setup submenu continued Menu item Values Description engine will switch back to monochrome mode again If the first page is color the engine will enter color mode until 3 consecutive monochrome pages are detected at which point it will switch back to monochrome mode again TRAY BEHAVIOR USE REQUESTED TRAY MANUALLY FEED PROMPT PS DEFER MEDIA Use this item to specify settings for the tray selection behavior Use this setting to configure the trays to behave like trays in some legacy HP printers and to configure two sided printing behavior for preprinted forms and letterhead USE REQUESTED TRAY Determines whether the printer tries to pull paper from a tray other than the one that you selected in the printer driver m EXCLUSIVELY Sets the printer to pull paper only from the tray that you selected and not to pull from another tray automatically if the tray that you selected is empty a FIRST Sets the printer to pull from the tray that you selected first but allows the printer to pull from another tray automatically if the tray that you selected is empty The default for USE REQUESTED TRAY is EXCLUSIVELY MANUALL
220. d from the printer and the printer stops SW 1 eo SW2 lo 0 SW3 o0 Figure 5 43 Cassette paper size detection switches 2 x 500 sheet feeder 172 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW 6 ENWW Removal and replacement This chapter contains information about the following topics Introduction Supplies Covers and external components Internal components Optional 500 sheet paper feeder HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only 173 Introduction This chapter explains how to remove and replace major printer components HP does not support repairing individual subassemblies or troubleshooting to the component level This chapter includes exploded view illustrations of the printer and paper handling accessories If an assembly or part does not have a reference number in the illustration and is not listed in the parts list it is not a field replaceable unit FRU Replacement is generally the reverse of removal Occasionally directions for difficult or critical replacement procedures are included A WARNING The information in this section is intended for authorized service personnel only Repair notices A WARNING Turn the printer off wait five seconds and then unplug the power cord before servicing the printer Failure to completely disconnect the printer can result in severe injury Never operate o
221. d into tray 2 and tray 3 with the front of the page facing down and the top edge of the page towards the back of the printer To load preprinted forms and letterhead into tray 1 load them with the front of the page facing up and the bottom edge feeding into the printer first 26 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Recycled paper This printer supports the use of recycled paper Recycled paper must meet the same specifications as standard paper See the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide The Hewlett Packard Company recommends that recycled paper contain no more than 5 ground wood ENWW Print media 27 Weight equivalence table The weight equivalence table shows equivalent weights for different grades of paper A boldface type value indicates a commonly available standard weight for that grade E NOTE Text and book grades marked with an asterisk actually calculate to 51 61 71 and 81 but are rounded to standard book or text weights of 50 60 70 and 80 Table 1 11 Weight equivalence table Bond weight Text Book Cover weight Bristol weight Index weight Tag weight Metric weight 17 x 22 in KC 20 x 26 in 22 5 x 28 5in 25 5x30 5in 24 x 36 in 25 x 38 in 16 41 22 27 33 37 60 g m 17 43 24 29 35 39 64 g m 20 50 28 34 42 46 75 g m 21 54 30 36 44 49 80 g m 24 60 33 41 50 55 90 g m 27 68 37 45 55 61 100 g m 28 70 39 49 58 65 105
222. damaged Check the connectors gears solenoids motors and PCA on the paper pickup assembly Replace the paper pickup assembly if necessary 13 XX YY JAM IN PAPER PATH For help press There is a jam in the media path Press for detailed information about clearing the jam Press A and Y to step through the instructions If paper is folding into an accordion shape check whether the shutter on each print cartridge opens as you close the ETB and each cartridge is turning correctly Replace defective print cartridges or drive motors Clean the attaching roller at the bottom of the ETB and make sure that the spring is holding it in place ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 299 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 5 If the attaching roller gears are defective replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 6 Replace the paper pickup PCA 7 Replace the ETB if it is not moving paper correctly Calibrate the printer 8 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 13 XX YY JAM IN A page is jammed in the multipurpose tray TI Press for detailed information about clearing the jam TRAY 1 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions For help press
223. data before the data is sent to the print engine Memory capacity can be increased by adding DIMMs to the formatter Note that adding memory DIMMs might also increase the print speed for complex graphics DIMM slots HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer The DIMM slots can be used to add memory fonts or firmware upgrades Firmware DIMM HP Color LaserJet 4600 models To upgrade printer firmware install a new firmware DIMM firmware DIMMs are flashable See Installing memory and font DIMMs HP Color LaserJet 4600 models for more information Flash memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models To upgrade printer firmware install a new firmware Compact FLASH See Installing memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models and fonts HP Color LaserJet 4650 models for more information Nonvolatile memory The printer uses nonvolatile memory NVRAM to store I O and information about the print environment configuration The contents of NVRAM are retained when the printer is turned off or disconnected 132 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW PJL overview Printer job language PJL is an integral part of configuration in addition to the standard printer command language PCL With standard cabling PJL allows the printer to perform functions such as the following p Two way communication with the host computer through a bidirectional parallel connection The printer can tell the host about such things as the c
224. ded 341 Paperis skewed TEE 342 Image formation troubleshooting sssessssssssssrreerresrrstrsrrnrtirntnntnntnnetnnntinstnnsrenerrnnrrenrnn ntre nt rntE meenet 343 Online print quality troubleshooting tools HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 343 Print quality problems associated with media 343 Overhead transparency defechs cccccicescccceeececeeeeveceetedeveceneeucteteesscceeenecedeteeneaeenevecdaneneee 344 Print quality problems that are associated with the environment eee 344 Print quality problems that are associated With Ioms cc ccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentaeeeeenenaaes 345 Print quality troubleshooting pages 00 eeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeene eee eeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeiaeeeenenaes 345 Understanding Color variations sorer E AE 345 Common causes of Color vartatton trett r rettrrnnerrnsrrrnssee ne 345 Color selection Drocess snoin niini sanie anaiai e ieaie eaa adia iaaa aait 346 Matching potert de EE Ee 346 PANTONE color matchng sneitt iiaee iini oiii 346 Swatch book color Matching errana e AE EENE ERNE 346 Using TO n aces hie ee Ae A a eee Re ee 347 HP ImageREt 2400 HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 347 HP ImageREt 3600 HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 0 347 Paper Geleet ise eier 347 ENWW ENWW COIF ee Le EE 348 Printi Grayscale ea Ta kees ENEE SE 348 Automatic or manual color adiustrment 348 Manual color Options ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeencaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseccccnae
225. dicates that copy X of Y total copies is currently being processed The printer is actively processing a job from the designated tray No action is necessary No action is necessary RAM DISK DEVICE FAILURE To clear press O alternates with Ready A device failure has occurred on the specified drive Turn the printer off and then on to remove this message from the display RAM DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED To clear press O The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory 1 Printing can continue 2 Turn the printer off and then on to remove the message from the control panel display 3 If the message reappears a problem might exist with the software program 290 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action alternates with Ready RAM DISK FILE SYSTEM IS FULL To clear press OD alternates with Ready The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system The attempt was unsuccessful because the file system is full Turn the printer off and then on to remove the message from the control panel display This will also delete any files saved in RAM RAM DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED To clear press DO alternat
226. dows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or Windows XP clients are connected to Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or Windows XP hosts a HP Driver Preconfiguration HP Driver Preconfiguration is a software architecture and set of tools that can be used to customize and distribute HP software in managed corporate printing environments Using HP Driver Preconfiguration information technology IT administrators can preconfigure the printing and device defaults for HP printer drivers before installing the drivers in the network environment 66 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW For more information see the HP Driver Preconfiguration Support Guide which is available at www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 Go to the appropriate Web site and use your browser Find function to search for HP Driver Preconfiguration do not use the quotation marks to find the link to driver preconfiguration information Available drivers Printer drivers allow you to gain access to the printer features and allow the computer to communicate with the printer by using a printer language Check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM for additional software and languages The following printer drivers are included with the printer The most recent drivers are available at www hp com go clj4600_software www hp com go clj4610_ software or www hp com go clj 4650_software Depending
227. drive assembly 476 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 11 Paper pickup drive assembly Ft Ref Description Part number Qty 1 Paper pickup assembly 4600 Only RG5 6469 000CN 1 1 Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7466 000CN 1 2 Solenoid RH7 5319 000C 2 Jesse ENWW Internal components 477 Figure 8 10 Drum drive assembly 478 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 12 Drum drive assembly Ref Description Part number Qty 1 Drum drive assembly cyan magenta RG5 7467 000CN 2 1 Drum drive assembly black RG5 7468 000CN 1 1 Drum drive assembly yellow RG5 7469 000CN 1 2 LED PCA assembly RG5 6394 000CN 1 ENWW Internal components 479 Figure 8 11 Disengaging drive assembly 480 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 13 Disengaging drive assembly Ref Description Part number Qty 1 Disengaging drive assembly RG5 6507 020CN 1 2 Photo interrupter TLP1241 WG8 5362 000CN 1 3 Motor M7 developing disengaging stepping RH7 1494 000CN 1 ENWW Internal components 481 Figure 8 12 Fuser drive assembly 482 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 14 Fuser drive assembly Ref 1 Description Fuser drive assembly 4600 Only Fuser drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only Photo interrupter TLP1241 Motor M8 fuser DS brushless 24 V 4600 Only Motor M8 fuser DS brushless 24 V 4610n 4650 Only Part number RG5 6512 000CN RG5 7452 000CN WG8 5362 000CN RH7 1495
228. e callout 2 CAUTION When removing the formatter ribbon cable be careful not to tear it or to damage the connector Use a flat blade screwdriver to release the brown tab over the connection Do not pull on the ribbon cable without releasing this tab 4 Remove the DC controller PCA DW a 5 EIN 2 te ue Dd bs BE gt Figure 6 40 Remove the DC cont roller PCA E NOTE Calibrate the printer after reinstalling the DC controller PCA See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ENWW Internal components 211 Memory controller PCA 1 Remove the DC controller PCA See DC controller PCA Remove three screws callout 1 Disconnect five connectors callout 2 bk OO N Remove the memory controller PCA SCH AE RI 10531 tor z o A SEKR s Figure 6 41 Remove the memory controller PCA 212 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Cassette paper size detection switch 1 Remove the following assemblies Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Left cover See Left cover DC controller shield See DC controller shield 2 Disconnect one connector callout 1 3 Squeeze the two locking tabs callout 2 and remove the cassette paper size detection switch Figure 6 42 Remove the cassette paper size detection switch Internal components 213
229. e 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action alternates with LOAD TRAY Xx TYPE SIZE For help press 41 X PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 41 X PRINTER ERROR A printer error has occurred X Description 1 unknown misprint error 2 beam detect misprint error 3 media feed error size 4 no VSYNC error Press to continue or press for more information If the message persists turn the printer off and then on To continue 5 media feed error type press D 6 ETB detection error 7 feed delay error 9 noise VSREQ 49 XXXX A critical firmware error has occurred that Press CanceL Jos to clear the print job PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on caused the processor on the formatter to abort operation This type of error can be caused by invalid print commands corrupt data or invalid operations In some cases electrical noise in the cable can corrupt data during transmission to the printer Other causes include poor quality parallel cables poor connections or home grown programs On rare occasions the formatter is at fault which is usually indicated by a 79 Service Error from the printer memory Turn the printer off and then on Try printing a job from a different software program If the job prints go back to the first program and try printing a different file If the message appears only with a
230. e 8 8 Internal components 5 of 5 474 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 10 Internal components 5 of 5 Ref Description 1 Cable interface 2 Cable flat 3 Spring scanner support 4 Cable ac 110 V 4 Cable ac 220 V 5 Fuser power supply PCA 110 V 5 Fuser power supply PCA 220 V 6 Cable connector fuser 4600 Only 6 Cable connector fuser 4610n 4650 Only 7 Cable relay 8 Gear 29T 9 Photo interrupter TLP1241 10 Gear pressure 11 Cam gear 66T 12 Spring tension 13 Memory tag antenna PCA assembly 14 Cable sensor 15 Photo interrupter TLP1241 16 Cable dc power supply 17 Low voltage power supply assembly 110 V 17 Low voltage power supply assembly 220 V 18 Fuse 125 V 6 3 A 110 V 18 Fuse 250 V 4 A 220 V 19 Fuse 250 V 20 A 110 V 19 Fuse 250 V 8 A 220 V 20 Bracket sensor 21 Cover sensor 22 Plate grounding Part number RG5 6422 000CN RH2 5471 000CN RB2 8246 000CN RG5 6427 000CN RG5 6434 000CN RG5 6399 030CN RG5 6400 050CN RG5 6425 000CN RG5 7480 000CN RG5 6414 000CN RS7 0136 020CN WG8 5362 000CN RB2 8122 020CN RS7 0135 000CN RS6 2510 000CN RG5 5469 000CN RG5 6423 000CN WG8 5362 000CN RG5 6415 000CN RG5 6410 020CN RG5 6411 020CN VD7 2356 301CN VD7 0644 001CN VD7 1732 002CN VD7 1838 001CN RB2 8540 000CN RB2 8541 000CN RB2 8542 000CN Qty Internal components 475 Figure 8 9 Paper pickup
231. e EE E 159 PICKUPME NIE 161 Cassette detection and cassette paper size deiechon 162 Overhead transparency detection ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeaaees 163 Small size paper detechon antennan ennan nnana 164 Feed speed COMO eserine a E EE SES E E ia a 165 Fuser delivery unt 166 RUE Hin ER 500 sheet paper feeder eee ee aces cette eeeedeaaanaeeeeeeecaasaaaaeaeceeeeeeeesecacaeeeeeeeeeseesenaeeeeeeeees 168 Pickup and feed Operations ccccsccccvicecsesierecesceatecccceanaccaccuaeeasecenvueccadddaseeedecuueacecsantaaneetna 169 2 x 500 sheet feeder 2 eee ceee cece cece eee ce cece ae ee ener eet ee eee eee eee ceca aa eee eeeeeesaaaaaaeeeeeeegsaaaaeaaeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeees 170 PICKUP and Teed EE 171 Cassette detection and cassette paper size deiechon 172 6 Removal and replacement viii ugeet de EE 174 Ee Egeter 174 Caution regarding electrostatic discharge EGID eee ttneeeeeeetteeeeeeenee 174 Required EE 174 Types e CTT 175 SUP PUSS eie iodin aaiae iiai aa deadadeanndasaycexsnuudduaant seauad EE EEN EE Zeie 176 Print cartridges and EV B vicctitetacieteasiyeteneiinitiasieiaceesbastiesesieliedl nine aerated 177 Covers and external components tnnt tatt ttr EASAN ESE EEEAEESSEEEEEEEANANSEEEE EEAS EE EEEE EEEE E EEE 178 Real COVE Ma TT 178 TOP COVE ER O Rear top COVER icrai a E E E A E a E a Gee a a Ea at 181 E ioe EEE A E E ATE E AE E T E A 183 RIOU COVO TT 184 Multipurpose tray tray 1 185
232. e Network Management Protocol SNMP which provides network managers with remote printer management and troubleshooting through HP Web Jetadmin software E NOTE A network administrator should instal this external print server and configure the network Configure the external print server through the HP Web Jetadmin software NOTE See the HP Jetdirect print server documentation for information about which external devices are supported 116 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW ENWW Theory of operation This chapter provides information about the following topics Basic operation Engine control system Laser scanner assembly Image formation system Pickup feed system 500 sheet paper feeder 2 x 500 sheet feeder 117 Basic operation The HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer functions are divided into four systems m Engine control system m Laser scanner system Image formation system pn Pickup feed system This chapter describes each of these systems thoroughly S222 ech eek eee eee Se eee ec eee eee ee ee ee ee eee ed ES GE IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM SEL E e ES EE SS SEET Se Se Se a SE E EE E EEN UE A R e e To external device computer etc through the formatter Figure 5 1 Basic system operation 118 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Operation sequence A microcomputer in the engine control system controls the operation sequence for the printer The basic operation sequence see
233. e after printing the PQ troubleshooting pages Diagnostics 403 Disable cartridge check special mode test Use this diagnostic test to print internal pages or send an external job to the printer when one or more print cartridges are removed or exchanged Because the cartridges are not keyed the diagnostic test can be run when one to four cartridges have been removed or moved to another location exchanged Consumable supply errors are ignored while the printer is in this mode When the printer is in this mode you can navigate the menus and print internal pages or send an external print job to the printer This diagnostic test can be used to isolate print quality problems that are related to individual cartridges and to isolate individual cartridge problems such as noise E NOTE Donot remove or exchange cartridges before you start the disable cartridge check diagnostic After starting the test you can remove or exchange cartridges 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 2 Press to select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press Y to highlight DISABLE CARTRIDGE CHECK 5 Press to select DISABLE CARTRIDGE CHECK To exit this diagnostic test press the Cancet Jos button HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stop HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models and then select Exit diagnostics Paper path sensor test HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 465
234. e correct position C cyan Y yellow M magenta K black 6 Close the transfer unit and front cover Close the top cover After a short while the Ready message should appear on the control panel display 52 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 4600 models E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer control panel is available in English only You do not need to install an overlay or a label for this model For HP CLJ 4650 models see Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 4650 models Some printer models are shipped without the control panel overlay installed or you might prefer using a different overlay from the one that is installed Overlays are available for several languages and you can change the languages for control panel messages If you are setting up a printer for a language other than English follow this procedure 1 Open the top cover Use a small flat blade screwdriver to release the locking tabs on either side of the control panel overlay and then remove the overlay 2 Position the new overlay over the top of the control panel Insert the left tab of the overlay into the slot on the printer face Line up the tab on the right side of the overlay with the slot on the right side of the control panel Set the overlay in place by pushing down on the overlay near the blue button 3 Press to open the MENUS Press Y to highl
235. e devices generate high transient voltages that cause permanent damage to the formatter PCA This circumstance is not covered by the Hewlett Packard Company warranty ENWW Interface troubleshooting 363 AUTOEXEC BAT standard configurations Parallel MS DOS commands Ensure that the AUTOEXEC BAT file contains the following statements for parallel interface communications MODE LPT1 P For MS DOS version 4 0 and above MODE LPT1 B E NOTE This example assumes that you are using parallel printer port LPT1 If you are using LPT2 or LPT3 replace LPT1 in the example with the appropriate printer port Printer Job Language PJL commands See the HP Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual for a complete description of PUL commands This manual is available with the HP PCL PJL reference set on CD ROM part number 5021 0337 PUJL Enter This command enables the specified printer language If the printer does not receive this command it enables the default language This ensures the correct operation for programs that do not support PJL The following is the command syntax PJL Enter LANGUAGE PCL PostScript lt CR gt lt LF gt UEL This command also referred to as the universal exit language command terminates the current printer language and returns control to PJL It performs the following actions Prints all data that was received before this command m Performs a reset lt esc gt E in PCL l
236. e image appears distorted or colors See Distortion or blurring seem out of alignment Smearing The image is smeared or dirty See Smearing Misplaced image The image is placed incorrectly on the page See Misplaced image ENWW Image defects troubleshooting 351 Light image This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for light images Table 7 19 Causes for light images Cause Solution The image density is not adjusted correctly Increase the density for each color A poor contact in the attaching bias contacts between the ETB and the high voltage PCA Clean the contacts Replace them if they are still dirty or are damaged The attaching roller is worn or damaged Replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The high voltage PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Light color This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for light color Table 7 20 Causes for light color Cause Solution A poor contact exists in the transfer bias co
237. e information see www energystar gov Paper use This product s optional automatic duplex feature two sided printing and N up printing multiple pages printed on one page capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources Plastics Plastic parts over 25 grams have markings according to international standards that enhance the ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product s life HP LaserJet printing supplies In many countries regions this product s printing supplies print cartridges fuser and transfer unit can be returned to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program An easy to use and free take back program is available in over 48 countries regions Multilingual program information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program Information Since 1990 the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program has collected millions of used LaserJet print cartridges that otherwise might have been discarded in the world s landfills The HP LaserJet print cartridges and supplies are collected and bulk shipped to our resource and recovery partners who disassemble the cartridges After a thorough quality inspection selected parts are Environmental product stewardship program 29 reclaimed for use in new cartridges Remaining materials are separ
238. e monitor screen is actually blue Black on the print media is limited only by the fill capability of the printer and most good quality paper has a very high white level In addition phosphor used in color monitors and toner have entirely different spectra characteristics and different color rendering capabilities Differences between output are common Blues generally match better than reds The color of the ambient light changes the perception of color Fluorescent light lacks many colors that are present in incandescent light and the color range of natural light is broader than any artificial light When comparing color choose a standard light source for reference and understand that the perceived color will change as the light changes Image formation troubleshooting 345 m Long term color variations occur as paper ages Use high quality paper and protect the paper from sunlight to help minimize discoloration Environmental changes can cause color variation The development process places a high potential across an air gap to attract toner to the imaging drum Changes in relative humidity vary the point at which the toner travels to the imaging drum All consumable components have a finite life span As these components reach the end of their useful life their ability to produce consistent print quality diminishes m Paper roughness can cause colors to look different Use standard paper Color selection process The user selec
239. e or Hewlett Packard Gmbh Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Stra e 140 B blingen D 71034 B blingen FAX 49 7031 14 3143 USA Contact Product Relations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise Idaho 83707 0015 USA Phone 208 396 6000 ENWW Declaration of conformity 33 Country region laser safety statements Canadian DOC regulations Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements Conforme a la classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagn tiques CEM EMI statement Korea ALS QHUE BS 717 Oo AJl glo ATH SaAs AAS FAHA AANE S ALSS Seit VCCI statement Japan UI TABLES eee Se Dipl vC CI OFF LR DS AB TREES Cd CORBIS SERRA SC amp Zoch Ma Ze ORNS VAT LE Va V SSR TEL T PHS Not SowRSesle RO d el AT BY BORO CIEL LRU ROL T FAL 34 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Laser Statement for Finland Luokan 1 laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat HP Color LaserJet 4600 4650 4600 4610n 4650n 4600 4650dn 4650dtn 4650hdn laserkirjoitin on k ytt j n kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite Normaalissa k yt ss kirjoittimen suojakotelointi est lasers teen p syn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on m ritetty standardin EN 60825 1 1994 mukaisesti VAROITUS Laitteen k ytt minen muulla kuin k ytt ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym
240. e pages until the job is complete No action is necessary Do not grab paper when it comes into the output bin The message disappears when the job is finished You can then remove pages from the bin RAM DISK DEVICE FAILURE alternates with Ready For menus press OD A device failure has occurred on the specified drive Turn the printer off and then on to remove this message from the control panel display RAM DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED alternates with Ready For menus press O The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory 1 Printing can continue 2 Turn the printer off and then on to remove the message from the control panel display 3 If the message reappears a problem might exist with the software program RAM DISK FILE SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with Ready For menus press OD The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system The attempt was unsuccessful because the file system is full Turn the printer off and then on to remove the message from the control panel display This will also delete any files saved in RAM RAM DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED alternates with Ready For menus press DO The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it 1 To enable writing to the RAM disk turn o
241. e printer automatically calibrates and cleans itself at various times to maintain the best print quality You can also force the printer to calibrate by selecting Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Quick Calibrate Now or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4650 models from the Print Quality menu For information about calibrating the printer See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Quick Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models for more information While the printer is calibrating or cleaning it pauses printing For most calibrations and cleaning the printer does not interrupt a print job but waits for the job to be complete before calibrating or cleaning Table 5 4 Calibration timing and duration shows when the printer calibrates the duration of the calibration and the type of calibration that occurs Table 5 5 Cleaning timing and duration shows when the printer cleans and the duration of the cleaning The sections that follow discuss calibration and cleaning in more detail To reset the calibration values for the DC controller Performing an NVRAM initialization clears the calibration values from the formatter but it does not clear the calibration values from the DC controller If problems with color plane registration persist after performing an NVRAM initialization reset the calibration values for the DC controller 1 Op
242. e resolution and clarity of your color output You can select halftone settings for text graphics and photographs independently The two halftone options are Smooth and Detail The Smooth option provides better results for large solid filled print areas It also enhances photographs by smoothing out fine color gradations Choose this option when uniform and smooth area fills are top priority a The Detail option is useful for text and graphics that require sharp distinctions among lines or colors or images that contain a pattern or a high level of detail Choose this option when sharp edges and details are top priority Neutral Grays The Neutral Grays setting determines the method used for creating gray colors used in text graphics and photographs Two values are available for the Neutral Grays setting Black Only generates neutral colors grays and black using only black toner This guarantees neutrals colors without a color cast m 4 Color generates neutral colors grays and black by combining all four toner colors This method produces smoother gradients and transitions to non neutral colors and it produces the darkest black Edge Control The Edge Control setting determines how edges are rendered Edge control has two components adaptive halftoning and trapping Adaptive halftoning increases edge sharpness Trapping reduces the effect of incorrect color plane registration by overlapping the edges of adjacent objects sligh
243. e the cardboard from the tray CAUTION You must push the media lift plate down until it locks every time you open the tray Jams will result if the media lift plate is not locked in the down position 2 Adjust the rear length guide by squeezing the guide adjustment latch and sliding the back of the tray to the length of the media being loaded Slide the width guides to the appropriate size 3 Load media face up Make sure that the front corners of the media fit under the front corner tabs ENWW Installing the media tray 49 Connecting power 1 Plug the ac power cord into the printer and into the power outlet 2 Turn the printer on Installing the print cartridges 1 Open the top cover Grasp the green handle on the transfer unit and pull down The front cover will open as you pull down the transfer unit CAUTION Do not place anything on the transfer unit while it is open If the transfer unit is punctured print quality problems can result 50 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 2 Grasp both sides of the cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the cartridge from side to side 4 Remove the inside sealing tape by pulling the orange loop on the end and pulling the tape completely out Discard the tape ENWW Installing the print cartridges 51 5 Grasp the blue handles on the sides of the print cartridge Insert the print cartridges starting with the bottom cartridge in th
244. e the printer See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 54 20 error Check the connection Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 21 54 22 54 23 or 54 24 error Check the connections Replace the toner level sensing PCA Replace the DC controller Calibrate the printer See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 1 For step by step information press D 2 Turn the printer off and then on 1 For step by step information press D 2 Turn the printer off and then on 55 01 XY DC CONTROLLER ERROR For help press alternates with The DC controller is not communicating with the formatter The problem could be caused by a timing error or an intermittent connection X Description 1 Press to continue 2 Turn the printer off and then on 3 Reseat or replace the connectors between the 322 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 0 communication error DC controller and the 55 X formatter 1 DC controller memory error PRINTER ERROR 4 Replace the DC 2 outgoing party error controller PCA To continue turn off then on 3 no engine response 4 communication timeout Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 5 Replace
245. e the following guidelines p Verify that the adhesive material on the labels can tolerate 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second a Verify that no adhesive material is exposed between the labels Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off during printing which can cause printer jams Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to printer components Do not refeed a sheet of labels a Verify that the labels lie flat Do not use labels that are wrinkled bubbled or otherwise damaged Heavy paper The following heavy paper types can be used with the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Paper type Paper weight Heavy 105 to 120 g m 28 to 32 Ib Extra heavy 120 to 163 g m 32 to 43 Ib Cardstock 163 to 199 g m 43 to 53 lb Intermediate 90 to105 g m 24 to 28 Ib Tough paper 5 mil 44 Ib ENWW Print media 25 When printing on heavy paper types use the following guidelines Use tray 1 for paper that is heavier than 120 to 199 g m 32 to 53 Ib bond For optimum results when printing on heavy paper use the printer control panel to set the media type for the tray to HEAVY In either the software program or the driver select HEAVY as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for heavy paper Because this setting affects all print jobs return the printer to its original settings after the job has printed CAUTION In general do not use paper that is heavier than the media specification recommend
246. ear of the printer and flex it to remove the projection Remove the sensor Internal components 205 4 Disengage the two tabs that hold each drum home position sensor in its holder and then remove the sensors Figure 6 34 Remove the drum home position sensors E NOTE Calibrate the printer after reassembling the drum drive position sensors See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Drum drive motors 1 Remove the drum drive gears See Drum drive gears 206 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 From the front of the printer release the tab that holds the black interlock cover callout 1 in place and then remove the interlock cover Figure 6 35 Remove the interlock cover 3 Remove the interlock arm from the interlock lever callout 2 rm NEG k W s Figure 6 36 Remove the interlock arm 4 Lift the cartridge shutter bar callout 3 up and out of the printer Internal components 207 5 Remove four screws callout 4 In the picture the gear hides the screw in the upper left corner Figure 6 37 Remove the drum drive motors cyan motor is shown 6 Disconnect the connector for each drum drive motor from the DC controller PCA 7 Remove the drum drive motors E NOTE Calibrate the printer after reassembling the drum drive motors See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 461
247. ears on the control panel display Press Y to highlight YES Press to reset the transfer unit count Wait for the printer to calibrate Replacing the transfer unit when it is not at end of life If you replace the transfer unit when it is not at the end of life for example if it is defective you will need to calibrate the printer and reset the transfer unit count through the control panel Use the following steps to calibrate the printer 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press Y to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press to select PRINT QUALITY Press Y to highlight CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or FULL CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Press to select CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or FULL CALIBRATE NOW HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Wait for the printer to calibrate Use the following steps to reset the transfer unit count 1 2 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 96 Chapter 4 Maintenance ENWW zl O a A 9 Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press Y to highlight RESETS Press to select RESETS Press Y to highlight RESET SUPPLIES Press to select RESET SUPPLIES Press Y to highlig
248. ective Replace the high voltage PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color 354 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 7 26 Causes for dirt on the back of the paper continued Cause Solution LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Dirt on the front of the paper This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for dirt on the front of the paper Table 7 27 Causes for dirt on the front of the paper Cause Solution One or more of the rollers are dirty See Repetitive defects troubleshooting for information about identifying the roller that might be dirty Clean the indicated roller If the roller is still dirty after cleaning replace the appropriate roller cartridge or assembly The pickup roller is dirty Clean the roller If is still dirty after cleaning replace the pickup roller assembly A poor contact exists in the attaching bias contacts between the ETB and the high voltage PCA Clean the contacts Replace them if they are still dirty or are damaged The high voltage PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color
249. ed black engaged used during black only printing Tray1 tray 2 solenoids This test activates and releases the tray 1 and tray 2 solenoids The tray 1 solenoid is the lower solenoid The tray 2 solenoid is the upper solenoid You can remove the two securing screws and rotate the paper pickup unit to get a better view of the solenoids SL2 L1 BZ NO Figure 7 24 Location of solenoids Table 7 52 Solenoids Name Function SL1 Cassette pickup solenoid paper pickup drive assembly SL2 Multi purpose tray pickup solenoid paper pickup drive assembly 414 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 25 Solenoids on the paper pickup unit Figure 7 26 Solenoids 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 Upper cassette pickup solenoid SL1 2 Lower cassette pickup solenoid SL2 ENWW Diagnostics 415 CLJ 4650 Figure 7 27 Location of motors and fans Table 7 53 Motors and fans Name Function M1 Cyan drum motor M2 Yellow drum motor M3 Magenta drum motor M4 Black drum motor M5 Paper pickup motor M6 ETB motor M7 Developing disengaging motor M8 Fuser motor FAN1 Formatter fan FAN2 Cartridge fan FAN3 Power supply fan HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 416 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 28 Motor 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder motor M1 ENWW Diagnostics 417 Pri
250. ed Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal The size selected from the menu does size the tray switch should be set To change move tray switch to not match the size detected by the tray to STANDARD Set the tray switch STANDARD Size detection occurs when the tray to CUSTOM for all other media switch is set in the STANDARD position sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected from the control panel 3 Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu TRAY XX SIZE A non detectable media size was 1 Adjust the side and rear guides selected from the menu and the tray against the paper lt SIZE gt switch is set to STANDARD 2 If the media used is Letter A4 Verify tray switch set to CUSTOM Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal The size selected from the menu does size the tray switch should be set then close tray not match the size detected by the tray to STANDARD Set the tray switch Size detection occurs when the tray to CUSTOM for all other media switch is set in the STANDARD position sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected from the control panel 3 Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu TRAY XX SIZE A non detectable media size was 1 Adjust the side and rear guides selected from the menu and the tray against the paper lt SIZE gt switch is set to STANDARD 2 If the media used is Letter A4 Recommend move switch in tray to Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal STANDARD The size selected from the men
251. ed correctly Decrease the density for each color The color registration detection unit is dirty Clean the lens on the color registration detection unit The color registration detection unit is defective Replace the color registration detection unit The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Dark color This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for dark color Table 7 22 Causes for dark colors Cause Solution A poor contact exists in the drum ground primary charging bias and developing bias contacts of the high voltage PCA and the print cartridge Clean the contacts on the cartridge for the affected color If they are still dirty after cleaning or if they are damaged replace the cartridge The high voltage PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Completely blank image This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for completely blank pages Table 7 23 Causes for a completely
252. ed for this printer Doing so can cause misfeeds paper jams reduced print quality and excessive mechanical wear HP LaserJet Tough paper When printing on HP LaserJet Tough paper use the following guidelines Handle HP LaserJet Tough paper by the edges Oils from your fingers that are deposited on HP LaserJet Tough paper can cause print quality problems Use only HP LaserJet Tough paper with this printer HP products are designed to work together for optimum printing results In either the software program or the driver select TOUGH PAPER as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for HP LaserJet Tough paper Preprinted forms and letterhead Observe the following guidelines for best results with preprinted forms and letterhead Forms and letterhead must be printed with heat resistant inks that will not melt vaporize or release hazardous emissions when subjected to the printer s fusing temperature of approximately 190 C 374 F heat for 0 1 second Inks must be non flammable and should not adversely affect any printer rollers Forms and letterhead should be sealed in a moisture proof wrapping to prevent changes during storage Before loading preprinted paper such as forms and letterhead verify that the ink on the paper is dry During the fusing process wet ink can come off of preprinted paper When using the duplex printing setting HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only load pre printed forms and letterhea
253. ed supplies to continue printing Press for detailed information 4 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 5 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server REPLACE TRANSFER KIT For help press The transfer unit has reached end of life 1 Replace the transfer unit to continue printing Press for detailed information 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 4 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Request accepted please wait The printer has accepted a request to print an internal page but the current job must finish printing before the internal page can print No action is necessary 292 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action Resend The firmware upgrade was not Attempt the upgrade again completed successfully upgrade Resetting kit count YES is selected in the Reset Supplies menu Counts for any of the supplies that cannot be detected as new will be reset No action is necessary Restoring factory settings The printer is restoring factory settings No action is necessary Restoring The printer is restoring the last saved state No action is necessary Rotating motor To exit press Stop button The printer is executing a Component Test and
254. edia that can cause damage to the printer eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeaaees 22 Printing ON special media 23 TRANS PAREN CIOS TE 23 Glossy paper 24 Colored paperinen AEA A E A E EE 24 Printing image Sson aadi ia A E 24 Envelopes sinora aai aa aaia a aa E EAA 24 Ee 25 Heavy paper eurini iiaia aa i E dnsadecanensearcatunaanueduxteneds 25 HP LaserJet Tough paper msisite niaaa iaaa a aaea 26 Preprinted forms and etterhead 26 Recycled Mee 27 Weight equivalence bie 28 Environmental product stewardship program 29 Protecting the environmernt eee teen eee eet eee e ee enne ee eee eae ee eeeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeetaaeeeeeeenaees 29 OZONE prodUCt ON EE 29 Power Consumption acca tence eeeesceaaaaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeseceecncicaeeeeeeseetenes 29 Be 29 ENWW PIASUCS EE 29 HP LaserJet printing Suppll Siv atiieciescassenncsancnsddavaadvaneieaasnadacasanictectoasadutdetvaadacdecsvensdedaanuaads 29 HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program Information 29 Kee E Reie 30 Material resClotgzuuetgeee egdeeu ECG E EE Ee E 30 For more fomai ecencirsnr arira Seeded cna EELER EES stage E EEEE deste 30 Hewlett Packard limited warranty staiement 31 Declaration Of CONPOMMILY ecccecinscie iri in EEEE EEEE EE A 32 Country region laser safety Statement 34 Canadian DOC regulations oeann aiaa EEE 34 EMI statement bkorea 34 VCCI Statement Japan Laser stehen SSES 34 Laser Statement for Fmlepgd320e ideen inpatient ied eet AAA E
255. eeeeeesecacaeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeseicecieeeeeeeeteees 508 Numerical parts EE 515 EE E E AE EEA E AE N saususvous sasaunebessaumnabeds WaaanEDdatuaaNes E KNEE 523 ENWW 1 ENWW Product information This chapter contains information about the following topics Model configurations Printer features Printer assemblies Identification site requirements and specifications Print media Environmental product stewardship program Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement Declaration of conformity Country region laser safety statements Japan power cord statement Model configurations This manual describes the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models the HP Color LaserJet 4610n model and the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models which are referred to collectively as the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printers HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer The following figures and table show the configuration for the various models of HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer The HP Color LaserJet 4600 printer and the HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer each come in five models Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers 1 HP Color LaserJet 4600 4600n 4600dn 4650 4650n and 4650dn printer and the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer 2 HP Color LaserJet 4600dtn 4600hdn and 4650dtn printer 3 HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn printer Table 1 1 HP Color LaserJet 4600 model configurations Base model
256. eft side of the printer remove one screw above the DC controller callout 1 Figure 6 55 Remove the left side laser scanner retaining bar 2 of 2 rear of printer 5 Rotate the bar down and carefully remove it from the printer L i CAUTION The scanner retaining bars are under spring tension Remove them carefully 222 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 6 On the top surface of the right side of the printer remove one screw callout 3 laser scanner retaining bar 1 of 2 right side of printer 7 On the right side of the printer push the top of the sheet metal scanner retaining bar in towards the laser scanners callout 4 Figure 6 56 Remove the right side wk A Mateos Sa Figure 6 57 Remove the right side laser scanner retaining bar 2 of 2 rear of printer Rotate the bar down and carefully remove it from the printer o Reinstallation tip Reinstall the laser scanner retaining bars in the same order that you removed them the left side and then the right side Feed the connector cables through the frame and reconnect the connectors to the DC controller ENWW Internal components 223 To remove the laser scanner assemblies CAUTION The laser scanner unit can be replaced but the unit is not adjustable in the field Do not disassemble it 1 Remove the laser scanner retaining bars See Remove the laser scanner retaining bars 2 Slide the cyan laser scanner unit to the left and then pull it
257. el by using either the HP Web Jetadmin software or the HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh see the online Help Locking the control panel Network administrators can prevent users from changing printer control panel settings by establishing a password and locking the printer control panel Administrators can choose from multiple levels of security and can lock certain control panel menus allowing users to change the rest of the menus or lock all of the menus including the Cancel Jos HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stop HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models button Levels of security Lock setting Control panel items locked OFF Service menu locked with a factory set PIN LOW UO submenu System Setup submenu Resets submenu Service menu locked with a factory set PIN MEDIUM Configure Device menu including all submenus Diagnostics menu Service menu locked with a factory set PIN HIGH Information menu Paper Handling menu Configure Device menu including all submenus Diagnostics menu Service menu locked with a factory set PIN CanceL Jos button HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Stop button HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 82 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW Using an ASCII PJL escape sequence to set network security If you decide to use the ASCII escape sequence you must use an MS DOS or Windows ASCII editor to create the commands The commands must also be sent to the print
258. em to configure the media size for tray 2 tray 3 or tray 4 The N 2 3 or 4 default setting is the size that is EA NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer does not support tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 NOTE A tray 4 setting is only available when the 2 x 500 sheet feeder is used with the HP Color LaserJet 4650 detected by the guides in the tray To use a custom size move the switch in the tray to custom models TRAY lt N gt TYPE A list of available types appears Use this item to configure the media type for tray 2 tray 3 or tray 4 The N 2 3 or 4 default is PLAIN E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer does not support tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 NOTE A tray 4 setting is only available when the 2 x 500 sheet feeder is used with the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models 370 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Configure device menu The Configure device menu has several submenus Use these submenus to change the printer s default printing settings adjust the print quality change the system configuration and I O options and reset the printer to its default settings Printing menu The settings in the Printing menu affect only jobs that do not have identified properties Most jobs identify all of the properties and override the values from this menu Table 7 42 Printing submenu Menu item Values Description COPIES 1 to 32000 Use this item to set the default number of cop
259. en the top cover 2 Press and hold the engine test switch on the left side of the printer for several seconds 3 Close the top cover and observe the control panel display If the message Performing Calibration appears the reset was successful Table 5 4 Calibration timing and duration Calibration occurrence Duration Type of calibration When you turn the printer on 75 seconds for calibration but because DMAX DHALF of other initialization activities the printer takes a total of 2 minutes to be ready for printing When you install one or more print 150 seconds 2 minutes 30 seconds DMAX DHALF color plane registration cartridges that have not previously CPR been installed in the printer When 50 pages have been printed 75 seconds DMAX DHALF since installing a print cartridge The printer will finish printing the current job before calibrating When 1 000 pages have printed since 75 seconds DMAX DHALF the last calibration The printer will finish printing the current job before calibrating When 8 hours have passed since the 75 seconds DMAX DHALF last calibration but not while the printer is in PowerSave mode Typically this calibration occurs during the first job or any control panel interaction after an overnight idle period When you request calibration from the 280 seconds 4 minutes 40 seconds DMAX DHALF CPR drum phase control panel CALIBRATE NOW for 150 Chapter5 Theory o
260. engaging drive assembly Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 6512 000CN Fuser drive assembly 4600 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 6512 000CN Fuser drive assembly 4600 Only Fuser drive assembly RG5 6517 110CN RG5 6517 110CN RG5 7362 000CN Fuser 220 V 4600 Only Fuser assembly 220 V 4600 Only Drum grounding assembly cyan and magenta long Internal components 4 of 5 Fuser assembly Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 7450 110CN Fuser 110 V 4610n 4650 Only 518 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams Internal components 4 of 5 ENWW ENWW Table 8 28 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RG5 7450 110CN Fuser assembly 110 V 4610n 4650 Only Fuser assembly RG5 7451 000CN Fuser 220 V 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 7451 110CN Fuser assembly 220 V 4610n 4650 Only Fuser assembly RG5 7452 000CN Fuser drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 7452 000CN Fuser drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only Fuser drive assembly RG5 7453 000CN Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 7453 040CN Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only Paper pickup assembly RG5 7455 000CN ETB assembly 4610n 4650 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 7455 000CN ETB assembly 4610n 4650 Only
261. ensor test letter codes for a definition of the sensor letter codes A 1 below the letter indicates that paper is present For the paper size sensor the range of values is from 0 to 7 Figure 7 19 Tray 2 paper size switch arrangement indicates the switch state and paper size that are associated with each of these values the tray 3 or tray 4 paper size switches for the single 500 sheet feeder and the 2 x 500 sheet feeder are similar to the tray 2 switch Diagnostics 405 E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n does not support tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 To eliminate the flickering on the control panel display during this test you can leave the door switch in the open state 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 3 Press to select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press Y to highlight SENSOR TEST 5 Press to select SENSOR TEST To exit this diagnostic press the CanceL Jos button HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stop HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models and then select Exit diagnostics Menus cannot be opened during component tests so serves the same function as Cancet Jos HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stop HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models SW 1 eo SW2 o0 SW3 oS Figure 7 19 Tray 2 paper size switch arrangement Table 7 49 Tray 2 paper size codes Size code Switch state Paper
262. ental specifications 14 18 environmental stewardship 29 error messages 4600 alphabetical 264 4600 numerical 298 4610n and 4650 alphabetical 279 4610n and 4650 numerical 311 clearable jams 332 types of 263 ESD electrostatic discharge ETB transfer kit locating 91 page count resetting 383 425 partnumbers 457 removing during service 177 replacement intervals 87 89 replacing 94 ETB assembly cleaning operations 149 152 diagnostics 413 locating 461 operations 142 partnumbers 473 489 510 518 eventlog 383 403 132 174 F factory settings restoring 381 fans cartridge removing 237 formatter removing 238 locating 437 locations 416 operations 122 partnumbers 471 510 520 power supply removing 217 Fast InfraRed pod locating 4600 9 locating 4650 12 operations 131 features models 2 5 feed speed control 165 feeding operations 159 file directory printing 369 396 filters 465 510 516 Finnish laser statement 35 FIR pod locating 4600 9 Index 525 locating 4650 12 operations 131 firmware partnumbers 455 463 510 515 flash memory card installing 4610n and 4650 109 flowchart troubleshooting 261 font DIMMs enabling 4600 103 installing 4600 100 installing 4610n and 4650 105 font lists printing 369 396 fonts included 5 formatter case removing 218 configuring after replacement 329 fan removing 238 LED 400 operations 129 partnumbers 457 463 PCA locating 439 removin
263. eplace the missing or incorrect supply Press A and Y to step through the instructions INSTALL TRANSFER UNIT For help press The transfer unit is either not installed or not correctly installed in the printer Insert the transfer unit or make sure that the installed transfer unit is fully seated Press for detailed information Press A and Y to step through the instructions If the error persists verify that the ETB connectors J4017 on the ETB and J1014 on the DC controller PCA are good Replace connectors as necessary Replace the ETB Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models LOAD TRAY Xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt For help press alternates with Tray XX is either empty or configured for a type and size other than what is specified in the job 1 Press for detailed information Press A and Y to step through the instructions 284 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action LOAD TRAY Xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To use another tray press D LOAD TRAY XX lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY XX lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To continue press D LOAD TRAY Xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt
264. er by using a DOS COPY command or an ASCII file download utility The PUL Technical Reference Manual is located on CD ROM part number 5961 0976 Order a copy of this manual from the HP Web site www hp com E NOTE In the following examples EC represents the escape character For more information about using escape characters see the PUL Technical Reference Manual m To lock or unlock the printer control panel if a password has not been set send the following ASCII sequence to the printer EC 12345x PuJL JOB PJL DEFAULT CPLOCK NONE or MINIMUM MODERATE or MAXIMUM PJL EOJ EC 12345x Tosetthe password send the following ASCII sequence to the printer EC 12345x PuJL JOB PJL DEFAULT PASSWORD numeric password 0 to 65535 PJL EOJ EC 12345x To lock or unlock the control panel if the password has been set send the following ASCII sequence to the printer EC 12345x PJL JOB PASSWORD numeric password PJL DEFAULT CPLOCK NONE or MINIMUM MODERATE or MAxIMUM PJL EOJ EC 12345x Setting network security on the printer 83 84 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 4 ENWW Maintenance This chapter provides information about the following topics Cleaning the printer and accessories Approximate replacement intervals for supply items Locating supplies Replacing supply items Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n an
265. er specific designator it can be installed on HP Color LaserJet 4600 HP Color LaserJet 4610n or HP Color LaserJet 4650 models When looking for part numbers for electrical components pay careful attention to the voltage that is listed in the description column to ensure that the part number selected is for the correct printer model NOTE In this manual the abbreviation PCA stands for printed circuit board assembly Components described as a PCA might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts such as cables and sensors 452 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Ordering parts and supplies Parts that wear The parts on the product that need replacement at regular intervals are listed in Approximate replacement intervals for supply items Parts are available directly from HP at the following Web site www hp com buy parts Parts Order replacement parts from the following Web site www hp com go HPparts Customer support Product documentation and software support can be found at the Web sites listed in Table 8 1 Technical support Web sites and related documentation Table 8 1 Technical support Web sites and related documentation HP Connect Online Go to www connect online hp com for HP partners HP Customer Care Call Centers Go to www hp com support callcenters Information about contacting HP call centers in specific countries regions HP Online Technical Support
266. erjams 345 blank images 353 blank spots 357 blurring 358 color 345 350 352 353 356 dark print 353 defects 351 diagnostic pages 345 dirty pages 354 dots 354 fusing poor 357 light print 352 lines 355 media 343 misplaced images 358 pages printing 403 repetitive defects 359 smearing 358 tools 4610n and 4650 343 printer drivers available 67 Help 68 selecting 68 settings 66 printer languages PJL 133 364 supported 5 Printer Status and Alerts 387 Printing menu 371 processor 131 product number locating 13 PS font lists printing 369 398 Q quality troubleshooting after jams 345 blank images 353 blank spots 357 blurring 358 color 345 350 352 353 356 dark print 353 defects 351 diagnostic pages 345 dirty pages 354 dots 354 fusing poor 357 light print 352 lines 355 media 343 misplaced images 358 pages printing 403 repetitive defects 359 smearing 358 tools 4610n and 4650 343 Quick Calibrate Now 423 R rear cover part number 465 513 520 ENWW removing 178 rear top cover partnumber 465 513 518 removing 181 recovery jam 333 recycled paper 27 recycling supplies 29 registration color plane 154 regulatory label 14 removing parts 173 repair approach 38 repetitive defects troubleshooting 359 replacement intervals supplies 87 replacement parts configuration 329 replacing fuser kit 97 parts 173 print cartridges 92 transfer kit 94 reports printing 369 388 reset cold 4
267. ert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The CD ROM menu runs automatically If the CD ROM menu does not run automatically double click the CD ROM icon on the desktop and then double click the Installer icon This icon is located in the Installer lt language gt folder of the Starter CD ROM where lt language gt is your language preference For example the Installer English folder contains the Installer icon for the English printer software Double click the HP LaserJet Installers folder Follow the instructions on the computer screen Double click the Installer icon for the appropriate language On your computer hard drive double click Applications Utilities and then Print Center Click Add Printer D N O oa A O Select the AppleTalk connection type in OS X 10 1 and the Rendezvous connection type in OS X 10 2 9 Select the printer name 10 Click Add Printer 11 Close the Print Center by clicking the close button in the upper left corner A NOTE Macintosh computers cannot be connected directly to the printer by using a parallel port Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections USB HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only A NOTE Macintosh computers do not support parallel port connections This section explains how to install the printing system software for Mac OS 9 x and later The Apple LaserWriter driver must be installed to use the PPD files Use the Apple LaserWriter 8 dr
268. erver does not support IPX based printer connections You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server To open the embedded Web server In a supported Web browser on your computer type the IP address for the printer To find the IP address print a configuration page Ex NOTE After you open the URL you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future 1 The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings and information about the printer the Information tab the Settings tab and the Network tab Click the tab that you want to view 2 See the following sections for more information about each tab Tools for troubleshooting 385 Information tab The Information pages group consists of the following screens Device Status Shows the printer status and the life remaining for HP supplies with 0 representing that a supply is empty The page also shows the type and size of print media that is set for each tray To change the default settings click Change Settings Configuration page Shows the information that is also found on the printer configuration page Supplies Status Shows the life remaining of HP supplies with 0 representing that a supply is empty This screen also provides supplies part numbers To order new supplies click Order Supplies in the Other Links area on the left side of the window To visit any Web site you must have Internet access m Eve
269. es such as print cartridges and paper Product Support connects to the support site for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer where you can search for help regarding general topics Printer Status and Alerts software Printer Status and Alerts is supported only for Windows 95 and later versions The Printer Status and Alerts software is available to users of both networked and directly connected printers To use Printer Status and Alerts software with a directly connected computer you must select the Custom installation option when you install the printer driver Select the option to install Printer Status and Alerts For network connections Printer Status and Alerts is installed automatically with the Typical software installation option Use this software to view the embedded Web server information for a particular printer The software also generates messages on the computer that provide the status of the printer and print jobs Depending on how the printer is connected you can receive different messages Networked printers You can receive regular job status messages that appear every time a print job is sent to the printer or every time the print job finishes printing You can also receive alerts messages These messages appear when you are printing to a particular printer if that printer experiences a problem In some cases the printer can continue to print such as when a tray that is not being used is open or a print cartridge
270. es with Ready The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it 1 To enable writing to the RAM disk turn off write protection by using HP Web Jetadmin software 2 To remove this message from the display turn the printer off and then on Ready Diagnostics mode To exit press Stop button The printer is in a special diagnostics mode Press Stop to exit the special diagnostics mode OR No action is necessary Receiving A firmware upgrade is in progress Do not turn the printer off until the printer returns to the Ready state upgrade REMOVE ALL The printer is executing a Component Remove all of the print cartridges PRINT CARTRIDGES To exit press Stop button test and the component selected is Belt only REMOVE AT LEAST ONE PRINT CARTRIDGE To exit press Stop button The printer is executing a Disable cartridge check or Component test where the Cartridge Motor is the component selected Remove one print cartridge REPLACE lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press The identified print cartridge has reached its end of life Printing will not continue until the cartridge is replaced A NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels 1 Replace the identified print cartridge to continue printing Press for detailed information 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 4 Supplies o
271. escribe the five functional blocks in the image formation process Delivery 9 Fusing Photosensitive drum Photosensitive drum Photosensitive drum i IC 7 Transfer i A C i Transfer X 10 ETB cleaning eg i i iC Za Transtar 10 ETB cleaning Electrostatic latent image formation block See EE CO Primary charging i T G Primary exposure i i o En hotosensitive SAER E Development block v cylinder Cassette pickup Ser Se 1 i C 7 Transfer X 10 ETB cleaning SE D A l Cleaning block Leer lt Print paper path Direction of rotation Registration Multipurpose tray pickup gt Figure 5 14 Image formation process ENWW Image formation system 137 Print cartridges The printer has four different print cartridges one for each color However they share the same structure shown in Figure 5 15 Print cartridge DC controller PCA Z SS SS aint F D D E Oo Q o Q a w FA w 9 O oner level Memory KR Zz detection PCA Controller Sz wo O etection PCA Za ax E zk O o Q a g 2 5 ZO a D D 5 a p a a 5 QO mH wl Z bel lei O p nt GC ro wi Ge zol G 5 M7 OQ Bo m De Ech Sa A Waste toner transfer plate Drum motor Developing
272. ese screws and cover again Figure 4 4 HP LaserJet 4650 models 114 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW 3 Firmly insert the HP Jetdirect print server card into the EIO slot Insert and tighten the retaining screws that came with the print server card Figure 4 6 HP LaserJet 4650 models 4 Connect the network cable Reconnect the power cable and turn the printer on 5 Print a configuration page In addition to a printer configuration page an HP Jetdirect configuration page that contains network configuration and status information should also print If it does not print uninstall and reinstall the print server card to ensure that it is completely seated in the slot 6 Perform one of these steps e Select the correct port See the computer or operating system documentation for instructions e Reinstall the software and select the network installation ENWW Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models 115 only Installing an HP Jetdirect print server card HP Color LaserJet 4610n model The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer comes standard with an HP Jetdirect 175x external print server that has to be installed in order to support multiple network protocols and operating systems When an HP Jetdirect print server is installed a printer can be connected directly to a network at any location HP Jetdirect print servers also support the Simpl
273. ess A and Y to step through the instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER FUSER KIT LESS THAN XXXX PAGES LEFT To continue press O The fuser is near its end of life and the SUPPLIES LOW setting in the SYSTEM SETUP submenu is set to STOP Order the image fuser kit Press to continue printing Printing can continue until the fuser reaches its end of life Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER FUSER KIT XXXX PAGES LEFT To enter menus press The fuser is near its end of life The printer is ready and will continue for the estimated number of pages that appears Order the image fuser kit Printing can continue until the fuser reaches its end of life Press for detailed information Press A and Y to step through the instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ORDER SUPPLIES For menus press O More than one supply item is low Press to identify which supplies should be ordered Order the identified supplies Printing can continue until supplies reach their end of life Press for detailed information Press A and Y to step through the instructions Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 271 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages H
274. ess CanceL Jos when you want to alienation motor To exit press disengaging motor This motor is called the alienation motor in firmware messages stop this test CANCEL JOB Rotating The printer is executing a Component Press Cancet Jos when you want to Test and the Belt Only component is stop this test belt drive selected To exit press CANCEL JOB Rotating lt color gt cartridge motor To exit press CANCEL JOB The printer is executing a Component Test and the lt color gt Cartridge motor component is selected Press CanceL Jos when you want to stop this test Rotating fuser motor To exit press CANCEL JOB Rotating lt color gt Laser Scanner To exit press CANCEL JOB The printer is executing a Component test and the Fuser Motor component is selected A scanner test is in progress Press CanceL Jos when you want to stop this test Press CanceL Jos when you want to stop this test ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 275 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Rotating transfer motors To exit press CANCEL JOB Description The printer is executing a Component test and the Transfer Motors component is selected Action Press Cancet Jos when you want to stop this test SIZE MISMATCH TRAY xx lt SIZE gt For help press alternates with Ready For menus press Ka The tray i
275. ettings on the Color tab in the printer driver m Using a Macintosh computer print in grayscale or change the color options by using the Color Matching pop up menu in the Print dialog box Print in Grayscale Selecting the Print in Grayscale option from the printer driver prints a document by using black toner This option is useful for previewing preliminary copies of slides and hardcopy output or for printing color documents that will be photocopied or faxed Automatic or manual color adjustment The Automatic color adjustment option optimizes the neutral gray color treatment halftones and edge enhancements used for each element in a document For more information see your printer driver online Help E NOTE Automatic is the default setting and is recommended for printing all color documents Use the Manual color adjustment option to adjust the neutral gray color treatment halftones and edge enhancements for text graphics and photographs To gain access the Manual color options on the Color tab select Manual and then select Settings Manual color options Use manual color adjustment to adjust the Color or Color Map and Halftone options individually for text graphics and photographs E NOTE Some programs convert text or graphics to raster images In these cases the Photographs settings also controls text and graphics 348 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Halftone options Halftone options affect th
276. f 5 RB2 8255 000CN Plate drive grounding Internal components 1 of 5 RB2 8349 000CN Arm paper size Cassette tray 2 RB2 8498 030CN Sensor flag Fuser assembly RB2 8540 000CN Bracket sensor Internal components 5 of 5 RB2 8541 000CN Cover sensor Internal components 5 of 5 RB2 8542 000CN Plate grounding Internal components 5 of 5 RB2 8590 040CN Left cover External covers and panels RB2 8596 000CN Filter rear External covers and panels RB2 8591 O000CN Right cover External covers and panels RB2 8593 000CN Rear cover lower External covers and panels RB3 0607 000CN Filter left side External covers and panels RB3 0978 000CN Fixed level left plate secures the printer to the feeder 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 1 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only RB3 0979 000CN Fixed level right plate secures the printer to the feeder 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 1 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only RF5 3739 000CN Roller paper pickup Paper pickup assembly RF5 3739 000CN Roller paper pickup 500 sheet paper feeder internal components RF5 3739 000CN Paper pickup rollers 4650 Only 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 2 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only RF5 3749 000CN RF5 3750 020CN Plate
277. f 5 Ref 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Description Control panel assembly 110 V 4600 Only Control panel assembly 220 V 4600 Only Operational panel assembly 110 V 4610n 4650 Only Control panel cross member assembly Contact pin assembly Drum grounding assembly black and yellow short Drum grounding assembly cyan and magenta long Plate drive interlock Drum drive assembly cyan and magenta Drum drive assembly yellow Drum drive assembly black Gear 200T cyan and magenta Gear 200T black and yellow Spring tension Plate drive grounding Plate developer disengagement change plate Gear 17T Cable antenna Antenna memory PCA assembly Cable memory 4600 Only Arm test print Part number RG5 6432 040CN RG5 6433 040CN RG5S 6432 040CN RG5 6510 000CN RG5 6492 000CN RG5 6474 000CN RG5 7362 000CN RB2 8225 000CN RG5 7467 000CN RG5 7469 000CN RG5 7468 000CN RS7 0137 000CN RS7 0138 000CN RS6 2537 000CN RB2 8255 000CN RB2 8239 000CN RS7 0139 000CN RG5 6418 000CN RG5 6396 000CN RG5 6420 000CN RB2 8250 000CN Qty Internal components 467 a 0 F ete oes os Figure 8 5 Internal components 2 of 5 ENWW 468 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 7 Internal components 2 of 5 Ref 1 10 11 12 13 Description Lever cartridge pressure Cover c
278. f operation ENWW Table 5 4 Calibration timing and duration continued Calibration occurrence Duration Type of calibration HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or QUICK CALIBRATE NOW and FULL CALIBRATE NOW for HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Table 5 5 Cleaning timing and duration Cleaning occurrence Duration Type of cleaning When the printer continuously prints either 5 seconds or 21 seconds primary and toner charging rollers with no idle period or spin down for 51 pages 5 seconds is the most common At intervals of 90 and 140 pages The 16 seconds ETB printer will finish printing the current job before cleaning ENWW Image formation system 151 ETB cleaning During this step all toner particles that remain on the ETB are returned to the photosensitive drums in each print cartridge Figure 5 28 ETB cleaning illustrates this step The ETB is automatically cleaned when the printer is turned on when the covers are closed and after printing a specified number of pages The DC controller applies negative bias to the photosensitive drums and either a positive or negative bias to the transfer charging rollers This creates a difference in potential between the photosensitive drums and the ETB Both positive and negative residual toner returns to the photosensitive drums Primary charging roller e Negative potential waste toner Saas Saiz Positive potential waste toner Waste toner o U e container
279. f pages that have been printed by the engine PJL JOB This command informs the printer of the start of a PUL job and synchronizes the job status information The printer counts print jobs including nested jobs incrementing the job counter for the PJL JOB command and decrementing it for PJL EOJ The printer accepts the NAME parameter and returns the name string in the unsolicited JOB start status message if the unsolicited job status is enabled The printer transmits the unsolicited JOB status message to every I O channel that has enabled this function The following is the message format PJL USTATUS JOB lt CR gt lt LF gt START lt CR gt lt LF gt NAME lt job name gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt FF gt The printer resets the nested job counter whenever it switches the source to a different I O channel This prevents a corrupt job on one channel from disrupting the activities on another channel PJL EOJ This command identifies the end of a print job and is a hint for the I O switching algorithm The printer counts nested jobs and recognizes job boundaries when the counter decrements to zero The printer ignores isolated EOJ commands Each EOJ must be preceded by a JOB command PJL ECHO This printer supports the ECHO command which transmits its parameters over the I O channel to the host that issued the command PJL USTATUS JOB ON OFF This command enables or disables the JOB status for the I O channel that delivers the comma
280. feeder left cover 2 Disconnect two springs callout 1 and then remove two E rings callout 2 SP Figure 6 89 Remove 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette paper sensor 1 of 3 3 Disconnect five connectors callout 3 and then remove four screws callout 4 4 Remove the sheet metal cover callout 5 Figure 6 90 Remove 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette paper sensor 2 of 3 5 For the upper cassette paper sensor disconnect one connector callout 6 and then remove the upper cassette paper sensor callout 7 250 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 6 For the lower cassette paper sensor disconnect one connector callout 8 and then remove the lower cassette paper sensor callout 9 Figure 6 91 Remove 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette paper sensor 3 of 3 ENWW Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only 251 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper or lower cassette paper detection switch 1 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover 2 For the upper cassette paper detection switch disconnect one connector callout 1 release the switch retaining tabs callout 2 and then remove the upper cassette paper switch callout 3 3 For the lower cassette switch disconnect one connector callout 4 release the switch retaining tabs callout 5 and then remove the lower cassette paper sensor callout 6 Fig
281. fer positive bias To form an image on the photosensitive drum according to the video signal input from the formatter and to transfer the toner image to the paper After the power is turned on the cartridge is cleaned every 35 pages and the ETB is cleaned every 100 pages LSTR last rotations period From the end of the PRINT period until the ETB motor stops To deliver the paper out of the printer and to clean the ETB The last rotations period lasts until the instant the formatter sends a print command Then the initial rotations period starts again Basic operation 119 Engine control system The engine control system is the brain of the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer It controls all the other systems according to commands from the formatter The engine control system consists of the following components a DC controller PCA m Fuser power supply PCA m High voltage PCA a Low voltage power supply unit Formatter Each of these components is described in this chapter e SES Eeer a r SS SS S ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM KY LASER SCANNER SYSTEM l i i DC controller PCA i Fuser power supply FormatierPCA lt gt PCA IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM High voltage PCA EE lt gt PICKUP FEED SYSTEM supply unit ee EN Figure 5 2 Engine control system E NOTE In this manual the abbreviation PCA sta
282. ff and then on 3 Ifthe message persists remove and reinstall the flash DIMM 4 Ifthe message persists replace the flash DIMM FLASH FILE OPERATION FAILED alternates with The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted an illogical operation for example to download a file to a non existent directory 1 Printing can continue 2 Turn the printer off and then on 3 If the message reappears a problem might exist with the software program 266 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action Ready For menus press Gi FLASH FILE SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with Ready For menus press D The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system The attempt was unsuccessful because the file system is full 1 Use HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the flash memory and then try again 2 To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on FLASH IS WRITE PROTECTED alternates with Ready For menus press D The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it 1 To enable writing to the flash memory turn off write protection by using HP Web Jetadmin 2 To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on INC
283. ff write protection by using HP Web Jetadmin software 2 To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 273 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Ready Diagnostics mode To exit press Cancel Job button Description Action Receiving upgrade A firmware upgrade is in progress Do not turn the printer off until the printer returns to the Ready state REINSTALL lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press The cartridge is not fully seated 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press and Y to step through the instructions REMOVE ALL PRINT CARTRIDGES To exit press Cancel Job key The printer is executing a Component test and the Belt only component is selected Remove all of the print cartridges REMOVE AT LEAST 1 PRINT CARTRIDGE To exit press Cancel Job key The printer is executing a Disable cartridge check or Component test and Cartridge Motor component is selected Remove one print cartridge REPLACE lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press The identified print cartridge has reached its end of life Printing will not continue until the cartridge is replaced 1 Replace the identified print cartridge to continue printing Press for detailed information 3 Press A and Y to ste
284. following conditions m Are supply items within their rated life Does the configuration page reveal any configuration errors E NOTE The customer is responsible for checking supplies and for using supplies that are in good condition 258 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Pre troubleshooting checklist The list below describes basic questions to ask the customer to help quickly define the problem s Table 7 1 Pre troubleshooting checklist Environment np Is the printer installed on a solid level surface np Is the printer to particle matter or dust m Is the power supply voltage within 10 volts of the specified power source m Is the power supply plug inserted in the printer and the outlet m Is the operating environment within the specified parameters as listed in chapter 1 of this manual m Is the printer exposed to ammonia gas such as that produced by diazo copiers or office cleaning materials m Is the printer exposed to direct sunlight Media Does the customer use only supported media m Is the media in good condition contains no curls folds and so forth m Is the media stored correctly and within environmental limits Input trays m Is the amount of media in the tray within specifications m Is the media placed in the tray correctly m Are the paper guides aligned with the media m Is the cassette correctly installed in the printer Print cartridges m Is each print cartridge corre
285. fused onto the paper The image formation system consists of the following components Four laser scanners Four print cartridges ETB Fuser E roller Developing cylinder laser beam VDATA4 VDATA4 ch Bk cartridge VDATA3 VDATA3 d M cartridge VDATA2 VDATA2 AJ gt Y cartridge VDATA1 VDATAT H C cartridge tag roller E Memory Attaching Primary chargin Fuser oS Primary exposure LED Photosensitive drum Transfer charging roller ETB belt L o Memory controller PCA EENEG l f Print i command Formatter PCA VIDEO DC controller PCA i l signal f See l Figure 5 13 Image formation system 136 Chapter5 Theory of operation PRI ATT DEV TR High voltage power supply PCA ENWW Image formation process The image formation process consists of eleven steps divided among five functional blocks Electrostatic latent image formation block m Developing block m Transfer block m Fusing block a Cleaning block Figure 5 14 mage formation process illustrates the overall image formation process The image formation process steps are numbered from start to finish The following sections in this chapter d
286. g incorrectly placed out or low E NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels Press and then press for help 2 Follow the instructions on the control panel display to locate and replace the incorrect supply 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions Initializing This message appears when the No action is necessary printer is turned on as soon as the individual tasks begin to initialize Initializing This message appears when the No action is necessary permanent storage printer is turned on to show that permanent storage is being initialized INSERT OR CLOSE TRAY XX For help press Tray XX must be inserted or closed before the current job can be printed 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press and Y to step through the instructions INSTALL lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press The cartridge is either not installed or not correctly installed in the printer E NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels 1 Insert the cartridge or make sure that the cartridge is fully seated Press for detailed information 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 4 Ifthe error persists replace the cartridge 5 Verify that the connectors between the memory tag antenna memory controller board and the DC controller are seated correctly 6 Replace the antenna PCA for t
287. g 214 test page 420 frame type parameters Novell NetWare 77 front cover locating 4600 9 part number 465 510 518 removing 186 Full Calibrate Now 424 fuser assembly partnumbers 473 511 518 delivery sensor removing 235 drive assembly part numbers 473 483 511 518 drive unit removing 232 inlet paper sensor removing 234 locating 461 part numbers 491 power supply operations 124 power supply part numbers 463 475 511 517 power supply removing 230 fuser kit locating 91 page count resetting 383 425 part numbers 457 526 Index replacement intervals 87 replacing 97 fusing operations 148 166 troubleshooting 357 G glossy paper media specifications 20 printing on 24 gray settings Neutral Grays 349 Print in Grayscale 348 H halftone control hard disk features 131 file directory printing 369 396 initialization 422 models including 2 part numbers 455 heater temperature control heavy paper 25 Help drivers 68 high voltage contact blocks removing 228 high voltage power supply operations 127 part numbers 463 471 511 517 PCA locating 439 removing 225 HP customer care 41 453 HP Driver Preconfiguration 66 HP ImageREt 347 HP Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE 41 HP Jetdirect print servers configuring 77 connecting 59 EIO slots 62 installing 4600 and 4650 installing 4610n 116 models including 2 operating systems supported 63 part numbers 453 troubleshooting 363 wireless print
288. g Macintosh software 72 installing Windows software 71 operating systems supported 63 security 82 114 software 78 Windows sharing 72 wireless 64 Neutral Grays settings 349 noise specifications 18 nonvolatile memory initialization 421 operations 132 Novell NetWare frame type parameters configuring 77 NVRAM initialization 421 operations 132 O on off switch locating HP Color LaserJet 4600 9 HP Color LaserJet 4610n 10 HP Color LaserJet 4650 11 online Help drivers 68 operating environment specifications 14 18 operating systems supported 63 67 operations calibration 150 color plane registration control panel 133 CPU 131 DC controller circuit 121 density control 155 duplexer 167 engine control system 120 environment sensor 4610n and 4650 156 ETB electrostatic transfer transport belt 142 fans 122 formatter 129 fuser power supply 124 fuser delivery unit 166 heater temperature control 126 high voltage power supply 127 image stabilization control 155 image formation system 136 143 laser scanner 134 low voltage power supply memory 132 154 128 ENWW motors 122 parallel interface 131 pickup feed system 159 PJL 133 PowerSave mode 130 print cartridges 138 scanner motor control 135 sequence of 119 USB connection 131 ordering parts and supplies 39 452 OS 2 drivers 68 output bin delivery unit operations 166 full sensor removing 236 locating 4600 9 locating 4610n 10 locating 4650 11 ou
289. g m 29 74 41 50 61 68 110 g m 32 80 44 55 67 74 120 g m 36 90 50 62 75 83 135 g m 39 100 55 67 82 91 148 g m2 40 101 55 68 83 92 150 g m 43 110 60 74 90 100 163 g m2 45 115 63 77 94 104 170 g m 47 119 65 80 97 108 176 g m2 51 128 70 86 105 117 190 g m 53 134 74 90 110 122 199 g m 54 137 75 93 113 125 203 g m 58 146 80 98 120 133 216 g m 65 165 90 111 135 150 244 g m 66 169 92 114 138 154 250 g m 67 171 94 115 140 155 253 g m 70 178 98 120 146 162 264 g m 72 183 100 123 150 166 271 g m 28 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Environmental product stewardship program ENWW Protecting the environment Hewlett Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on the environment Ozone production This product generates no appreciable ozone gas Os Power consumption Power usage drops significantly while in PowerSave mode which saves natural resources and saves money without affecting the high performance of this printer As an ENERGY STAR partner Hewlett Parkard has determined this product meets the ENERGY STAR for energy efficiency ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR is a U S registered service mark of the U S Environmental Protection Agency As an ENERGY STAR partner Hewlett Packard Company has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR Guidelines for energy efficiency For mor
290. g the printer operation Using PowerSave Connecting to a computer Printer drivers Software for Macintosh computers Installing the printing system software Network configuration Software for networks HP Web Jetadmin UNIX Utilities Embedded Web server HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only Setting network security on the printer 43 Unpacking the printer E NOTE Save all the packing materials in case you need to repack and transport the printer at a later date WARNING The HP Color LaserJet 4600 4610 4650 Series printer weighs approximately 36 kg 80 Ib HP recommends having two or more people lift or move the printer 1 Do not cut the straps Open the top flaps of the packing box Detach the straps from the top flaps and lay them on the floor G Ge 44 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW 2 Lift the box frame up and off of the printer 3 HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only If the printer has an optional 500 sheet paper feeder it is packaged on top of the printer Lift the 500 sheet paper feeder from the package and place it in the prepared location ENWW Unpacking the printer 45 4 Remove the shipping blocks accessory packs and inner cardboard frame that surround the printer 5 Lift the printer from the packaging pallet and place it in the prepared location CAUTION Do not attempt to lift the printer by yourself At least two pe
291. h Ready The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to store something on the file system The attempt was unsuccessful because the file system is full Use HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the flash memory and then try again To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on FLASH IS WRITE PROTECTED To clear press D alternates with Ready The file system device is protected and no new files can be written to it To enable writing to the flash memory turn off write protection by using HP Web Jetadmin To remove this message from the control panel display turn the printer off and then on INCORRECT lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press An incorrect cartridge is installed in a slot and the cover is closed E NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels Press and then press for help Press A and Y to step through the instructions 282 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action Incorrect The wrong PIN was typed Type the correct PIN After three incorrect PIN entries the printer returns to Ready INCORRECT SUPPLIES At least one supply item is incorrectly 1 For status press D positioned in the printer and another supply item is missin
292. h shutter C cartridge DA O Registration welt La gt SLI o PS2 V PS1 on Vt SW1 o0 SW2 oo 7 Sw3 e0 7 Cassette pickup roller Feed roller Multipurpose tray pickup roller Figure 5 33 Pickup feed system ENWW Pickup feed system 159 The pickup feed system has the following physical components PS1 Cassette paper sensor PS2 Multipurpose tray paper sensor PS3 Paper leading edge sensor top of page PS4 OHT sensor PS11 Fuser inlet paper sensor PS12 Fuser delivery sensor PS13 output bin full sensor SW1 Cassette paper size detection switch SW2 Cassette paper size detection switch SW3 Cassette paper size detection switch M1 Cyan drum motor M2 Yellow drum motor M3 Magenta drum motor M4 Black drum motor M5 Pickup motor M6 ETB motor M8 Fuser motor SL1 Cassette pickup solenoid SL2 Multipurpose tray pickup solenoid Figure 5 34 Pickup feed system illustrates the pickup feed system which can be divided into three units Pickup feed unit From the point the media is picked from the tray until it reaches the fuser a Fuser delivery unit From the fuser to the output bin W Duplex feed unit From the output bin to the registration shutter at the bottom of the ETB 160 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Fuser Delivery unit Duplex feed unit k Pickup Feed unit Paper path for simplex printing Paper path for dup
293. hat the printer configuration information can be restored from the flash memory to the NVRAM After installing the replacement formatter and DC controller perform a full calibration procedure three times See Quick Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Formatter new or previously installed in another printer The HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models store printer configuration information in the flash memory The flash memory from the removed formatter must be installed on the replacement formatter so that the printer configuration information for example the duplexing option page counts and serial number can be restored to the formatter and the DC controller After replacing the formatter and installing the flash memory turn the printer power on When the READY message appears on the control panel display you must wait five minutes before using the printer so that the printer configuration information can be restored from the flash memory to the NVRAM EA NOTE The transfer kit page count is not reset by replacing the formatter Replacement parts configuration HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 329 After installing the replacement formatter perform a full calibration procedure three times See Quick Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models DC Controller new or previously installed in another printer After replacing the DC controller turn the printer power on When the READY me
294. he indicated color 7 Replace the memory controller PCA 8 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models INSTALL FUSER For help press The fuser is either not installed or not correctly installed in the printer 1 Insert the fuser or make sure that the installed fuser is fully seated Press for detailed information ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 283 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions If the error persists verify that fuser connector J4034 is good Replace that connector if necessary Replace the fuser assembly Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models INSTALL SUPPLIES For status press Gei At least one supply item is missing or is not correctly seated in the printer and another supply item is missing incorrectly placed out or low Insert the supply item or make sure that the installed supply item is fully seated E NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels Press and then press for help Follow the instructions on the control panel display to locate and r
295. he J203 connector last ENWW Internal components 231 Fuser drive unit 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Left cover See Left cover e Control panel See Control panel 2 From the left side of the printer at the top and front of the chassis unhook the white tab that holds the hinge cover in place and remove the hinge cover This tab is located above and to the right of the black drum drive unit 3 On the DC controller disconnect the three connectors J1002 J1030 and J1034 4 Remove twoe screws callout 1 232 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Disconnect the connector callout 2 and then remove one screw callout 3 This connector is hidden in Figure 6 67 Remove the fuser drive unit 2 of 2 It is on the rear left side of the fuser drive unit Figure 6 67 Remove the fuser drive unit 2 of 2 6 Remove the fuser drive unit from the printer 7 Remove the screw that attaches the hinge unit and remove the hinge unit from the fuser drive ENWW Internal components 233 Fuser inlet paper sensor 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Fuser See Replacing the fuser 2 Unhook two tabs callout 1 they are on the front of the sensor 3 Disconnect the connector directly in front of those tabs this con
296. he guides To change type against the media and close the tray press D Use A and Y to highlight the media size and then press to select TRAY xx The printer is reporting the current To change the media type press lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt Size specified by user alternates with TRAY xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To change type press configuration of tray xx The tray switch is in the CUSTOM position Use A and Y to highlight the type and then press to select To change the media size to Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal set the tray switch to the STANDARD position and adjust the guides to the correct positions To change the media size to other sizes leave the tray switch in the CUSTOM position adjust the guides against the media and close the tray ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 277 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 4 Select the paper handling menu from the control panel Configure the size for the tray TYPE MISMATCH TRAY xx lt TYPE gt alternates with Ready To enter menus press La Unable to store job lt JOBNAME gt USE INSTEAD TRAY 2 lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt TRAY 3 lt TYPE gt This warning appears after the printer has detected an overhead transparency in the paper path when the tray is configured for another type This results i
297. he parallel connection and the USB connection at the same time To establish a parallel connection connect the printer to the computer by using a bidirectional parallel cable IEEE 1284 C Plug that connector into the printer s parallel port The cable can be a maximum of 10 meters 30 feet long When used to describe a parallel interface the term bidirectional indicates that the printer is able to both receive data from the computer and send data to the computer through the parallel port Figure 3 2 Parallel port connection HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ENWW Connecting to a computer 57 E NOTE To use the enhanced capabilities of the bidirectional parallel interface ensure that the most recent printer driver is installed These enhanced capabilities include bidirectional communication between the computer and printer faster transfer of data and automatic configuration of printer drivers USB configuration HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models This printer supports a USB 1 1 connection The port is located on the back of the printer as shown in Figure 3 3 USB connection You must use an A to B type USB cable E NOTE USB support is not available for computers running Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 5 You cannot use the parallel connection and the USB connection at the same time Figure 3 3 USB connection 1 USB connector 2 USB port Auxiliary connection
298. he rear top cover 1 of 3 3 Insert a flat blade screwdriver between the rear top cover and side cover on the right side of the printer 4 Lift the screwdriver slightly to disengage the tabs callout 2 in Figure 6 6 Remove the rear top cover 2 of 3 on the right side of the printer ENWW Covers and external components 181 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the left side tabs callout 2 in Figure 6 7 Remove the rear top cover 3 of 3 on the left side of the top rear cover and then remove the rear top cover Figure 6 7 Remove the rear top cover 3 of 3 182 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Left cover 1 ENWW Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover Open the front cover and then Remove one screw callout 1 and disengage the locking tabs callout 2 Figure 6 8 Remove the left cover 1 of 2 Figure 6 9 Remove the left cover 2 of 2 Tilt the top of the cover away from the printer and remove it sl Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the left cover be sure to insert the two hooks that Sr are along the bottom edge of the cover into the holes in the printer chassis Covers and external components 183 Right cover 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover 2 Open the front cover 3 Remove one screw cal
299. heir normal end of life access the resets menu and reset the counter to zero See Quick Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Message Description Action Access denied An attempt has been made to modify a Contact the printer administrator to menu item but the printer administrator change settings MENUS LOCKED has enabled the control panel security mechanism The message will disappear shortly and the printer will return to the READY or BUSY state BAD OPTIONAL TRAY CONNECTION The 500 sheet input tray is not making 1 Verify that the printer is on a level a sufficient connection with the printer surface 2 Turn the printer off 2 Reseat the printer on the 500 sheet input tray 4 Ifthe printer is on the optional printer stand make sure that the support straps are attached to the rear of the stand and the printer 5 Turn the printer on after reseating the 500 sheet input tray Calibrating The printer is calibrating No action is necessary Canceling The printer is in the process of No action is necessary canceling a job The message will continue to appear while the job is stopped the paper path flushed and any remaining incoming data on the active data channel is received and discarded Checking paper path The engine is turning its
300. hile the printer is calibrating because you be required to power cycle the printer If a jam message appears on the control panel display during testing activate the door switch Information menu From the Information menu the following pages can be printed Print Menu Map Use this item to print the control panel menu map which shows the layout and current settings of the control panel menu items Print Configuration Use this item to help troubleshoot printer problems or to verify installation of optional accessories such as memory DIMMs for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models and DDRs for the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models trays and printer languages Print Supplies Status Page Use this item to print a page that shows the remaining life of the supplies Supplies Status Use this item to view a page that shows the supplies status in a searchable list on the control panel display Print Usage Page Use this item to print a page that shows a count of all media sizes that have passed through the printer and lists whether they were simplex duplex monochrome or color and reports page count Print Demo Use this item to print a demonstration page Print RGB Samples Use this item to print color samples for different RGB values HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Print CMYK Samples Use this item to print color samples for different CMYK values HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 418 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW
301. his section to identify and resolve the problem ENWW Multiple pages are fed The following table describes the causes of and solutions for multiple pages feeding Table 7 14 Causes for multiple pages feeding Cause Solution The separation tabs in the cassette are damaged tray 2 tray 3 or tray 3 4 2 x 500 sheet feeder NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n does not support tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 Tray 3 tray 4 is supported only on the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models E Straighten the tabs on the front corners of the tray or replace the cassette The multipurpose tray separation pad is worn Replace the separation pad assembly The multipurpose tray separation pad has a defective spring Make sure that the spring is set in place If the spring is damaged replace the separation pad assembly Media is wrinkled or folded To diagnose the cause of wrinkled or folded media use the Print Stop test in the Diagnostics menu Adjust the stop time to stop the media before it enters the fuser Open the ETB If the media is wrinkled at this stage use Table 7 16 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part two paper path exit to diagnose the problem If the media is not wrinkled at this stage use Table 7 15 Causes for wrinkled or folded media part one paper path entrance to diagnose the problem Table 7 15 Causes for wrinkled or folded media part one paper path entrance Cause Solut
302. his step LED Primary charging 2 roller Photosensitive drum Figure 5 20 Primary exposure ENWW Image formation system 143 Step 2 Primary charging To prepare for latent image formation a uniform negative potential is applied to the photosensitive drum surface The primary charging roller is made of a conductive rubber A dc bias is applied to the primary charging roller to maintain uniform potential on the drum surface Figure 5 21 Primary charging illustrates this step Primary charging ENS roller W drum Ge 7 DC bias TIF yY Figure 5 21 Primary charging Step 3 Laser beam exposure As the laser beam scans the drum surface it neutralizes the negative charge to form the the electrostatic latent image The remaining areas where the laser beam has not struck retain a negative charge Figure 5 22 Laser beam exposure illustrates this step Photosensitive gt Laser beam gt Figure 5 22 Laser beam exposure 144 Chapter5 Theory of operation ba Unexposed area ENWW ENWW Development block The second part of the image formation process is the development block where toner is transferred onto the electrostatic latent image on the surface of the photosensitive drum to create a visible image This printer uses a contact development method that keeps the developing cylinder in contact with the drum pushing the
303. hlight INFORMATION 2 Press to select INFORMATION 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT PS FONT LIST 5 Press to select PRINT PS FONT LIST The message PRINTING PS FONT LIST appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the PS fonts list page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the PS font list page E NOTE The PS font list page for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models contains the same PS font list page information as the page shown in Figure 7 14 PS font list page hp color LaserJet 4650 printers Di Albers Extra Bald M antique Olive Gold Figure 7 14 PS font list page RGB samples page HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The RGB samples page is used for RGB color matching on the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 1 Press MENU to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 3 Press to select INFORMATION 398 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW 4 5 Press Y to highlight PRINT RGB SAMPLES Press to select PRINT RGB SAMPLES The message PRINTING RGB SAMPLES appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the RGB samples page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the RGB samples page invent SSES CSS Figure 7 15 RGB samples page HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models CMYK samples page HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 only The CMYK samples page is used for C
304. hol Cleaning spilled toner Defective print cartridges can develop leaks Also after a paper jam has occurred some toner might remain on the rollers and guides inside the printer The pages that print immediately after the jam can pick up this toner Use a vacume that is designed for picking up fine particles See Vacuum specifications CAUTION When cleaning the printer do not touch the ETB with the damp cloth or with your fingers Vacuum specifications Do not vacuum the printer or any spilled toner using a conventional vacuum Toner particles used in this product might be too fine for effective vacuuming and could result in damage to conventional vacuums A vacuum specifically designed for cleaning toner can be used if it is capable of filtering fine particles 5 microns in diameter 86 Chapter 4 Maintenance ENWW Approximate replacement intervals for supply items You can identify supply items by their labeling and their blue plastic handles For instructions about installing supplies see the installation guides that come with each supply item The following table lists the approximate replacement intervals for printer supply items and shows the control panel messages that prompt you to replace each item ENWW Approximate replacement intervals for supply items 87 Table 4 1 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items Supply item Printer message Page counts Approximate replacement interval T
305. ht NEW TRANSFER KIT Press to select NEW TRANSFER KIT 10 Press Y to highlight YES 11 Press to reset the transfer unit count Replacing the fuser Replace the fuser when a REPLACE FUSER KIT message appears on the control panel display E NOTE Ifyou replace the fuser when it is not at the end of life for example if it is defective ENWW you will need to calibrate the printer and reset the fuser count through the control panel See Replacing the fuser when it is not at end of life Turn the printer off Use the side handles to open the top cover Ai WARNING The fuser might be hot Wait 10 minutes before proceeding Completely loosen the blue thumb screws on each side of the fuser Replacing supply items 97 4 Grasp the ends and pull straight up to remove the fuser 5 Remove the new fuser from the bag Place the used fuser in the bag for recycling See the enclosed recycling guide for recycling instructions 6 Grasp the sides of the fuser and push down firmly into the printer 8 Close the top cover and turn the printer on After a short while a NEW FUSER KIT message appears on the control panel display 9 Press Y to highlight YES 10 Press to reset the fuser count 98 Chapter 4 Maintenance ENWW ENWW Replacing the fuser when it is not at end of life If you replace the fuser when it is not at the end of its life for example if it is defective you will need to reset the fuser c
306. ia that is loaded in the tray For example select HIGH GLOSS HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only when loading high gloss laser paper 3 Inthe software program or the printer driver set the media type to match the media type that is loaded in the tray E NOTE For the best print quality always verify that the media type that is selected on the printer control panel and the media type that is selected in the software program or printer driver match the type of media that is loaded in the tray Transparencies When printing on transparencies use the following guidelines Handle transparencies by the edges Oils from your fingers that are deposited on the transparency can cause print quality problems m Use only overhead transparencies that are recommended for use in this printer Hewlett Packard Company recommends using HP Color LaserJet Transparencies with this printer HP products are designed to work together for optimum printing results a In either the software program or the driver select TRANSPARENCY as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for transparencies CAUTION Transparencies that are not designed for LaserJet printing will melt in the printer causing damage to the printer Table 1 10 Printing on transparencies Description Specifications Electrical surface resistivity 2 0 to 15 ohms by 10 ohms per square inch Fusing compatibility Materials must not discolor melt offset or re
307. ical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action STORAGE ERROR To continue press 1 removable disk flash or hard 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL For help press alternates with 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL To continue press A non volatile storage device is full Pressing should clear the message Printing can continue but unexpected behavior might occur X Description 0 on board NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard Press to continue For 68 0 errors turn the printer off and then on If a 68 0 error persists perform an NVRAM intitialization For 68 1 errors use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the disk drive If a 68 1 errors persists reinitialize the hard disk 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE WRITE FAIL To continue press Ka A non volatile storage device is failing to write Pressing should clear the message Printing can continue but unexpected behavior might occur X Description 0 on board NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard Press to continue Turn the printer off and then on If the problem persists initialize NVRAM Reinitialize the hard disk 79 XXXX PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on A critical hardware error has occurred Turn the printer off and then on If the problem persists reseat the firmware DIMM Reseat the formatter Replace the fi
308. icating the wrong paper size to the formatter a Defective paper sensors along the paper path might falsely signal a jam Scraps of media that remain in the paper path can cause intermittent jams Always check that the paper path is clear when cleaning the printer and when clearing jams Also remove the fuser and carefully check it for debris from jams Jams in tray 1 The following table describes the cause of and solution for jams in tray 1 Table 7 8 Causes for jams in tray 1 Cause Solution The pickup roller is dirty worn or damaged Clean the pickup roller If it is still dirty after cleaning or if it is worn or damaged replace the pickup roller The separation pad is defective Clean the separation pad If it is still dirty after cleaning or if it is worn or damaged replace the separation pad The drive gears are damaged Check the drive gears in the paper pickup unit Replace the pickup drive assembly if the gears are damaged The multipurpose tray pickup solenoid is defective 1 Disconnect the connector J1020 for the multipurpose tray pickup solenoid from the DC controller PCA 2 Measure the resistance between the cable side connectors J1020 11 and J1020 10 3 Ifthe measured resistance is not about 160 ohms replace the multipurpose tray pickup solenoid The pickup motor is defective Replace the paper pickup drive assembly The paper pickup assembly is defective Replace the paper pickup assembly
309. ich input tray to use specify whether to use the duplex path and specify the number of copies to print Multiple copies can be printed to help isolate intermittent problems The following options become available after you start the diagnostic feature Print test page Run the paper path test from the default settings tray 2 no duplex and one copy To specify other settings scroll down the menu and select the setting and then scroll back up and select PRINT TEST PAGE to start the test Source Select tray 1 tray 2 tray 3 if the single 500 sheet paper feeder or the 2 x 500 sheet feeder is installed or tray 4 if the 2 x 500 sheet feeder is installed E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n does not support tray 3 or tray 3 4 Duplex Enable or disable 2 sided printing HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only u Copies Set the numbers of copies to be printed the choices are 1 10 50 100 or 500 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 2 Press to select DIAGNOSTICS Press Y to highlight PAPER PATH TEST Press to select PAPER PATH TEST O a P Select the paper path test options when the printer prompts you Sensor Test Special mode test Use this diagnostic test to test the printer sensors and switches Each sensor is represented by a letter and number on the control panel display See Table 7 50 S
310. ick paper mode Thick paper Full color normal Monochrome Label paper mode Adhesive labels Full color 1 2 speed Monochrome Auto mode Plain paper Full color Automatically adjusts for media m OHT Monochrome Pickup feed system 165 The DC controller determines a media mismatch ejects the media and stops the printer in the following situations m When OHT is detected and the printer is set to either thick paper or gloss mode m When plain paper is detected and the printer is set to OHT mode However if the printer is set to plain paper mode and OHT is detected the DC controller will automatically switch the printer to OHT mode and printing continues normally Fuser delivery unit The fuser delivery unit consists of the fuser which melts the toner and presses it onto the media and the delivery unit which feeds the sheets into the output bin The sequence of events is as follows 1 The ETB carries a sheet of media with transferred toner into the fuser 2 The fuser motor adjusts its speed to maintain even tension on the media as it enters the fuser 3 The fuser melts the individual toner particles The fuser sleeve and pressure roller mix the liquefied toner and press it onto the media to create the appropriate color 4 The media passes from the fuser into the output bin A sensor in the output bin detects when the bin is full The DC controller will stop the printer after the current print job is complete 166 Chapter5 Theory of ope
311. ickup assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only 504 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 25 2 x 500 sheet feeder upper paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only Description Part number 2 x 500 sheet feeder upper paper pickup assembly 4650 Only RG5 7529 000CN ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 505 Figure 8 24 2 x 500 sheet feeder lower paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only 506 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 26 2 x 500 sheet feeder lower paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only Description Part number 2 x 500 sheet feeder lower paper pickup assembly 4650 Only RG5 7530 000CN ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 507 Alphabetical parts list Table 8 27 Alphabetical parts list Description 2 x 500 lower cassette 4650 Only Part number RG5 7534 000CN Table and page 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 2 x 500 paper feeder driver PCA assembly 4650 Only RG5 7518 000CN 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 2 x 500 upper cassette 4650 Only RG5 7535 000CN 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 2 x 500 sheet feeder lower paper pickup assembly 4650 Only RG5 7530 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder lower paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 4650 models only 2 x 500 sheet feeder upper paper pickup assembly 4650 Only
312. ies DEFAULT PAPER SIZE A list of available sizes appears Use this item to set the default media DEFAULT CUSTOM PAPER SIZE UNIT OF MEASURE size This setting applies only to print jobs that do not have a paper size specified in the program or printer driver Use this item to set the default size for any job without dimensions x DIMENSION Y DIMENSION DUPLEX OFF Use this item to enable or disable the duplex function on models that have E NOTE This setting is not ON duplexing capability available for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer DUPLEX BINDING LONG EDGE This item appears only if the duplexer is installed and if DUPLEX is set to ON 99 Sege NOTE This setting is not CH g E available for the HP Color SHORTERGE Se E GE e SECH ges of LaserJet 4610n printer i paper O USE ODIO CUPIS print jobs OVERRIDE A4 LETTER NO Use this item to set the printer to print an A4 job on letter size paper when no YES A4 paper is loaded MANUAL FEED ON Use this item to feed paper manually from tray 1 rather than automatically OFF from a tray If MANUAL FEED ON and tray 1 is empty the printer goes offline when it receives a print job MANUALLY FEED PAPER SIZE appears on the printer control panel display COURIER FONT REGULAR Use this item to select a version of the Courier font DARK REGULAR The internal Courier font that is available on the HP LaserJet 4 series printers Control panel troubleshooting
313. ies removing 224 cover plate removing 220 operations 134 part numbers 473 512 517 retaining bars removing 222 LaserJet Tough paper 26 LaserJet Utility Macintosh 69 72 LED formatter 400 left cover partnumber 465 512 516 removing 183 letterhead 26 life expectancies supplies 87 light print troubleshooting 352 lines troubleshooting 355 links embedded Web server Linux support downloading drivers 68 networks 64 LocalTalk networks 64 locking control panel menus 82 log event 383 403 low voltage power supply operations 128 partnumbers 463 475 512 517 PCA locating 439 removing 215 LSTR period 119 387 M Macintosh customer support 42 drivers supported 67 installing network software 72 installing software 74 networks supported 64 software included 69 Manual color settings 348 manuals 42 457 matching colors 345 346 media colored paper 24 default size 427 driver settings 66 envelopes 24 glossy paper 24 heavy paper 25 labels 25 letterhead 26 multi feeds troubleshooting 341 part numbers 454 pickup feed operations 159 Index 527 preprinted forms 26 recycled paper 27 size detection operations 162 172 skewed troubleshooting 342 special printingon 23 specifications 20 speed control 165 tough paper 26 transparencies 23 troubleshooting 22 troubleshooting print quality 343 weight equivalence table 28 wrinkled troubleshooting 341 media jams See jams memory base 2 enabling 4600 10
314. ight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE O a A Press Y to highlight SYSTEM SETUP 7 Press to select SYSTEM SETUP 8 Press Y to highlight LANGUAGE 9 Press to select LANGUAGE 10 Press Y to highlight the appropriate language and then press to select and save the language choice ENWW Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 53 Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 4650 models E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer control panel is available in English only You do not need to install an overlay or a label for this model For HP CLJ 4600 models see Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Some printer models are shipped without the control panel labels installed or you might prefer using a different label from the one that is installed Labels are available for several languages and you can change the language for control panel messages If you are setting up a printer for a language other than English follow this procedure 1 Remove the backing from the adhesive side of the label 2 Position the new label over the top of the control panel 3 Press the label firmly down onto the control panel E NOTE When applying the label start at the center and press the label into place towards the edges of the control panel Press MENU to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE O oa A Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE
315. image density and issues an image density sensor out of guaranteed range warning to the formatter If the sensor receives no reflected light the DC controller stops the printer and issues a density sensor abnormality warning to the formatter DC controller PCB A owal Za SAJ OZ SCHER PES z SIS a 5 D N a Zo Ve Lu Oa BR Sensor L wears Ge g Se s tection pattern ETB belt Figure 5 32 Image density detection ENWW Pickup feed system The pickup feed system picks media from the input trays and carries it along the paper path The printer has one multipurpose tray tray 1 and one 500 sheet cassette tray 2 A second 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 is available only for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 4600n 4650 4650n and 4650dn models it is standard on the 4600dn 4600dtn 4600hdn 4650dtn models The HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn has 2 x 500 sheet feeder tray 3 tray 4 assembly Sensors detect the presence of media in each of these trays Switches detect the size of the media Motors and solenoids drive the various feed rollers E4 NOTE The 2 x 500 sheet feeder is only available for the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models Three photo sensors detect the progress of media along the paper path If media does not reach or pass one of these sensors within a specified time the DC controller determines a jam and notifies the formatter Figure 5 33 Pickup feed system illustrates this s
316. indrical lens A Scanner driver r a a Scanner motor Laser driver PCA Focusing lens DERAN Photosensitive drum Figure 5 11 Laser scanner system 134 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Scanner motor control The scanner motor control rotates the scanner motor in order to place the laser beam at the correct position on the photosensitive drum Figure 5 12 Scanner motor control circuit shows the circuit diagram for the scanner motor control E NOTE on the control panel display If a scanner motor error occurs the print engine stops and an error message appears DC controller PCA IC1012 CPU Figure 5 12 Scanner motor control circuit J1009 J4O2A 1 6 2 Ge a BD PCA 24VA 24VA Scanner motor A JAO03A l na i Scanner driver IC Vv 1 l S 1 y2 ACC 3 gt l Frequency Integrator Drive comparator 3 DEC E circuit circuit gt 1 l l 1 LA l4 1 Standard a gt Ke l l 1 Clock de l rr i X1000 Frequency 5 l divider T i ASIC IC1014 l Scanner motor driver PCA l Laser scanner assembly 135 Image formation system The image formation system is the central hub of the printer Figure 5 13 Image formation system shows the image formation system During image formation an image of colored toner is formed and then
317. ine resets Use the following procedures when you perform engine resets Cold reset A cold reset unlocks menus that have been locked and resets control panel variables However it does not clear the values in the Service menu such as the serial number and page counts A WARNING Performing a cold reset erases all of the ElO card information To perform a cold reset 1 Turn the printer on 2 As the printer performs its power on sequence press and hold HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models until all three lights on the control panel are lit 3 When SELECT LANGUAGE appears on the control panel display press A until COLD RESET appears on the control panel display 4 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The printer performs a cold reset and then continues its power on sequence NVRAM initialization A CAUTION Initializing NVRAM resets the serial number the event log the page counts the calibration settings and the EIO card Use the Service menu to restore the serial number and page counts You also need to reconfigure any computers that print to this printer to recognize the printer Initialize NVRAM only when absolutely necessary In most situations use a cold reset to reset printer variables but still retain the needed values in the Service menu Before initializing NVRAM print a configuration page and a supplies stat
318. ing 64 157 349 126 114 HP LaserJet Tough paper 26 HP LaserJet Utility Macintosh 69 72 HP Open VMS drivers 68 HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program 29 HP Technical Training 453 HP Toolbox features 80 ordering supplies 39 HP Web Jetadmin 78 humidity environment sensor operations 4610n and 4650 122 156 environmental specifications 14 18 l I O menu 380 I O operations 131 IBM OS 2 drivers 68 image formation operations 143 troubleshooting 343 image fuser kit See fuser kit image quality troubleshooting after jams 345 blank images 353 blank spots 357 blurring 358 color 345 350 352 353 356 dark print 353 defects 351 diagnostics pages 345 dirty pages 354 dots 354 fusing poor 357 light print 352 lines 355 media 343 misplaced images 358 pages printing 403 repetitive defects 359 smearing 358 tools 4610n and 4650 Web sites 343 Web sites for print quality 343 image stabilization control 155 image transfer kit See transfer kit ETB 343 ENWW image formation operations 136 ImageREt 347 imaging drum See drum Information menu 369 information pages 388 Information tab embedded Web server 386 initializing hard disk 422 NVRAM 421 input output operations 131 installation connecting power cord 50 connecting toa computer 57 control panel overlay 53 189 flash memory card 4610n and 4650 109 HP Jetdirect print servers 4600 and 4650 114 HP Jetdirect print servers 4610n 116 M
319. int Quality menu See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 2 Ifthe message persists verify the cables are seated correctly and the connector J1024 is making good contact with the DC controller 3 Replace the color registration detection unit 4 Ifthe message persists replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models DATA RECEIVED To print last page press D The printer received data and is waiting for a form feed When the printer receives another file the message should disappear Press to continue Deleting The printer is currently deleting the No action is necessary stored job DETECTABLE SIZE A tray has been loaded with media that 1 Press for detailed information is a standard size and the switch in the IN TRAY xx tray is set to custom For help press 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 280 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action alternates with DETECTABLE SIZE IN TRAY xx Recommend move switch to STANDARD DISK DEVICE FAILURE alternates with Ready For menus press D A device failure has occurred on the specified drive 1 Printing can continue for jobs that do not require access to
320. intosh users as well as for network administrators These programs are summarized in the following table Windows Macintosh OS Network administrator m Software installer automates the m PostScript Printer Description files HP Web Jetadmin a browser printing system installation PPDs for use with the Apple based system management tool PostScript drivers that comes with See www hp com go webjetadmin Online Web registration the Mac OS for the latest HP Web Jetadmin software m HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet HP LaserJet Utility available from 4650 models only the Internet a printer HP Jetdirect Printer Installer for management utility for Mac OS UNIX available for download users from www hp com support net_printing m HP Toolbox for Mac OS X V10 2 and later HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only Embedded Web server HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only 81 Setting network security on the printer This printer features control panel locking which allows network administrators to prevent users from changing certain printer control panel settings When a menu is locked unauthorized users trying to change settings at the printer control panel will see the following message ACCESS DENIED MENUS LOCKED Administrators can use HP Web Jetadmin software the HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh or an ASCII escape sequence to perform this procedure For instructions to lock the printer control pan
321. invent HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer Service Manual invent Copyright 2005 Copyright Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws The information in this document is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be held liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Part number Q3668 90970 Edition 1 02 2005 Trademarks Adobe Adobe Photoshop PostScript and the Acrobat logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries regions Corel is a trademark of the Corel Corporation or Corel Corporation Limited Linux is a U S registered trademark of Linus Trovalds Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation PANTONE is Pantone Inc s check standard trademark for color UNIX is a registered trademark of the Open Group ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR is a U S registered service mark of the United States Environmental Protection Agency Safety Information WARNING Potential Shock Ha
322. ion The registration shutter is defective Make sure that the registration shutter is clean and moves smoothly If the registration shutter is worn or damaged replace the paper pickup assembly The feed roller or registration roller is dirty or defective The paper path has foreign substances or dirt Replace the paper pickup assembly Remove any foreign substances or dirt from the paper path If the feed guide is damaged replace the paper pickup assembly The cartridge shutter open close mechanism is damaged This applies to jams in which paper is crumpled into an accordion fold somewhere on the ETB belt The shutters in each print cartridge should open as you close the ETB If a shutter does not open replace that print cartridge Also check for a damaged shutter mechanism in the printer Table 7 16 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part two paper path exit Cause Solution The fuser inlet guide is dirty Clean the fuser inlet guide Media transport troubleshooting 341 Table 7 16 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper part two paper path exit continued Cause Solution The fuser pressure roller is dirty or damaged Clean the pressure roller If the pressure roller is damaged replace the fuser The fuser sleeve is dirty or damaged Clean the fuser sleeve If the fuser sleeve is damaged replace the fuser The fuser delivery roller is dirty Clean the fuser delivery
323. ion sensor PS10 ETB speed sensor PS11 Fuser inlet paper sensor PS12 Fuser delivery sensor PS13 Output bin paper full sensor ENWW Diagrams 433 Figure 7 37 Sensors 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 Feed sensor SR3 2 Upper cassette paper sensor SR1 3 Lower cassette paper sensor SR2 434 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Solenoids A Figure 7 38 Location of solenoids Table 7 56 Solenoids Name Function SL1 Cassette pickup solenoid paper pickup drive assembly SL2 Multipurpose tray pickup solenoid paper pickup drive assembly ENWW Diagrams 435 Figure 7 39 Solenoids on the paper pickup unit Figure 7 40 Solenoids 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 Upper cassette pickup solenoid SL1 2 Lower cassette pickup solenoid SL2 436 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Motors and fans CLJ 4650 Figure 7 41 Location of motors and fans Table 7 57 Motors and fans Name Function M1 Cyan drum motor M2 Yellow drum motor M3 Magenta drum motor M4 Black drum motor M5 Paper pickup motor M6 ETB motor M7 Developing disengaging motor M8 Fuser motor FAN1 Formatter fan FAN2 Cartridge fan FAN3 Power supply fan HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only ENWW Diagrams 437 QoL Figure 7 42 Motor 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 2 x 500 sheet
324. ion switches shows how the switches are stacked Table 5 6 Cassette paper size detection Paper size Paper size detection switch swt SW2 SW3 A4 on off off B5 on on off A5 on off on Letter off on on Legal off off on Executive off on off Custom on on on No cassette off off off Although the cassette determines the paper size by reading the switches it is possible that the user can select a different size from what is loaded creating an error in paper size detection The paper leading edge sensor detects when the leading edge and the trailing edge of a sheet pass it By measuring the time between the passing of the leading edge and trailing edge the sensor can determine the actual size of the sheet If this measured size differs from the size specified by the formatter or the switch combination the DC controller determines a mismatch The sheet is ejected from the printer and the printer stops SWI eo SW2 lo 0 SW3 o0 Figure 5 35 Cassette paper size detection switches 162 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Overhead transparency detection In order to prevent print quality problems the printer prints more slowly on overhead transparencies OHT than on plain paper A sensor above the paper leading edge sensor detects an OHT and signals the DC controller to slow the motors accordingly The OHT sensor uses a light transmitter and light receiver to detect the presence of
325. ith the HP Jetdirect print server LocalTalk configuration Use LocalTalk interface to print directly from a standalone Macintosh computer or from a Macintosh computer on a LocalTalk network For specific information about configuring the computer and printer to print through a LocalTalk interface see the printer getting started guide and the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide A NOTE For LocalTalk configuration the DIN 8 printer cable must be connected to the printer port on the Macintosh computer LocalTalk network configuration To connect the printer to a Macintosh computer on a LocalTalk network use the HP LocalTalk Cable Kit part number J4135A You will need a kit for each printer and an additional kit for each Macintosh computer on the network UNIX and Linux networks Use the HP Jetdirect printer installer for UNIX utility to set up the printer on HP UX or Sun Solaris networks For setup and management on UNIX or Linux networks use HP Web Jetadmin To obtain HP software for UNIX and Linux networks visit HP Customer Care online at www hp com support net_printing For other installation options that the HP Jetdirect print server supports see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide that is included with printers equipped with the HP Jetdirect print server Wireless printing Wireless networks offer a safe secure and cost effective alternative to traditional wired network connections
326. iver that came with your Macintosh computer To install the printing system software 1 Connect a USB cable between the USB port on the printer and the USB port on the computer Use a standard 2 meter USB cable 2 Close all software programs that are open or running 3 Insert the printer CD ROM into the CD ROM drive and run the installer The CD ROM menu runs automatically If the CD ROM menu does not run automatically double click the CD ROM icon on the desktop and then double click the Installer icon This icon is located in the Installer lt language gt folder of the Starter CD ROM where lt language gt is your language preference 4 Follow the instructions on the computer screen 74 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW 5 Restart the computer 6 For Mac OS 9 x and later a From HD Applications Utilities open the Apple Desktop Printer Utility b Double click Printer USB c Next to USB Printer Selection click Change d Select the printer click Auto Setup and then click Create e Click the Desktop Printer Icon that was just created f On the Printing menu click Set Default Printer For Mac OS X From HD Applications Utilities Print Center start the Print Center If the printer does not set up automatically do the following a Click Add Printer b From within the printer list select USB as the connection type c Select the printer and then click Add in the lower left corner 7 Printa Test Page or a p
327. kup solenoid 6 Replace the tray 3 pickup motor 7 Replace the tray 3 paper feeder PCA 8 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 13 20 00 JAM IN TOP A jam exists in the top cover area TI Press for detailed information about clearing the jam COVER AREA a 2 Press A and Y to step through the For help press instructions 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 4 Replace the fuser A WARNING The fuser might be hot 5 Check that the fuser paper sensor is in place and is functioning correctly If it is defective replace it 20 INSUFFICIENT The printer has received more data from TI Press M to resume printing the computer than fits in the available MEMORY memory 14 E NOTE A loss of data will For help press eee 2 Reduce the complexity of the print job alternates with to avoid this error 3 Adding memory to the printer may 20 INSUFFICIENT allow printing of more complex pages MEMORY To continue press D ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 301 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 22 EIO X The printer EIO card in slot X has Press to resume printing overflowed its I O buffer during a busy state BUFFER OVERFLOW 394 1 E NOTE A loss of da
328. l Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The fuser sleeve is scarred vertically All colors are affected Replace the fuser Horizontal lines This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for horizontal lines Table 7 30 Causes for horizontal lines Cause Solution The photosensitive drum has scars that run from end to end Replace the print cartridge for the affected color The fuser sleeve has scars that run from end to end Replace the fuser White horizontal lines This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for white horizontal lines Table 7 31 Causes for white horizontal lines Cause Solution The photosensitive drum has scars that run from end to end Replace the print cartridge for the affected color The ETB belt has horizontal scars Replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Missing color This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for missing color Table 7 32 Causes for a missing color Cause Solution A poor contact exists in the developing bias contacts of the high voltage PCA and the print cartridge Clean the contacts If they are still dirty after cleaning or if they are damaged replace the print cartridge or the
329. lable for either USB or parallel connections The adapter has a 10 meter operation range in the 2 5 GHz ISM band and can achieve data transfer rates up to 723 Kbps The device supports the following Bluetooth profiles a Hardcopy Cable Replacement Profile HCRP p Serial Port Profile SPP m Object Push Profile OPP Basic Imaging Profile BIP a Basic Printing Profile BPP with xHTML Print 1 The Bluetooth trademarks are owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett Packard company under licence Connecting to a computer 65 Printer drivers The optimal way to control the printer is by establishing settings in a software program or through the printer driver Changing print settings in a software program affects only that particular print job In most software programs you can select print settings from menus within the program Software program settings and printer driver settings override the settings on the printer control panel For best print quality always use the printer driver to select the paper or media type Different media types use different printer settings For example selecting transparencies in the driver causes the printer to use a color table that is designed for the best print quality on transparencies Selecting transparencies also causes the printer to adjust printer speed and fuser temperature Selecting heavy or glossy media for example causes the printer to change the engine speed The printer driver also gi
330. lease hazardous emissions when heated to 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second Caliper thickness 0 12 mm 0 0048 inch to 0 13 mm 0 0052 inch Print media 23 Glossy paper m In either the software program or the driver select GLOSSY HEAVY or HIGH GLOSS HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for glossy paper a Use the control panel to set the media type to GLOSSY for the input tray that is being used Because this setting affects all print jobs return the printer to its original settings after the job has printed E NOTE Hewlett Packard Company recommends using HP Color LaserJet High Gloss paper with the HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer HP products are designed to work together for optimum printing results If HP Color LaserJet High Gloss paper is not used with the printer print quality might be compromised Colored paper Colored paper should be of the same high quality as white xerographic paper Pigments used must be able to withstand the printer s fusing temperature of 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second without deterioration Do not use paper that contains a colored coating that was added after the paper was produced m The printer creates colors by printing patterns of dots overlaying and varying their spacing to produce various colors Varying the shade or color of the paper will affect the shades of the printed colors Printing images To obtain the bes
331. left pane 3 In the For field select the printer driver for this printer or select All Printers 4 Clear the options for the messages that you do not want to appear and select the options for the messages that you do want to appear 5 In Status check rate select how frequently you want the software to update the printer status information that the software uses to generate the messages Status Check Rate might not be available if the printer administrator has restricted the rights to this function To view status messages and information On the left side of the window select the printer for which you want to see information The information that is provided includes status messages supplies status and printer capabilities You can also click the Job History clock icon at the top of the window to view a list of previous jobs that were sent to the printer from your computer Printer information pages From the control panel you can print pages that give details about the printer and its current configuration Menu map The menu map shows the layout of the printer menus and current printer settings This can help you restore any user configured settings after the printer is serviced 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 3 Press to select INFORMATION 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT MENU MAP 5 Press to select PRINT
332. lel cable interface IEEE 1284 C compliant Callout 1 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer ENWW Model configurations 3 4 Chapter 1 Table 1 3 HP Color LaserJet 4650 model configurations continued HP Color LaserJet 4650n printer product number Q3669A The HP CLJ 4650n printer includes all of the features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 620n print server network card Callout 1 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4650n printer HP Color LaserJet 4650dn printer product number Q3670A HP Color LaserJet 4650dtn printer product number Q3671A The HP CLJ 4650dn printer includes all of the features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 620n print server network card and automatic 2 sided printing duplexing Callout 1 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4650dn printer The HP CLJ 4650ditn printer includes all of the features of the base model plus an HP Jetdirect 620n print server network card automatic 2 sided printing duplexing an additional 500 sheet feeder This model has 256 MB of DDR SDRAM plus 32 MB of additional memory on the formatter board for a total of 288 MB of memory Callout 2 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4650dtn printer HP Color LaserJet 4650hdn printer product number Q3672A The HP CLJ 4650hdn printer
333. lex printing Figure 5 34 Pickup feed system Pickup feed unit At the bottom of the paper path the pickup unit picks individual pieces of media from the trays Then the ETB carries the media to the top of the paper path The following sequence of events occurs 1 The formatter sends a print command to the DC controller which rotates the pickup motor the drum motors the ETB motor and the fuser motor 2 The cassette feed roller and registration roller rotate as the pickup motor starts to rotate 3 Media is picked from the cassette or multipurpose tray A separation claw in the cassette prevents picking multiple sheets of media A separation pad in the multipurpose tray prevents multiple sheets from feeding 4 The registration shutter corrects any skew in the media and the media is fed at a specified speed according to the size and type of the media 5 As the ETB carries the media past each print cartridge toner is transferred onto the media ENWW Pickup feed system 161 Cassette detection and cassette paper size detection The printer can sense whether the cassette tray 2 tray3 tray 4 is installed correctly and it can sense the size of the paper in the cassette Paper size detection switches at the back of the cassette send this information to the DC controller The DC controller determines which size is loaded by reading various switches See Table 5 6 Cassette paper size detection Figure 5 35 Cassette paper size detect
334. light POWERSAVE TIME Press to select POWERSAVE TIME Press A or Y to select the appropriate time period Press to set the time period Press Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models To turn PowerSave on or off 1 10 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press Y to highlight RESETS Press to select RESETS Press Y to highlight POWERSAVE Press to select POWERSAVE Press A or Y to select ON or OFF Press to set the selection Press Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 56 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Connecting to a computer HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models support network and parallel connections at the same time E NOTE Factory settings support automatic switching between the parallel port and one or more network connections on the printer HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only For the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer you can connect to a network by using an HP Jetdirect 175x external print server Connect the print server to either the USB port or the parallel port USB and parallel connections cannot be used at the same time Parallel connections E NOTE HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models You cannot use t
335. lj4650 for help or more information To set up Windows sharing to use the printer on a network If the printer is directly connected to a computer with a parallel cable you can share the printer on the network so that other network users can print to it See your Windows documentation to make Windows sharing available After the printer is shared install the printer software on all computers that share the printer Installing Macintosh printing system software for networks This section describes how to install Macintosh printing system software The printing system software supports Apple Mac OS version 9 1 x and later 72 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW The printing system software includes the following components PostScript Printer Description PPD files The PPDs in combination with the Apple PostScript printer drivers provide access to printer features An installation program for the PPDs and other software is provided on the CD ROM that came with the printer Use the appropriate PS driver that comes with the operating system HP LaserJet Utility The HP LaserJet Utility provides access to features that are not available in the printer driver Use the illustrated screens to select printer features and complete the following tasks with the printer Name the printer m Assign the printer to a zone on the network Assign an IP to the printer Download files and fonts Configure and
336. locks Figure 6 62 Remove the high voltage contact blocks cyan is shown 228 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Door switch 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Right cover See Right cover 2 Remove one screw callout 1 3 Disconnect two connectors callout 2 4 Remove the door switch Figure 6 63 Remove the door switch ENWW Internal components 229 Internal components top The following procedures explain the removal and replacement of internal components that are accessed from the top of the printer Fuser power supply PCA A WARNING The fuser power supply PCA is an electrostatic sensitive device 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover 2 Disconnect the J203 connector callout 1 3 Remove the cable callout 2 from the fuser power supply cover 4 Remove one screw callout 3 and then remove the fuser power supply cover callout 4 5 Remove two screws callout 5 and then use needle nose pliers to remove four clips callout 6 230 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 6 Disconnect four connectors callout 7 and then remove the fuser power supply PCA Figure 6 65 Remove the fuser power supply PCA 2 of 2 H D H Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the fuser power supply PCA connect t
337. lout 1 and disengage the two locking tabs callout 2 A Tilt the top of the right cover away from the printer and remove it Figure 6 10 Remove the right cover si Q Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the right cover be sure to insert the two hooks that sr are along the bottom edge of the cover into the holes in the chassis 184 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Multipurpose tray tray 1 1 Remove tray 2 from the printer and set it aside 2 Unhook the two link arms callout 1 3 Flex the tray inward near the two link arms and remove the tray Figure 6 11 Remove the multipurpose tray ENWW Covers and external components 185 Front cover 1 Remove the multipurpose tray See Multipurpose tray tray 1 2 Unhook the two spring rods callout 1 from the slots callout 2 on both sides of the printer CAUTION Spring tension holds the rods in place Use caution when removing them Tilt the tray up slightly to lessen the spring tension which makes the rods easier to remove 3 Press outward on the tray near the tray hinge pins and remove the cover Wm Figure 6 12 Remove the front cover si Q Reinstallation tip Make sure that the rods are engaged in the slots in the chassis callout 2 when reinstalling the front cover 186 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Control panel 1 Open the top cover if you have not already removed it 2 Remove three screws callout
338. lows you to proceed to the next major step A no answer indicates that additional testing is needed Proceed to the referenced section in this chapter and follow the instructions there After completing this additional testing proceed to the next major step in the troubleshooting flowchart 1 Turn the power on Does a readable message appear on the control panel display If yes then go to step 2 If no then check the following items E NOTE Ifthe printer control panel display is blank but the power on checks pass try printing an engine test page to determine whether the problem is with the engine or display or with the formatter e Perform the troubleshooting power on checks See Troubleshooting power on in this chapter e When the control panel display is fuctioning go to step 2 Do any of the following messages appear on the control panel display READY OFFLINE or POWERSAVER ON if yes go to step 3 If no then check the following items e Open the SHOW EVENT LOG in the Diagnostics menu from the control panel display to view informatiom about recent printer errors See View the event log on the control panel display in this chapter e Does the LED blink at a constant rate See LED diagnostics in this chapter e After correcting errors and performing the LED diagnostics go to step 3 Have you evaluated the event log If yes go to step 4 If no then check the following items e Open the PRINT EVENT LOG
339. lts to vary CAUTION Hewlett Packard Company recommends the use of HP products in this printer Use of non HP products can cause problems that require service that is not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty or service agreements Chapter 4 Maintenance ENWW ENWW ETB life under different circumstances Depending on the printer workload the customer will need to replace the ETB once or twice in the life of the printer In order to help plan supplies purchases the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer calculates an estimated remaining number of pages that can be printed with the ETB This number appears on the Supplies Status page under Transfer Kit HP Part Number HP C9724A for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or HP Q3675 for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models for exchange part numbers see chapter 8 You can view the Supplies Status page by printing it from the printer control panel If the printer is connected to the network you can also view the page in the Web browser or through the HP Web Jetadmin software The number of pages an ETB can print is a function of two factors The number of times the belt goes from a stationary to a rotating state spins up a The number of pages that have been printed on the belt Unless print jobs are queued back to back each print job requires the belt to spin up Think of the ETB as having a limited number of wear units It has 200 000 wear units when it is new Each time
340. mage defects Image defect Description More information Light image A very light image is printed See Light image Light color One color is light in an image See Light color Dark image A very dark image is printed See Dark image Dark color One color is dark in an image See Dark color Completely blank No image is printed See Completely blank image All black solid color An all black or solid colored image is printed See All black or solid color Dots in vertical lines Vertical lines of white dots appear in the image See Dots in vertical lines Dirt on back of paper The back non printed side of the paper is dirty See Dirt on the back of the paper Dirt on front of paper The front printed sided of the paper is dirty See Dirt on the front of the paper Vertical lines Vertical lines are printed See Vertical lines White vertical lines White vertical lines appear in the image See White vertical lines Horizontal lines Horizontal lines are printed See Horizontal lines White horizontal lines White horizontal lines appear in the image See White horizontal lines Missing color One of the four toner colors is not printing See Missing color Blank spots The image has blank spots See Blank spots Poor fusing Toner is loose on the printed image See Poor fusing Distortion or blurring Th
341. mponents rnrn tantr tt rnn nn rnemes nenene 220 Remove the laser scanner cover Date 220 Remove the laser scanner retaining bars 222 To remove the laser scanner assembles ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 224 Internal components right aide 225 High voltage power supply PCA eee cceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeteeeeeseaes 225 Toner level detection PC 227 High voltage Contact DIOCKS ccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeseaas 228 D r SWICK DEE 229 Internal components top rriren anaa ENER REESEN EE 230 Fuser power supply PCAs irienna aaa aiaa iaaa iaaea A 230 Fuser drive unt 232 Fuser inlet paper E EE 234 Fuser delivery sensor 235 OUTPUL DIN TUII SENS OF ssci civics des teaticn sas o a a 236 Cartridge CIE 237 Formatter TAN ME 238 Optional 500 sheet paper feeder HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only e 239 500 sheet paper feeder top Cover Date 239 500 sheet paper feeder drive unt 240 500 sheet paper feeder pickup rollers nnana nannten nenna 242 500 sheet paper feeder PCA icccccastiwitsdcaesissancdceseaasaadaearadanctevenvanseteavaanedadetvedadenubeanadcadaveaaa 242 Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only eee 243 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder front Cover 243 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder rear Cover 244 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left Cover 245 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder right Cover 246 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette pi
342. n a 41 5 Unexpected Type in Tray xx error The user did not reconfigure the tray after the error message appeared so the printer determines that the type of media is not what the tray is configured to hold A job cannot be stored because of a memory disk or configuration problem The printer is offering a selection of alternate media to use for the print job To change media type press Use A and Y to highlight the type and then press to select a choice Install additional memory in the printer or install a disk drive into the printer If a disk drive is installed delete any previously stored print jobs Highlight the media with A and Y Press to select a choice Warming up The printer is coming out of powersave mode Printing will continue as soon as warmup is completed E NOTE Notall messages are described in the tables those messages that are not listed are self explanatory 278 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Ex NOTE Many of the procedures in this section instruct you to replace the DC controller PCA the ETB the formatter the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner unit After replacing one of these items you must access the Print Quality menu and select QUICK CALIBRATE NOW FULL CALIBRATE NOW to ensure proper print quality after the repair When the ETB or the fuser are replaced before t
343. n and environment sensor HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Table 5 2 Function of motors fans and environment sensor Name Function Type Speed switching M1 Cyan cartridge motor M2 Yellow cartridge motor M3 Magenta cartridge motor M4 Black cartridge motor M5 Pickup motor Drives the photosensitive drum Drives the pickup roller and feed roller dc motor Stepping motor 4 speed full 1 2 1 3 1 4 4 speed full 1 2 1 3 1 4 M6 ETB motor Drives the ETB dc motor 4 speed full 1 2 1 3 1 4 M7 Developing disengaging motor Separates the photosensitive drums and the developing cylinders Stepping motor No M8 Fuser motor Drives the pressure roller dc motor 4 speed full 1 2 1 3 1 4 and delivery roller FAN1 Formatter fan Exhausts heat around the dc motor 2 speed full during printing formatter and low voltage 1 2 during standby power supply unit FAN2 Cartridge fan Exhausts heat around the dc motor No fuser and cartridges full speed during printing only ENWW Engine control system 123 Table 5 2 Function of motors fans and environment sensor continued Name Function Type Speed switching FAN 3 Power supply fan Exhausts heat around the dc motor No HP Color LaserJet 4610n pickup motor and low and 4650 models only voltage power supply full speed during printing only Environment sensor HP Detects the temperature
344. n manage and configure multiple printers at one time For the latest information about HP Web Jetadmin go to www hp com go webjetadmin 78 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW UNIX The HP Jetdirect Printer Installer for UNIX is a simple printer installation utility for HP UX and Solaris networks It is available for download from HP Customer Care Online at www hp com support net_printing Utilities HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printers are equipped with several utilities that make them easy to monitor and manage on a network ENWW UNIX 79 Embedded Web server HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only This printer is equipped with an embedded Web server that provides access to information about printer and network activities A Web server provides an environment in which Web programs can run in much the same way that an operating system such as Windows provides an environment in which programs can run on your computer The output from these programs can then be viewed in a Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator When a Web server is embedded it resides on a hardware device such as a printer or in firmware rather than being available as software that is loaded on a network server The advantage of an embedded Web server is that it provides an interface to the printer that anyone who has a network connected computer or a standard Web browser can use There is no special soft
345. n snap in the PCA 2 Verify that the PCA is aligned correctly by looking through the 12 holes on the PCA callout 3 3 When the PCA is aligned correctly you can see part of the contact springs callout 4 when you look through the holes me Figure 6 60 Reinstall the high voltage power supply PCA 226 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Toner level detection PCA A WARNING The toner level detection PCA is an electrostatic sensitive device 1 Remove the following assemblies Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Right cover See Right cover High voltage power supply PCA See High voltage power supply PCA 2 Remove three screws callout 1 3 Disconnect one connector callout 2 4 Remove the toner level detection PCA callout 3 Figure 6 61 Remove the toner level detection PCA ENWW Internal components 227 High voltage contact blocks 1 Remove the following assemblies a A WwW N Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Right cover See Right cover High voltage power supply PCA See High voltage power supply PCA Toner level detection PCA See Toner level detection PCA Remove one screw callout 1 Remove wires from the guides callout 2 Remove the high voltage contact block callout 3 Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each of the four high voltage contact b
346. nd Interface troubleshooting 365 PJL USTATUSOFF This command disables the unsolicited JOB status for the I O channel that delivered the command For this printer it duplicates the function of PJL USTATUS JOB OFF AND PJL USTATUS DEVICE OFF E NOTE All commands that this printer s PJL command set does not support are returned with the message PUJL xxxx lt CR gt lt LF gt lt CR gt lt LF gt 366 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel troubleshooting When you press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the menus the high level menus appear in the following order ENWW RETRIEVE JOB this menu appears only if a hard disk is installed INFORMATION PAPER HANDLING CONFIGURE DEVICE DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE A menu map shows how individual items are configured within each of these menus Figure 7 5 HP Color LaserJet 4600 models menu map shows a sample of one page of the menu map The menu map prints on six pages The final page gives instructions about how to use the control panel buttons Printing a menu map 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight INFORMATION Press to select INFORMATION Press Y to highlight PRINT MENU MAP Press to select PRINT MENU MAP Figure 7 5 HP Color LaserJet 4600 models menu map Control panel troubleshoo
347. nds for printed circuit board assembly Components described as a PCA can consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts such as cables and sensors 120 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW DC controller circuit The DC controller controls the print operation sequence for the printer The sequence of events is as follows 1 Power is turned on and then the low voltage power supply unit supplies dc power to the DC controller 2 The CPU in the DC controller starts to control printer operations and The printer enters the standby period 3 Based on the print command and the image data input from the formatter the CPU sends a signal to drive the laser diode the motors and the solenoids E NOTE See the general circuit diagram for detailed information about the printer circuitry Multipurpose tray SL Pickup solenoid Cassette paper sensor I gt Multipurpose tray paper m sensor EN Si Paper leading edge sensor E al OHT sensor IER t gt Fuser paper sensor t gt Fuser delivery sensor I Gi Delivery tray paper full el sensor EI D Pickup motor DNH IC Cassette pickup solenoid SL lt DC controller PCA 1C1009 Driver DL 1C1010 Driver IC Cassette paper size detection switch Color misregistration detection unit c1012 C
348. nector is hidden in the photo 4 Remove the fuser paper sensor callout 2 Figure 6 68 Remove the fuser paper sensor 234 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Fuser delivery sensor 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Fuser See Replacing the fuser 2 Unhook the two tabs on the back of the sensor on the connector side 3 Disconnect one connector callout 1 4 Remove the fuser delivery sensor callout 2 Figure 6 69 Remove the fuser delivery sensor Internal components 235 Output bin full sensor 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover e Rear top cover See Rear top cover e Fuser See Replacing the fuser 2 Unhook the two tabs callout 1 3 Disconnect one connector callout 2 4 Remove the output bin full sensor callout 3 4 Figure 6 70 Remove the output bin full sensor 236 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Cartridge fan EA NOTE The cartridge fan is the vertical fan that is closest to the front of the printer 1 Remove the following assemblies O a A WO N Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Left cover See Left cover DC controller shield See DC controller shield Disconnect the connector J1004 on the DC controller PCA Remove the
349. nel display prompts for removal of some or all cartridges during certain tests in order to rotate and isolate certain components as well as to protect the cartridges and ETB Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS Press to select DIAGNOSTICS Press Y to highlight COMPONENT TEST Press to select COMPONENT TEST Select the component test options when prompted by the printer Menus cannot be opened during component tests so HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models serves the same function as Cance Jos HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stop HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The following component tests can be performed Transfer motors This test turns the components that are involved in the image transfer process the cartridge motors the ETB motor and belt if the ETB is closed and the connector is seated and the print cartridges if the ETB is closed You can remove or install print cartridges during this test Belt only This test turns only the ETB motor and belt The ETB must be closed and the connector seated The control panel display prompts you to remove the cartridges because the ETB belt contacts the photosensitive drums and cannot turn without them rotating also Rotating the photosensitive drums could damage the belt or photosensitive drums If covers are removed
350. nents 5 of 5 RG5 6423 000CN Cable sensor Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6425 000CN Cable connector fuser 4600 Only Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6427 000CN Cable ac 110 V Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6430 000CN Cable connector optional feeder Internal components 2 of 5 RG5 6430 000CN Cable cassette size optional Internal components 2 of 5 RG5 6431 000CN Cable cassette size Internal components 2 of 5 RG5 6432 040CN Control panel assembly 110 V 4600 Only Internal components 1 of 5 Numerical parts list 517 Table 8 28 Numerical parts list continued Part number RG5 6433 040CN Description Control panel assembly 220 V 4600 Only Table and page Internal components 1 of 5 RG5 6434 000CN Cable ac 220 V Internal components 5 of 5 RG5 6446 000CN Damper assembly top cover hinge Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 6449 000CN HVT terminal assembly Internal components 3 of 5 RG5 6450 000CN Cartridge inlet assembly Internal components 3 of 5 RG5 6454 000CN RG5 6456 000CN Color registration detection assembly ETB latch assembly Internal components 4 of 5 Internal components 3 of 5 RG5 6459 000CN Cassette frame left assembly Internal components 2 of 5 RG5 6460 000CN Cassette frame right assembly
351. neral circuit diagram HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 446 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW sosuag sde sesn4 bus z S E Vins uonaateq ezig Jaded ayesseg ems os ems oe ms 8 en Wun een LHL ZHL nn SESCH Z 5 MAINTE Z SGN T SUBTE Se eene mens PMS rns 100 ACL 3 ee D S FHL ZHL i az DE De eel E Bed d o Ge PE aS Ge E od elete Ea mei oorr Tor P SoBROEQE jor a 32885236 z DEE E Eege z FF Z jos E o S Z win 3 S 7 Z Vd Alddng samog Jeer or Bi Od Aiddng amod afeyonmoT mam eeneg Dee anos Ted owsa inoava damia anes mind oso anos uso gie 71008 anos mag a fe e Dr ce aus o anos Hermgn ei Bee Fe rg Loge o Dia anos emeng aNod ce E ro Bn anos Haten Lo Bee en eu ce az Kg Wes ep wam BH E EI une cc Nos aNd Er ast anos GNow waver BE T nees oe vw ezour zoor scour seoir eer ear eu nocna 2 uey jddng somog EE ven T z ns LEJ nad z z sosuag rs j Aus zeng 3 S F 7 2 7 s g j E teg pry Jedeq Bd TH vom T TY ve Aea Ueneg uey eBpuyeg z ZE oe mes E T sisa San gd v i 5 sio inv wer ON ue tegen 7 a anes z z t 3 KH S H 1B ties S IN aen eeng g 78159
352. new Image fuser kit 220 volt 4610n 4650 Only C9660A C9660 67911 exchange Formatter simplex 4600 Only ENWW Ordering parts and supplies 457 Table 8 2 Supplies and accessories continued Product number Part number Description C9660 67911 new Q3999A Q3999 69002 exchange Formatter simplex duplex 4650 Only Q3999 67092 new C9661A C9661 69002 exchange Formatter duplex 4600 Only C9661 67902 new Q7732A Q7732 69001 exchange Formatter simplex duplex 4610n Only Q7732 67901 new E NOTE The only difference between the the print cartridges is that the Europe only print cartridges have different languages on the instruction sheet inside the box 458 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Common fasteners Table 8 3 Common fasteners Illustration Description Size Part number Uses Screw machine with M3x8 xA9 1276 000CN To hold plastic to washer metal for example the skins Screw self tapping To hold plastic to plastic Screw truss head M3x6 xA9 1275 000CN To hold sheet metal to 2 sheet metal for S E example the formatter pan Retaining Ring E type To hold gears in place ENWW Ordering parts and supplies 459 Illustrations and parts lists The following illustrations and parts tables list the field replaceable units FRU for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printers An alphabetical and a numerical master parts list are included at the end of
353. nfigured 1 Load the specified media into the lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt Move tray switch to custom for a type and size other than what is specified in the job The size specified in the job requires that the tray switch be in the custom position tray 2 Confirm that the guides are in the correct position 3 Verify that the tray switch is in the custom position LOAD TRAY xx lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt Recommended move tray switch to standard Tray xx is either empty or configured for a type and size other than what is specified in the job The size specified in the job is a detectable size Load the paper tray with the specified media 2 Confirm that the guides are in the correct position 3 Verify that the tray switch is in the STANDARD position so that the printer will automatically detect the size LOAD TRAY XxX Tray XX is either empty or configured TI Press for detailed information for a type and size other than what is lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt specified in the job No other tray is 2 For help press available Press A and Y to step through the instructions Loading program XX Do not power off Programs and fonts can be stored in the printer file system They are loaded into RAM when the printer is turned on The XX specifies a sequence number that indicates the program that is being loaded No action is necessary MANUALLY FEED lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt For help
354. ng disengaging motor startup error C developing disengaging motor rotation error Y Description 0 no color Black 1 cyan 2 magenta 3 yellow 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 This message might also appear if the transfer unit is missing or incorrectly installed Ensure that the transfer unit is correctly installed ETB motor error 1 Clean the ETB unit intermediate connector J4017 2 Reconnect the connectors J4022 for the ETB motor J4017 between the ETB and the printer and J4014 on the DC controller PCA 3 Replace the ETB motor 4 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Fuser motor error 1 Reconnect the connectors J4030 for the fuser motor and J1002 on the DC controller PCA 2 Replace the fuser drive assembly 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 308 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action Print cartridge motor error 1 Reconnect the print cartridge connector on the DC controller PCA J1013 for cyan J1031 for magenta J1032 for yellow and J1033 for black Replace the drum drive assembly for the indicated print cartridge Replace the DC controller PCA Calibra
355. nsor IOTR SIN 449 Diagrams IOTT SOUT TCK SCLK Figure 7 55 General circuit diagram 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only ENWW 450 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW 8 ENWW Parts and diagrams This chapter contains information about the following topics Introduction Ordering parts and supplies Illustrations and parts lists External covers and panels Internal components 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4600 4650 models only 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only Alphabetical parts list Numerical parts list 451 Introduction The figures in this chapter show the major subassemblies in the printer and their component parts A parts list table follows each exploded assembly diagram Each table lists the item number the associated part number and the description of each part E CAUTION Be sure to order the correct part Read the part description carefully if a part is designated as a field replaceable unit FRU for the 4600 Only it is a replacement part for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models only If a part is designated as a FRU for the 4650 Only it is a replacement part for the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only If a part is designated as a FRU for the 4610n Only or 4610n 4650 Only it is a replacement part for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n or the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only If the FRU does not have a print
356. nsors removing 250 circuit diagram 449 connectors locating 446 drive assembly removing 248 driver PCA removing 253 feed sensor removing 249 front cover removing 243 jam locations 332 jams causes of 338 left cover removing 245 locating 4650 11 media specifications 20 models including 2 motors 417 438 paper size detection operations 172 partnumbers 453 496 PCA locating 440 pickup rollers removing 254 pickup feed operations 159 170 rear cover removing 244 right cover removing 246 sensor test 405 sensors locating 412 434 solenoids 415 436 switches 431 upper cassette pickup assembly removing 247 500 sheet paper feeder circuit diagram 448 connectors locating 445 drive unit removing 240 jams causes of 338 ENWW locating 4600 9 locating 4650 11 media specifications 20 model configurations 2 partnumbers 453 492 PCA removing 242 pickup rollers removing 242 pickup feed operations 159 168 sensor test 405 top cover plate removing 239 A accessories partnumbers 453 acoustic specifications 18 adaptive halftoning 349 alerts e mail 387 AppleTalk networks 64 ASCII PJL escape sequences for network security 83 attaching operations 146 auto continue setting 263 autoconfiguration driver 66 AUTOEXEC BAT file 364 Automatic color settings 348 auxiliary connection locating 12 setting up 58 B belt test bin delivery unit operations 166 full sensor removing 236 locating 4600 9 loc
357. nt Stop test Use this diagnostic test to isolate the cause of problems such as image formation defects and jams within the engine During this test you can stop the paper anywhere along the printer paper path The test can be programmed to stop printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper reaches a certain position The test can also be programmed to stop from 0 to 60 000 mS If the timer is set to a value that is greater than the job print time you can recover the printer in one of two ways a After the print job is completes press CanceL Jos HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stop HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to return to the Diagnostic menu before the timer times out m After the timer times out press CanceL Jos HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stop HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Activate the door switch to restart the engine and return it to a normal state When the timer is activated the control panel display shows the message Printing stopped Press to continue Pressing HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models prints the previously selected job If you do not want the previous job to print press CanceL Jos HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Stor HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models first and then press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models E NOTE Donot attempt to perform a Print Stop test w
358. nt log Shows a list of all printer events and errors m Usage page Shows a summary of the number of pages that the printer has printed grouped by size and type Device Information Shows the printer network name address and model information To change these entries click Device Information on the Settings tab Settings tab Use this tab to configure the printer from your computer The Settings tab can be password protected If this printer is networked always consult with the printer administrator before changing settings on this tab The Settings tab contains the following screens Configure Device Use this screen to configure all printer This screen contains the traditional menus that are found on printers that use a control panel display Information Paper Handling Configure Device and Diagnostics Alerts For networks only Use this screen to set up e mail alerts for various printer and supplies events E mail For networks only Use this screen in conjunction with the Alerts screen to set up incoming and outgoing e mail as well as to set e mail alerts Security Use this screen to set a password that must be typed in order to gain access to the Settings and Networking tabs Enable and disable certain features of the EWS Other Links Use this screen to add or customize a link to another Web site The created link appears in the Other Links area on all embedded Web server pages The following permanent links always appe
359. nt to order Parts and supplies 39 40 Exchange program HP offers remanufactured assemblies for some parts These are identified in chapter 8 and can be ordered from Hewlett Packard Customer Support Americas HPCS A or Hewlett Packard Customer Support Europe HPCS E Supplies Paper and print cartridges can be ordered directly from Hewlett Packard See chapter 8 for ordering information World Wide Web In the U S obtain printer drivers updated HP printer software and product and support information from one of the following URLs m www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 www hp com support clj4650 Printer drivers can be obtained from the following sites Table 2 1 Web sites for downloading printer drivers In China ftp www hp com cn support clj4600 ftp www hp com cn support clj4610 ftp www hp com cn support clj4650 In Japan ftp www jpn hp com support clj4600 ftp www jpn hp com support clj4610 ftp www jpn hp com support clj4650 In Korea www hp co kr support clj4600 www hp co kr support clj4610 www hp co kr support clj4650 In Taiwan www hp com tw support clj4600 www hp com tw support clj4610 www hp com tw support clj4650 or the local driver Web site www dds com tw HP Service Parts Information Parts identification and pricing information can also be found on the World Wide Web at www hp com go hppar
360. ntacts between the ETB and the printer Clean the contacts for the affected color If the contacts are still dirty after cleaning or if they are damaged replace the contacts or the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The transfer charging roller is worn or damaged The photosensitive drum is worn Replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Replace the print cartridge for the affected color The high voltage PCA is defective Replace the high voltage PCA The laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner for the affected color See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 352 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Dark image This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for dark images Table 7 21 Causes for dark images Cause Solution The image density is not adjust
361. nter with the covers removed the door switch SW4 callout 1 lever must be depressed this is the door closed position and you must depress the ETB connector callout 2 after closing the ETB A WARNING Be careful when performing printer diagnostics to avoid risk of injury Only trained service personnel should open and run the diagnostics with the covers removed Never touch any of the power supplies when the printer is turned on MING Figure 7 18 Door switch and ETB connector E NOTE Anytime a cartridge is installed or removed while the covers are removed the door interlock must be cycled to simulate opening and closing the top cover in order for the engine to recognize the change The ETB must be closed and its connector must be depressed before cycling the door switch or the printer will generate a 59 90 Printer Error When the covers are installed the door switch and ETB connector are automatically operated When the covers are removed you must perform these steps manually 402 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Individual diagnostic tests The following sections explain in more detail how to operate the various diagnostics correctly Print the event log page The event log lists the printer events including jams service errors and other printer conditions 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 2
362. nters It is not available for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer a Fast InfraRed FIR connection HP CLJ 4600 models only m HP Web Jetadmin software www hp com go wegjetadmin_software Standard bidirectional parallel cable interface IEEE 1284 compliant HP CLJ 4650 models Auxiliary connector m HP CLJ 4610n and 4650 models USB 1 1 connection Printer features 7 Table 1 4 Printer features continued Feature Description E NOTE HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Both USB and parallel connections are supported but they cannot be used at the same time A supplies status page contains information about toner level page count and estimated pages remaining Supplies Cartridges feature a no shake design u The printer checks for authentic HP print cartridges at cartridge installation HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models Internet enabled supply ordering capabilities by using the embedded Web server 8 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Printer assemblies HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Figure 1 2 Front view HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 1 Output bin 2 Printer control panel 3 Top cover 4 Front cover includes tray 1 5 Tray 2 500 sheet standard tray 6 Tray 3 500 sheet paper feeder optional 7 On off switch 8 Access to print cartridge transfer unit and fuser Figure 1 3 Back view HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 1 Ou
363. ntification site requirements and specifications 19 Print media The following sections describe print media that can be used in the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer Print media specifications For optimum results use conventional 75 g m 20 lb photocopy paper Verify that the paper is of good quality and is free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles curls or bent edges m To order supplies in the U S go to www hp com go ljsupplies m To order supplies worldwide go to www hp com ghp buyonline html m To order accessories go to www hp com For additional information about supported media weights and sizes go to www hp com support ljpaperguide The following table contains information about the types of print media that are supported for the various paper handling features Table 1 9 Supported media specifications Tray Supported media Media specifications Capacity Tray 1 Paper A4 Letter Legal Executive JIS B5 A5 Custom Minimum size 76 x 127 mm 3 x 5 in Maximum size 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 60 to 176 g m 16 to 47 Ib HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 60 to 199 g m 16 to 53 Ib 100 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib paper Do not load more than the maximum stack height of 10 mm 0 6 in Transparencies 0 13 mm 5 mil Maximum stack height of 10 mm 0 6 in A4 Letter Glossy film 0
364. ntroller determines that the media is small size paper Figure 5 37 Small size paper detection illustrates this process DC Controller PCA A A Pickup PCA OHTS TOPI OHT sensor Small media paper OHT detection lever Paper leading edge sensor Registration roller Figure 5 37 Small size paper detection 164 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Feed speed control The type of media in the paper path dictates the speed at which it is fed The DC controller can change the feed speed according to type of media Table 5 7 Feed speed according to media shows the relationship between media type and feed speed Table 5 7 Feed speed according to media Feed mode Media type Print mode Feed speed Normal mode Plain paper Full color normal Monochrome OHT mode Overhead transparency Full color 1 4 speed Monochrome 1 2 speed Thick 1 mode Thick paper Full color 1 2 speed Monochrome Thick 2 mode Thick paper Full color 1 2 speed CLJ 4600 Monochrome 1 3 speed CLJ 4610n and 4650 Gloss 1 mode Glossy paper Full color 1 3 speed Monochrome Gloss 2 mode Glossy paper Full color 1 3 speed Monochrome Image mode high glossy Glossy paper Full color 1 4 speed mode CLJ 4650 only Monochrome Gloss film mode Glossy film Full color 1 3 speed CLJ 4600 Monochrome 1 4 speed CLJ 4610n and 4650 Envelope mode Envelope Full color normal Monochrome Th
365. o highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE O oa A Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE 7 Press Y to highlight SYSTEM SETUP 8 Press to select SYSTEM SETUP 9 Press Y to highlight LANGUAGE 10 Press to select LANGUAGE 11 Press Y to highlight the appropriate language and then press to select and save the language choice 190 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Internal components The following procedures explain the removal and replacement of internal components DC controller shield 1 Remove the following assemblies Print cartridges and ETB See Print cartridges and ETB Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Left cover See Left cover 2 Remove nine screws callout 1 A tenth screw might be located on the rear of the printer at the bottom of the DC controller shield callout 2 If that tenth screw is present remove it 3 Remove the DC controller shield Figure 6 16 Remove and replace the DC controller shield ENWW Internal components 191 Internal components front The following procedures explain the removal and replacement of internal components that are accessed from the front of the printer Paper pickup unit 1 Remove the DC controller shield See DC controller shield 2 Use a screwdriver to rotate the ETB latch receptacles up They are stiff and might be difficult to move 3 Remove two screws callout 1 Figure 6 17 Remove the pape
366. o install or order Black K print cartridge REPLACE BLACK CARTRIDGE 9 000 pages 2 7 months Installing the print cartridges For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Cyan C print cartridge Magenta M print cartridge REPLACE CYAN CARTRIDGE REPLACE MAGENTA CARTRIDGE 8 000 pages 8 000 pages 2 7 months 2 7 months Installing the print cartridges For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Installing the print cartridges For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Yellow Y print cartridge REPLACE YELLOW CARTRIDGE 8 000 pages 2 7 months Installing the print cartridges For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Image transfer kit ETB REPLACE TRANSFER KIT 120 000 pages 40 months Replacing the transfer unit For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Image fuser kit REPLACE FUSER KIT 150 000 pages 1 Approximate life expectancies based on 3 000 pages per month 50 months Replacing the fuser For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 The approximate average A4 Letter size page count is based on 5 coverage of individual colors Page counts are only estimations usage conditions and print patterns cause results to vary Page counts are only estimations usage conditions and print patterns cause resu
367. o to three pages to clean the printer If the problem persists see the next section to print a troubleshooting page Print quality troubleshooting pages Use the built in print quality troubleshooting pages to help diagnose and solve print quality problems 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight DIAGNOSTICS 2 Press to select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Press Y to highlight PQ TROUBLESHOOTING 5 Press to print the pages The printer returns to the Ready state after you print the print quality troubleshooting pages Understanding color variations The printed output might not match the computer screen and the colors printed on successive pages might not match While color variations are inherent in this printing method they can indicate changes in the printing environment print media or printer components Common causes of color variation The following list outlines the major causes of color variations between computers programs and output devices Halftone patterns that are produced on monitors and the types of patterns that are used in the print jobs are different and might cause variations in the printed output m The printed output differs from the image on the monitor because the monitor and the print media have different reference values of black and white The monitor screen has charcoal gray for the black level and the white on th
368. oOrkS cc tccccesticceisdadiccedaantccussatccgutetid cous A REEN 64 Wireless PADUNE DE 64 IEEE 802 11b ins Elte DEET 64 Blgetoertbt ieena r ETE AEA iin nee 65 Printer drivel Sariei ANNE ei i i 66 Ee Te CT 67 ie ill Re 68 Select the right printer driver for your need 68 Printer diver Fel picsccetncs tetanic cee ened alee eae ob ai nna eee 68 Software for Macintosh Computers 69 ED ee EE EE Ee 69 FP keelen Esser ees E deed Ee dE E eset ts atin tienda 69 Installing the printing system software 70 Installing Windows printing system software for direct connections 70 Installing Windows printing system software for networks ssseesssseserrsseserrsssrerrrssrerrrss 71 To set up Windows sharing to use the printer on a network 0 eee e cece eeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeees 72 Installing Macintosh printing system software for nebhworks 72 Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections USB HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models on 74 Installing the software after the parallel or USB cable has been connected 75 KENNT te Ee EE 77 Configuring the printer for the nebwork eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeseenaeeeeeeenaeeeeneeaas 77 Configuring Novell NetWare frame type Darameterg 77 Software for MEtWOPkS ue NAEEERNEKNEEE ENEE iaeaea i ase Aaa aedade ia cv nave iei aiaei 78 FP Web Jetad Un DEET 78 II 79 te Uu EE 79 Embedded Web server HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models on 80 RTE 80 HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 4
369. occurs only when using duplex printing HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only Paper path troubleshooting 335 m Whether a particular type of media is jamming or not jamming m Whether any of the supplies are non HP non HP supplies are known to cause jams m Whether the customer is storing the media correctly overloading the trays damaging the edge of the media during loading or using media that has already been fed through the printer General paper path troubleshooting Use the following suggestions to isolate the cause of the problem After you have identified the cause use the tables in this section to find a recommended solution E NOTE Use the paper path test in the Diagnostics menu to print pages while troubleshooting View or print the event log and determine if a particular jam error occurs more often than others Try to identify a pattern m Use the event log to determine the frequency of a particular jam If a jam occurs repeatedly at approximately the same page count consider it a single jam that the customer tried to clear m Try printing from all available input trays to identify whether the problem is isolated to one tray m Print the job in both simplex and duplex modes to identify whether the problem occurs only in one mode or the other m Try printing on media from an unopened ream that has been stored correctly If the jam does not occur with this media then the customer s media might be causing the problem
370. ock the service ID date availability is dependent on the printer being connected to a source that can provide the date such as the installer the driver or the embedded Web server If the printer is not connected to a date source then the service ID will not be available and 000000 will appear on the control panel display The following sections describe how to restore a service ID from a known date and how to convert a date to a service ID The examples in each section use a known date of September 22 2004 and a service ID 14262 Restoring the Service ID If you replace the formatter the date is lost Use this menu item to reset the date to the original date that the printer was first used The date format is YYDDD Use the following procedure to calculate the dates 1 To calculate YY subtract 1990 from the calendar year 2 To calculate DDD use the following formula 30 calendar month 1 calendar day DDD E NOTE Ifthe calendar day 31 use 30 instead Example actual date is September 22 2004 1 2004 1990 14 14 YY 2 30 9 1 22 DDD 30 8 22 DDD 240 22 DDD 262 DDD 3 Service ID YYDDD Service ID 14262 Converting the Service ID to an actual date You can use the printer Service ID number to determine whether the printer is still under warranty Use the following procedure to convert the Service ID into the installation date 1 Add 1990 to YY to determine the actual year that the prin
371. of 5 ETB assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7455 000CN ETB assembly ETB latch assembly RG5 6456 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Fan cartridge RH7 1491 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Fan formatter RH7 1490 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Fan lower power supply fan 4610n 4650 Only RH7 1607 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Filter left side RB3 0607 000CN External covers and panels Filter rear RB2 8596 000CN External covers and panels Firmware DIMM 4600 Only C9712 67908 Printer PCAs Fixed level left plate secures the printer to the feeder 4650 Only RB3 0978 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 1 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only Fixed level right plate secures the printer to the feeder 4650 Only RB3 0979 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 1 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only Formatter simplex duplex exchange 4650 Only Q3999 69002 Printer PCAs Formatter simplex duplex new 4650 Only Q3999 67902 Printer PCAs Formatter duplex exchange 4600 Only Formatter duplex new 4600 Only Formatter simplex exchange 4600 Only C9661 69002 C9660 67902 C9660 69011 Printer PCAs Printer PCAs Printer PCAs Formatter simplex exchange 4610n Only Q7732 69001 Printer PCAs Formatter simplex new 4600 Only C9660 67901 P
372. of life For help press 3 Press for detailed information alternates with 4 Press A and Y to step through Ready the instructions 5 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server 288 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action OUTPUT BIN FULL Remove all paper from bin The output bin is full and must be emptied in order for printing to continue Remove media from the output bin Paused To return to ready press STOP key The printer is paused and no error messages are pending at the control panel display The I O continues receiving data until the memory is full Press Stop Performing PAPER PATH TEST The printer is performing a Paper Path test No action is necessary however the data is useful to help troubleshoot jams Performing PRINT STOP TEST The printer is performing a Print Stop test No action is necessary Performing upgrade A firmware upgrade is in process No action is necessary please wait The printer is clearing data No action is necessary Powersave on The printer is in Powersave mode Any button pressed or error condition or the receipt of printable data clears the message No action is necessary Printing This message appears while the printer No action is ne
373. of the cables that connect the printer to the network or computer If the error persists replace the firmware DIMM Replace the formatter and calibrate the printer See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 50 X FUSER ERROR For help press A fuser error has occurred X Description 1 low fuser temperature o 2 fuser warmup service 3 high fuser temperature 4 faulty fuser 5 inconsistent fuser 6 open fuser 7 fuser pressure release mechanism failure Turn the printer off and allow it to cool down Reinstall the fuser and check the connector J4034 that connects the fuser and the printer Replace the connector if it is damaged Turn the printer off and remove the fuser Measure the resistance between the connector pins on the fuser If resistance does not meet the following guidelines replace the fuser e J4034 5 to J4034 6 300 500 KOhms e J4034 1 to J4034 2 less than 1 KOhm Check for continuity between connector pins J4034 4 and J4034 2 If no continuity exists replace the fuser Replace the fuser power supply PCA Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Printer error troubleshooting 319 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 51 XY
374. olenoid removing 199 solenoids locating 414 435 switches 430 Tray 3 See 500 sheet paper feeder Tray 3 and Tray 4 See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder troubleshooting about 256 blank images 353 blank spots 357 blurring 358 checklist 259 color 345 350 352 353 356 communications 363 customer support 41 453 dark print 353 diagnostics 400 dirty pages 354 dots 354 error messages 4600 numerical 298 error messages 4610n and 4650 alphabetical 279 error messages 4610n and 4650 numerical 311 error messages types of 263 error messages 4600 alphabetical 264 flowchart 261 fusing 357 image formation 343 jams 331 light print lines 355 media 22 343 multi feeds 341 power on 262 print quality 345 print quality pages printing 403 process 258 repetitive defects 359 service approach 38 skewed pages 342 smearing 358 transparencies 344 wrinkled paper 341 352 358 U UEL universal exit language 364 UNIX support ENWW downloading drivers 68 79 networks 64 unlocking control panel menus 421 unpacking the printer 44 Update Now button driver 66 usage page printing 369 394 USB connection cables partnumbers 453 locating 4610n 11 locating 4650 12 operations 131 setting up 58 V vacuuming toner 86 voltage regulatory information 14 specifications 17 WwW WAIT period 119 warning messages clearable 132 263 warranty customer support 41 statement 31 washing toner off clothing 86 Web Jetadmin 78 Web
375. oller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 52 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 52 XY PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on A printer error has occurred X Description 1 scanner error 2 scanner startup error 3 scanner rotation error Y Description 0 no color black 1 cyan 2 magenta 3 yellow Press to continue Turn the printer off and then on Reseat the connectors between the laser scanner and DC controller PCA J1009 J1012 Replace the defective laser scanner assembly Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 53 X0 ZZ PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on An error has occurred in the on board RAM Press to continue Turn the printer off and then on 53 XY ZZ CHECK RAM DIMM SLOT To continue press An error occurred in some printer memory Values for X Y and Z are as follows X Device Location E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer has only one DIMM slot Turn the printer off CANCEL JOB 1 Slot 1 Verify that all of the memory meets 2 Slot 2 specifications and is correctly installed Y Device Location Turn the printer on 1 DIMM Slot 1 If the problem persists replace the memo
376. olor LaserJet 4600 models count should reflect the number of pages printed on the print engine rather than the formatter TRANSFER KIT COUNT Range 0 to 9999999 Use this item to reset the page count of the current transfer unit if the value is 120 000 is the maximum number of lost This item automatically resets to pages the transfer unit can print zero when the transfer unit is replaced and the user selects to reset the transfer count FUSER KIT COUNT Range 0 to 9999999 Use this item to reset the page count of the current fuser if the value is lost 150 000 is the maximum number of This item automatically resets to zero pages the fuser can print when the fuser is replaced and the user selects the to reset the fuser count EE ENWW Control panel troubleshooting 383 Table 7 48 Service menu continued Menu item Values Description SERIAL NUMBER A 10 digit number that varies by printer Use this item to update the serial number if you replace the formatter SERVICE ID YYDD If you replace the formatter use this item to set the date to the date that the printer was first used rather than the date that the new formatter was installed COLD RESET PAPER LETTER If the customer uses default paper size of A4 used in Europe use this item to A4 reset the default if you replace the formatter 384 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Tools for troubleshooting ENWW Embedded Web server HP Color LaserJet 4
377. on as the page shown in Figure 7 12 File directory page HP Color LaserJet 4650 models is shown Figure 7 12 File directory page HP Color LaserJet 4650 models is shown PCL font list page The PCL font list page list the PCL fonts that are available on the printer 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Dress Y to highlight INFORMATION 2 Press to select INFORMATION 396 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT PCL FONT LIST 5 Press to select PRINT PCL FONT LIST The message PRINTING PCL FONT LIST appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the PCL fonts list page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the PCL font list page E NOTE The PCL font list page for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4610n models contains the same PCL font list page information as the page shown in Figure 7 13 PCL font list page HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 models is shown hp color LaserJet 4650 printers fa Figure 7 13 PCL font list page HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 models is shown ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 397 PS font list page The PS font list page list the PS fonts emulated PostScript that are available on the printer 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to hig
378. on as warranted customer will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by HP c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE THE CUSTOMER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE FOR CONSUMER TRANSACTIONS IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPL
379. on the configuration of Windows based computers the installation program for the printer software automatically checks the computer for Internet access to obtain the latest drivers Operating system PCL 6 PCL 5c PS PPD Windows 98 Me x Web only D D Windows NT 4 0 D Web only x D Windows 2000 D Web only x x Windows XP D Web only x x Windows Server 2003 D Web only x x Macintosh OS x x eee 1 Not all features are available from all drivers or operating systems See the online Help in the driver for available features 2 PostScript Printer Description files EA NOTE If your system did not automatically check the Internet for the latest drivers during software installation download them from www hp com support clj4600_ software www hp com support clj4610_software or www hp com support clj4650_software You can obtain Model Scripts for UNIX and Linux by downloading them from the Internet See the support flyer that came in the printer box OS 2 drivers are available from IBM and are packaged with OS 2 Eg NOTE Ifthe printer driver you want is not on the printer CD ROM or is not listed here check the installation notes and Readme files to see if the printer driver is supported If it is not supported contact the manufacturer or distributor of the program you are using and request a driver for the printer Printer drivers 67 Additional drivers The following drivers are not included on
380. ond to the letters at the top of the repetitive defects ruler in Figure 7 3 Repetitive defects ruler 1 of 2 Not all rollers are shown in the ruler Defects on the cassette or the multipurpose tray pickup roller cause defects only on the leading edge of the image Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing Roller Distance Type of defect Replacement part A Toner charging roller 14 mm Print cartridge B Developing cylinder 33 mm Defect on front of paper Print cartridge C Primary charging roller 38 mm Blank spots Print cartridge D Toner feed roller 39 mm Print cartridge E Media attaching roller 38 mm Defect on front of paper ETB F Fuser pressure roller 63 mm Poor fusing Fuser G Photosensitive drum or 75 mm Any print cartridges that transfer rollers have a damaged photosensitive drum or the center to center distance ETB H Photosensitive drum 94 mm Defect on front of paper Print cartridge Blank spots J Fuser sleeve 107 mm Poor fusing Fuser Cassette feed roller 54 mm Defect on front of paper Cassette Cassette feed sub roller 44 mm Defect on back of paper Cassette ENWW Image defects troubleshooting 359 Table 7 38 Repetitive defect spacing continued Roller Distance Type of defect Replacement part Registration roller 54 mm Defect on back of paper Paper pickup assembly Registration sub roller 57mm Defect on front of paper Paper pickup assembly Fuser delivery roller 38 mm Defect on back of paper F
381. onditions sensor detects the temperature and the humidity The sensor sends this information to the DC controller in the form of the Temperature Detection signal TEMSNS and the Humidity Detection signal HUMSNS The DC controller monitors the environmental conditions of the printer based on these two signals The DC controller controls the following biases to prevent image defects when it detects an environmental change m Developing bias m Primary transfer bias m Secondary transfer bias If the environment sensor detects a temperature of below 30 C 22 F or over 80 C 176 F the DC controller determines this is an environment sensor abnormality and sends an error message to the formatter Image density calibration control DMAX This control stabilizes image density by calibrating the values of the developing bias whenever one of the following events occurs m When the printer is turned on m When a print cartridge is replaced m After a set number of pages have printed m When the formatter sends an operation command Image density calibration consists of three steps 1 The DC controller forms density patterns for each color on the ETB by using varying levels of developing bias 2 The color registration detection unit measures the image density of the density patterns that are formed on the ETB 3 The DC controller uses the density measurements to adjust the developing bias to obtain he correct image density 156 Cha
382. onents 5 of 5 Cable environment sensor 4610n 4650 Only Cable flat Cable interface RG5 7471 000CN RH2 5471 O000CN RG5 6422 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Internal components 5 of 5 Internal components 5 of 5 Cable left plate 508 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams RG5 6413 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 ENWW ENWW Table 8 27 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Cable memory 4600 Only RG5 6420 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Cable paper feed RG5 6419 000CN Paper pickup assembly Cable relay RG5 6414 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Cable sensor RG5 6423 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Cable connector fuser 4600 Only RG5 6425 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Cable connector fuser 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7480 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Cable connector optional feeder RG5 6430 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Cam gear 66T RS7 0135 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Cap left RB2 8121 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Cap right RB2 8124 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Cartridge inlet assembly Cassette tray 2 4600 Only Cassette tray 2 4610n 4650 Only RG5 6450 000CN RG5 6476 090CN RG5 7459 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Cassette tray 2 Casse
383. ontrol panel backlight is turned off but the printer retains all printer settings downloadable fonts and macros The default setting is POWERSAVE ON with a 30 minute idle time You can turn PowerSave off in the Configure Device menu under Resets The printer exits PowerSave mode and enters the warm up cycle when any of the following occurs A print job valid data or a PML or PJL command is received at the parallel port FIR port HP CLJ 4600 models EIO card HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only or 1 1 USB connector HP CLJ 4610n and 4650 models Acontrol panel button is pressed m The top cover is opened A paper tray is opened m The engine test button is pressed E NOTE Printer error messages override the PowerSave message The printer enters PowerSave mode at the appropriate time but the error message continues to appear 130 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW input output This section explains the printer input output I O capabilities Parallel interface The formatter receives incoming data through its bidirectional interface IEEE 1284 The I O provides high speed and two way communication between the printer and the host allowing the user to change printer settings and monitor printer status from the host computer The user can configure the HIGH SPEED item on the control panel menu This item is found by navigating to the Configure Device menu in the I O menu and Parallel Input The default setting Yes
384. ontrol panel settings and the control panel settings can be changed from the host p Dynamic I O switching allows the printer to be configured with a host on each I O The printer can receive data from more than one I O simultaneously until the I O buffer is full This can occur even when the printer is offline Context sensitive switching allows the printer to automatically recognize the personality PS or PCL of each job and configure itself to serve that personality a Isolation of print environment settings from one print job to the next For example if a print job is sent to the printer in landscape mode the subsequent print jobs print in landscape only if they are formatted for landscape printing PML The printer management language PML allows remote configuration and status readback through the I O ports Control panel The formatter sends and receives printer status and command data to and from a control panel board Engine control system 133 Laser scanner assembly The laser scanner system receives a signal from the formatter and forms a latent image on the photosensitive drum in the print cartridge The printer has a separate laser scanner unit for each color Each of these has the same structure which is shown in Figure 5 11 Laser scanner system Formatter PCA VDATA VDATA BD b t DC controller PCA PDOUT CNTRLO CNTRLI VDATA VDATA ACC DEC BDI x Sixfaced mirror Collimator lens Cyl
385. oor fusing Cause Solution The media is not within specifications For example media Use media that meets specifications See chapter 1 that is too thick causes poor fusing The fuser is not within nip width specifications Replace the fuser The fuser sleeve is scarred or damaged Replace the fuser The pressure roller is scarred or damaged Replace the fuser The thermistor has deteriorated Replace the fuser The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ENWW Image defects troubleshooting 357 Distortion or blurring This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for distortion or blurring Table 7 35 Causes for distortion or blurring Cause Solution The color plane registration is out of specification Calibrate the printer from the Print Quality menu See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The ETB is defective If the ETB belt does not rotate smoothly replace the ETB Calibrate the printer after replacing the ETB See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The ETB motor drive gear is worn or damaged Replace the ETB moto
386. ople must lift the printer and place it in the prepared location While two people can lift the printer using three or four people to lift the printer is a much easier and safer way to move the printer 46 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW If you are using an optional 500 sheet paper feeder HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only or a 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only align the printer with the guide pins on top of the paper feeder the optional 500 sheet paper feeder is shown in the following illustration EA NOTE While two people can lift the printer at least one other person should be available to help position the printer on an optional paper feeder if one is installed 7 ENWW Unpacking the printer 47 8 Using the side handles open the top cover Firmly lift the two green handles one on each side of the fuser Lift the fuser cover completely and pull on either of the orange tabs to remove the orange fuser packing tape and plastic shipping locks Close the fuser cover CAUTION Make sure that you remove all of the packing materials to avoid damage to the printer when the power is turned on 9 Open the front cover and remove the packing tape from the transfer unit Close the front cover and the top cover 48 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Installing the media tray 1 Remove the tray from the printer Push the media lift plate down until it locks Remov
387. or Most importantly as the default color space in Microsoft operating systems SRGB has gained broad adoption as a means to exchange color information between programs and devices using a common definition that assures typical users will experience greatly improved color matching SRGB improves your ability to match colors among the printer the computer monitor and other input devices scanner digital camera automatically without the need to become a color expert Image formation troubleshooting 347 Color options Color options enable optimal color output automatically for diverse types of documents Color options use object tagging which allows optimal color and halftone settings to be used for different objects text graphics and photos on a page The printer driver determines which objects are used on a page and uses halftone and color settings that provide the best print quality for each object Object tagging combined with optimized default settings produces great color out of the box In the Windows environment the Automatic and Manual color options are on the Color tab in the printer driver Setting color options to Automatic will typically produce the best possible print quality for color documents However situations might occur when you want to print a color document in grayscale black and white or want to change one of the printer s color options m Using Windows print in grayscale or change the color options by using s
388. ory card If you choose to reformat the card all data on the card will be lost ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 109 2 Disconnect all power and interface cables 4 Using a 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the eight screws holding the board in place and set them aside 110 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW 5 Slide out the formatter board and set it on a clean flat grounded surface 6 Align the groove on the side of the flash memory card with the notches in the connector and push it in the slot until it is fully seated AN CAUTION Do not insert the flash memory card at an angle EA NOTE The first flash memory slot marked Firmware Slot is reserved for firmware only On the HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer slot 2 and slot 3 should be used for all other solutions The CLJ 4601n only has one CompactFlash memory slot for firmware ENWW Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 111 7 Align the formatter board in the tracks at the top and bottom of the slot and then slide the board into the printer Replace and tighten the eight screws that you removed in step 4 112 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW ENWW Enabling memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models If you installed a memory DIMM set the printer driver to recognize the newly added memory To enable memory for Windows 98 ME
389. otor error 1 motor startup error 2 motor rotation error 3 fuser motor startup error 4 fuser motor rotation error 5 print cartridge motor startup error 6 print cartridge motor rotation error 9 ETB motor startup error A ETB motor rotation error B developing disengaging motor startup error C developing disengaging motor rotation error Y Description 0 no color black 1 cyan 2 magenta 3 yellow 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 This message might also appear if the transfer unit is missing or incorrectly installed Ensure that the transfer unit is correctly installed ETB motor error 1 Clean the ETB unit intermediate connector J4017 2 Reconnect the connectors J4022 for the ETB motor J4017 between the ETB and the printer and J4014 on the DC controller PCA 3 Replace the ETB motor A Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Fuser motor error 1 Reconnect the connectors J4030 for the fuser motor and J1002 on the DC controller PCA 2 Replace the fuser drive assembly 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 325 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models contin
390. ount through the control panel Use the following steps to reset the fuser count 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 printer to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 3 Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE 4 Press Y to highlight RESETS 5 Press to select RESETS 6 Press Y to highlight RESET SUPPLIES 7 Press to select RESET SUPPLIES 8 Press Y to highlight NEW FUSER KIT 9 Press to select NEW FUSER KIT 10 Press Y to highlight YES 11 Press to reset the fuser count Replacing supply items 99 Printer memory HP Color LaserJet 4600 models The printer has five dual inline memory module DIMM slots E NOTE For maximum flexibility in DIMM support the formatter is designed with four 168 pin DIMM slots and a fifth 100 pin DIMM slot Only four DIMMs can be loaded at a time so the fifth DIMM slot 100 pin is logically the same as the fourth DIMM slot 168 pin The system can only have a DIMM installed on the fourth DIMM slot 168 pin if no DIMM is installed in the fifth DIMM slot 100 pin and vice versa Use these DIMM slots to upgrade the printer with the following accessories More printer memory DIMMs are available in 64 128 and 256 MB a Flash memory DIMMs available in 8 MB unlike standard printer memory flash DIMMs can be used to permanently store downloaded items in the printer even when the printer is off DIMM based acces
391. overlay near the blue button 3 Press to open the MENUS 4 Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 5 Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE 6 Press Y to highlight SYSTEM SETUP 7 Press to select SYSTEM SETUP 8 Press Y to highlight LANGUAGE 9 Press to select LANGUAGE 10 Press Y to highlight the approriate language and then press to select and save the language choice ENWW Covers and external components 189 Installing a new control panel label HP Color LaserJet 4650 models E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer control panel is available in English only You do not need to install an overlay or a label for this model For the HP CLJ 4600 models see Installing a new overlay HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Some printer models are shipped without the control panel labels installed or you might prefer using a different label from the one that is installed Labels are available for several languages and you can change the language for the control panel messages If you are setting up a printer for a language other than English follow this procedure 1 Remove the backing from the adhesive side of the label 2 Position the new label over the top of the control panel 3 Press the label firmly down onto the control panel IR A NOTE When applying the label start at the center and press the label into place towards the edges of the control panel Press MENU to open the MENUS Press Y t
392. oving 213 skewed pages troubleshooting 342 160 small size paper detection 164 smearing troubleshooting 358 software components 81 downloading 40 drivers supported 67 installing on Macintosh 74 installing on Macintosh networks 72 installing on Windows 70 71 75 installing on Windows networks 71 Macintosh included 69 networks 78 settings 66 utilities 79 solenoids diagnostics 414 locating 435 removing 199 space requirements 14 special mode test 405 specifications acoustic 18 electrical 17 environment protection 29 environmental 18 features 5 media 20 site requirements 14 supply storage 19 speed feed control 165 pages per minute 5 sRGB color 347 static eliminator part number 473 514 516 static precautions 174 status and alerts software 387 status messages 263 status page printing 369 392 STBY period 119 storing supplies 19 supplies locating 91 ordering 39 452 partnumbers 457 recycling 29 replacement intervals 87 Index 531 replacing 92 status page printing 369 392 storing 19 support customer 41 453 swatch book color matching 346 switch boxes 363 switches 430 System setup menu 376 T technical support 41 453 telephone support 41 453 temperature environment sensor operations 4610n and 4650 122 156 environmental specifications 14 18 fuser operations 124 heater control 126 tests calibration bypass 422 cartridge 404 component 413 Diagnostics menu 382 engine 401 420 formatter 42
393. p through the instructions 4 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server REPLACE FUSER KIT REPLACE SUPPLIES For status press O The fuser kit is at its end of life At least one supply item is out and needs to be replaced and another supply item is either out or low 1 Replace the fuser to continue printing 2 Press for detailed information 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 4 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server 1 Press to identify which supplies should be replaced 2 Replace the identified supplies to continue printing 274 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 3 Press for detailed information 4 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 5 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server REPLACE TRANSFER KIT The transfer unit has reached its end of 1 Replace the transfer unit to For help press life continue printing 2 Press for detailed information 3 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 4 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server Resend The firmware upgrade was not Attempt the upgrade again completed successfully upgrade Rotating The printer is testing the developing Pr
394. plain paper When plain paper passes through the sensor the light is blocked and the OHT signal changes from low to high Consequently when the signal is not blocked but the paper leading edge sensor detects a sheet the DC controller determines that the media is an OHT Figure 5 36 Overhead transparency detection illustrates this process OHT sensor OHTS Pr O IRS A Registration shutter E E lt lt ae Paper leading edge Feed redig Sub rallies Registration roller detection sensor TOPI Signal Meaig Normal Plain paper OHT TOPI signal H L L OHTS signal L H L Figure 5 36 Overhead transparency detection Pickup feed system 163 Small size paper detection Because the printer s overhead transparency detection sensor is installed at the end of the feed path small size paper that does not pass the edge of the feed path can be mistaken for an OHT To avoid this problem the printer has a lever in front of the OHT detection sensor to distinguish small sized paper Small size paper is too narrow to trip the lever When the lever is tripped the flag attached to the lever momentarily blocks light from reaching the OHT detection sensor indicating that the media is full width The DC controller determines whether the media is an OHT or a sheet of paper based on whether the OHT sensor remains shaded from light as the media passes through If the lever is not triggered the DC co
395. pplies through the Configure device menu on the control panel See Replacing the fuser when it is not at end of life and Replacing the transfer unit when it is not at end of life for instructions Table 6 2 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items Supply item Printer message Page counts Approximate replacement interval To install or order Black K print cartridge REPLACE BLACK CARTRIDGE 9 000 pages 2 7 months Installing the print cartridges For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Cyan C print cartridge REPLACE CYAN CARTRIDGE 8 000 pages 2 7 months Installing the print cartridges For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Magenta M print cartridge REPLACE MAGENTA CARTRIDGE 8 000 pages 2 7 months Installing the print cartridges For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Yellow Y print cartridge Image transfer kit ETB REPLACE YELLOW CARTRIDGE REPLACE TRANSFER KIT 8 000 pages 120 000 pages 2 7 months 40 months Installing the print cartridges For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 Replacing the transfer unit For part numbers see Supplies and accessories in chapter 8 176 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Table 6 2 Approximate replacement intervals for supply items continued Image fuser kit REPL
396. pply only to the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models will not appear on the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Status messages Status messages reflect the current state of the printer They inform you of normal printer operation and require no interaction to clear them They change as the state of the printer changes Whenever the printer is ready not busy and has no pending warning messages the status message Ready appears if the printer is online Warning messages Warning messages inform you of data and print errors These messages typically alternate with Ready or with status messages and they appear until is pressed If CLEARABLE WARNING is set to JOB in the printer configuration menu these messages are cleared by the next print job Error messages Error messages communicate that some action must be performed such as adding media or clearing a media jam Some error messages are auto continuable if AUTO CONTINUE ON the printer will continue normal operation after an auto continuable error message has appeared for 10 seconds EA NOTE Any button that is pressed during the 10 second appearance of an auto continuable error message overrides the auto continue feature and the function of the pressed button takes precedence Critical error messages Critical error messages inform you of a device failure Some of these messages can be cleared by turning the printer off and then on These messages are not affected by the
397. pter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Image halftone calibration control DHALF This control measures halftone density output from the formatter and returns the measurements to the formatter so it can perform halftone calibration Image density calibration must always be performed in advance of image halftone calibration Image halftone calibration control consists of three steps 1 Using the optimum developing bias determined during image density calibration the DC controller forms density patterns on the photosensitive drum in each color cartridge 2 These density patterns are transferred to the ETB and the color registration detection unit measures the image density of these patterns Image data is returned to the formatter 3 The formatter uses the image data to perform a halftone calibration in order to obtain an ideal halftone image Image formation system 157 158 Chapter5 Theory of operation Image density detection Each of the image stabilization controls uses the color registration unit at the top of the ETB unit to measure image density The DC controller emits a light from sensors located above the density detection patterns on the ETB The light reflected off the patterns is returned to the sensor and the data is returned to the DC controller Figure 5 32 Image density detection illustrates this process When the values that the density sensor detects are outside the specified range the DC controller resets the
398. r The drum motor drive gear is worn or damaged Replace the drum motor for the affected color The color registration detection unit is defective Replace the color registration detection unit The laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner for the affected color Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The DC controller PCA is defective Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Smearing This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for smearing Table 7 36 Causes for smearing Cause Solution A poor contact exists in the printer ground and cartridge Clean each print cartridge ground contact and the printer ground contacts ground contact If they are still dirty after cleaning or if they are damaged replace the cartridge or replace the printer ground contact The fuser inlet guide is dirty or contains debris Clean the fuser inlet guide The cartridge shutters are not opening Make sure the cartridge shutter bar is operating correctly Misplaced image This table contains information about the causes of and solutions for misplaced images Table 7 37 Causes for misplaced
399. r See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 320 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 53 XY ZZ CHECK RAM DIMM SLOT alternates with To continue press Stop 54 X PRINTER ERROR An error occurred in some printer memory X DIMM Type 1 Slot 1 2 Slot 2 Y Device Location 1 DDR Slot 1 2 DDR Slot 2 ZZ Error Number 0 unsupported memory 1 unrecognized memory 2 unsupported memory size 3 failed RAM test 4 exceeded maximum RAM size 5 invalid DDR speed X Description 1 low fuser temperature 3 Dmax density sensor 5 CPR sensor 6 OHT sensor 7 yellow drum phase home position sensor 8 magenta drum phase home position sensor 9 cyan drum phase home position sensor 10 black drum phase home position sensor 11 yellow density sensor 12 magenta density sensor 13 cyan density sensor 14 black density sensor 15 yellow CPR sensor 16 magenta CPR sensor NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer has only one DIMM slot A 1 Turn the printer off 2 Verify that the memory meets specifications and is correctly installed 3 Turn the printer on 4 Ifthe problem persists replace the DDR card in the slot indicated Turn the printer off and then on and then check the following items in the order listed 54 1 error Check the f
400. r 254 500 sheet paper feeder 242 Tray1 197 Tray 2 195 pickup feed operations 159 PIN Service menu 383 PJL 133 364 PJL escape sequences for network security 83 PML 133 ports commands 364 connecting to 57 included 7 locating 4600 9 locating 4610n 11 locating 4650 12 Posidriv screwdrivers 175 power cord connecting 50 power specifications 17 power supplies fan removing 217 fuser 124 fuser removing 230 high voltage operations 127 high voltage removing 225 low voltage operations 128 low voltage removing 215 part numbers 463 471 511 517 530 Index PCA locating 439 power switch locating HP Color LaserJet 4600 9 HP Color LaserJet 4610n 10 HP Color LaserJet 4650 11 power on operations 119 troubleshooting 262 power rating label 14 PowerSave electrical specifications 17 operations 130 settings 56 PPDs Macintosh 69 72 PQ troubleshooting pages 403 pre troubleshooting checklist 259 preconfiguration driver 66 preprinted paper 26 primary charging operations 144 primary exposure operations 143 print cartridges diagnostics 404 413 fan removing 237 installing 50 locating 91 memory tag operations 139 operations 138 ordering 39 452 partnumbers 457 recycling 29 removing during service 177 replacement intervals 87 replacing 92 status page printing 369 392 storing 19 toner level detection operations 139 Print in Grayscale 348 PRINT period 119 Print quality menu 374 print quality troubleshooting aft
401. r by altering halftones and affects all print jobs To adjust color density 1 10 11 12 13 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE menu Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE menu Press Y to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press to select PRINT QUALITY Press A or to highlight ADJUST COLOR Press to select ADJUST COLOR Press A or Y to highlight the desired color Press to select the desired color Press A or Y to highlight the correct density setting Press to select the density setting Press lt i to set the density for the next color After setting the density for each color press Pause Resume HP Color LasrJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 350 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Image defects troubleshooting If specific defects occur repeatedly print a Print Quality Troubleshooting page and follow the instructions on the page If you are unable to resolve the problem use the information in this section to identify the root cause of the problem Image defects fall into the categories that are listed in Table 7 18 Image defects Possible causes and recommended solutions for each of these categories are listed in the tables that follow In general the items are listed in order from minor repairs to major repairs Check the items in the order in which they appear Table 7 18 I
402. r pickup unit 1 of 2 192 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Disconnect the connector J1020 on the DC controller callout 2 and push the connector through the hole in the chassis callout 3 Figure 6 18 Remove the paper pickup unit 2 of 2 5 Lift the paper pickup unit up and pull it forward to remove it ENWW Internal components 193 Paper pickup sensor PCA 1 Remove the paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit 2 Pushin on the black tab callout 1 on the right side of the paper pickup unit and then remove the sensor cover 3 Remove three screws callout 2 disconnect the connector callout 3 and then remove the sensor PCA Figure 6 19 Remove the paper pickup sensor PCA 1 of 2 Figure 6 20 Remove the paper pickup sensor PCA 2 of 2 194 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Cassette tray 2 paper pickup rollers 1 Remove the following assemblies Print cartridges and ETB See Print cartridges and ETB e Paper pickup unit See Paper pickup unit 2 From the bottom of the paper pickup unit firmly push down on the paper pickup rollers callout 1 to remove them Figure 6 21 Remove the cassette tray 2 pickup rollers Q Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the paper pickup rollers be sure to fit the pins on Sr the pickup roller into the holes on the pickup roller shaft Figure 6 22 Reinstall the tray 2 pickup rollers ENWW Internal components 195 Paper pickup drive
403. r service the printer with the protective cover removed from the laser scanner assembly The reflected beam although invisible can damage your eyes Never operate the printer with any parts removed The sheet metal parts can have sharp edges Be careful not to cut yourself when handling sheet metal parts Caution regarding electrostatic discharge ESD fa ESD The printer contains parts that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Watch for the ESD reminder when removing printer parts Protect the PCA parts with protective ESD pouches Always use an ESD protected work station when servicing the printer or paper handling accessories If an ESD work station is not available ground yourself to discharge body static by touching the metal chassis of the printer or accessory Required tools Before servicing the printer gather the following tools a Phillips 2 magnetized screwdriver 152 mm 6 inch shaft Small flat blade screwdriver Small needle nose pliers ESD strap Penlight optional 174 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW All components in the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer use Phillips head screws that require a 2 Phillips screwdriver Make sure that you have a Phillips screwdriver and not a posidriv screwdriver Figure 6 1 Phillips and posidrive screwdriver comparison shows the difference between a Phillips and a posidriv screwdriver The surfaces on a Phillips tip are more beveled surfaces
404. ration ENWW Duplex feed unit During two sided duplex printing the duplex feed unit retrieves the paper from the output bin and sends it back through the pickup feed unit to print on the second side The sequence of events is as follows 1 The paper with the front side printed passes through the fuser 2 The fuser motor M8 rotates counterclockwise for a specified length of time after the paper reaches the fuser delivery sensor The fuser delivery roller reverses direction and feeds the paper into the duplex feed unit Figure 5 38 Duplex switch back illustrates this switch back operation 3 The oblique roller and feed roller feed the left edge of the paper so that it contacts the left side plate in order to align the paper on the left margin 4 The paper then re enters the pickup feed unit and the second side is printed 5 The paper passes through the fuser a second time and comes to rest in the output bin Ex NOTE HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only During duplex printing the printer prints the second side of the page first For instance if a four page print job is to be printed on two sheets of paper pages 2 and 4 print first and then pages 1 and 3 print For this reason when preprinted letterhead is used for duplex printing be sure to load the letterhead face down in tray 2 tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 HP CLJ 4650 models only and load letterhead face up in tray 1 e O o O 3 o 2 kd O gt
405. rdering information is also available from the embedded Web server ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 291 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message REPLACE FUSER KIT For help press Description The fuser kit is at its end of life Action 1 Replace the fuser to continue printing Press for detailed information 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 4 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server REPLACE SUPPLIES For status press Ka At least one supply item is out and needs to be replaced and another supply item is either out or low E NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels 1 Press to identify which supplies should be replaced 2 Replace the identified supplies to continue printing Press for detailed information 4 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 5 Supplies ordering information is also available from the embedded Web server REPLACE SUPPLIES Printing black only alternates with Ready For help press At least one color supply item is out and needs to be replaced Printing can continue but only black toner will be used E NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels 1 Press to identify which supplies should be replaced 2 Replace the identifi
406. registration detection unit 4 Ifthe message persists replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models DATA RECEIVED To print last page press O The printer received data and is waiting for a form feed When the printer receives another file the message should disappear Press to continue DETECTABLE SIZE IN TRAY xx For help press alternates with DETECTABLE SIZE IN TRAY xx Recommend move switch to STANDARD A tray has been loaded with media that is a standard size and the switch in the tray is set to custom 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press and Y to step through the instructions DISK DEVICE FAILURE alternates with Ready For menus press D A device failure has occurred on the specified drive 1 Printing can continue for jobs that do not require access to the disk drive 2 To clear the message turn the printer off and then on 3 Ifthe message persists remove and reinstall the EIO disk drive 4 Ifthe message persists replace the EIO disk drive ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 265 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED alternates with Ready For menus press Ka DISK FILE SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with Ready For menus press Ka DISK IS WRITE
407. ress The printer skips calibration and then continues its power on sequence Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models Use the following procedure to calibrate the printer whenever you replace the DC controller the ETB the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner 1 Press to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 3 Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press Y to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press to select PRINT QUALITY O a A Press Y to highlight CALIBRATE NOW 7 Press to select CALIBRATE NOW Wait for the printer to calibrate Quick Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Quick Calibrate Now is used for color tone calibration D Max and D Half and takes about 68 seconds 1 Press MENU to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 3 Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press Y to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press to select PRINT QUALITY O a P Press Y to highlight QUICK CALIBRATE NOW 7 Press to select QUICK CALIBRATE NOW Wait for the printer to calibrate Engine resets 423 Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Use the following procedure to calibrate the printer whenever you replace the DC controller the ETB the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner Full Calibrate Now includes the Quick Calibrate routines and adds Drum Phase Calibration and Color Plane Registration Full Calibrate la
408. rint cartridges are removed Figure 6 31 Reinstall the developing disengaging rod 1 of 2 2 Also make sure that the developing disengaging rod passes through the slots in the drive clutches in the up position callout 2 in each of the four drum drive units engaging each clutch The clutch on the yellow drum drive unit is particularly difficult to see and to engage Figure 6 32 Reinstall the developing disengaging rod 2 of 2 204 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Drum drive gears 1 2 Remove the developing disengaging rod See Drum drive developing disengaging rod Remove the eight screws shown in callout 1 and then remove the four drum gear grounding plates E NOTE The grounding plates and drive gears for the cyan and magenta drum drive units have longer shafts than those in the yellow and black drum drive units Remove the four drum drive gears callout 2 SS F Figure 6 33 Remove the drum drive gears Ex NOTE Calibrate the printer after removing and replacing any of the drum drive gears See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Drum home position sensors 1 2 3 Remove the drum drive gears See Drum drive gears Disconnect four connectors callout 1 Push each drum home position sensor holder behind the connectors shown in callout 1 toward the r
409. rinter PCAs Formatter simplex new 4610n Only Q7732 67901 Printer PCAs Front cover assembly 510 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams RG5 6466 000CN External covers and panels ENWW ENWW Table 8 27 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Fuse 125 V 6 3 A 110 V Part number VD7 2356 301CN Table and page Internal components 5 of 5 Fuse 250 V 20 A 110 V VD7 1732 002CN Internal components 5 of 5 Fuse 250 V 4 A 220 V VD7 0644 001CN Internal components 5 of 5 Fuse 250 V 8 A 220 V VD7 1838 001CN Internal components 5 of 5 Fuser 220 V 4600 Only RG5 6517 110CN Internal components 4 of 5 Fuser assembly 110 V 4600 Only RG5 6493 190CN 4600 Fuser assembly Only Fuser assembly 110 V 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7450 110CN Fuser assembly Fuser assembly 220 V 4600 Only RG5 6517 110CN Fuser assembly Fuser assembly 220 V 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7451 110CN Fuser assembly Fuser cover left RF5 3774 030CN Fuser assembly Fuser cover right RF5 3775 030CN Fuser assembly Fuser drive assembly 4600 Only RG5 6512 000CN Fuser drive assembly Fuser drive assembly 4600 Only RG5 6512 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Fuser drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7452 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 Fuser drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7452 000CN Fuser drive assembly
410. rk administrator for assistance in troubleshooting network problems If the printer is not connected to an MS DOS based host proceed to the Table 7 39 Communications check table Table 7 39 Communications check Check Action Is your computer configured to the parameters that are These parameters are required in order to communicate with described in the configuration instructions the printer Verify that the configuration of the computer s communications port matches these parameters E NOTE If these parameters are not set correctly an error message might appear on the control panel display EIO troubleshooting HP CLJ 4600 and 4650 models only If the printer contains an optional HP Jetdirect print server and you cannot communicate with the printer over the network verify the operation of the print server Print a configuration page If the Jetdirect card does not appear under Installed personalities and options on the configuration page see the troubleshooting section of the HP Jetdirect Print Server Software Installation Guide If the host system and printer are still not communicating replace the formatter PCA and the EIO card and reconfigure the printer If the problem persists a protocol analyzer might be needed in order to find the source of the problem A CAUTION HP LaserJet printers are not designed to work with mechanical switch box products that do not offer the correct surge protection Thes
411. rmation block 143 Step 1 Primam exposure 2 2 ina ania a ela einige dean 143 step 2 Primary e Tt Un DEE 144 Step 3 Laser beam evposure oceniana ee aerea a a e aa aaea a aa aaia 144 Development DICK derenn netre a aaa anaa beaded a a a aata 145 Step Toner charging seed aiani eini eich haven ov eiriaa 145 Step 5 Development 145 Transiter bock ined endine dioei eiri eiii a eeii eii ri ii aiee eiie 146 Step 0 ARa DE 146 Step 75 Transfobia Giddens a eerie ada el hee ha el ee ed ee 146 el Separations EEN 148 FUSING DIOCK EE SSP A FUSO diccccuesacgiccisteareegebianeceebsagi caus auegegin danse cuvsaddacebebadteunsaattecnbeatarceieadans 148 Cleaning BlOCK Ais gelehen 149 e OR ln ne DEE 149 Step 11 Photosensitive drum ceanimg 149 Calibration anid ClEAMING siiciisisacteceieanidedenibaancceuvady ices taaceccus sane AEE EEEE ER 150 ETB GIGGING NEE 152 Photosensitive drum ceanimg cee eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeenaeeeeeneeas 153 Color plane registration Calbraton ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeneeeeeneeaas 154 Drum phase calibration A OOD Image stabilization Control 2 dereu edel Eet Nd NEE SE a a a edd EE aaa 155 Environmental change control HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 156 Image density calibration control ODMAXT 156 Image halftone calibration control ODHALE 157 Image density detections arseeni ccuehes ceceeteey ENEE NENNEN AER e 158 ENWW vii eier ol
412. rmatter simplex new 4610n Only Formatter simplex exchange 4610n Only Firmware DIMM 4600 Only CompactFlash 4650 Only CompactFlash 4610n Only Part number RG5 6399 030CN RG5 6400 030CN RG5 6395 000CN C9660 69022 RG5 6393 000CN RG5 6392 000CN RG5 6410 020CN C9660 69023 RG5 6411 020CN RG5 5469 000CN RG5 6396 000CN RG5 6391 100CN C9660 69020 RG5 7470 030CN C9660 69011 Q3999 69002 C9660 67901 Q3999 67902 C9661 69002 C9660 67902 Q7732 67901 Q7732 69001 C9712 67908 Q2635 67910 Q2635 67919 Qty Illustrations and parts lists 463 External covers and panels NY ENWW Figure 8 3 External covers and panels 464 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 5 External covers and panels Ref 1 10 Description Right cover Top cover assembly Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 Front cover assembly Left cover Rear cover assembly Rear top cover assembly Filter rear Filter left side Rear cover lower Part number RB2 8591 000CN RG5 6465 000CN RG5 6467 000CN RG5 6466 000CN RB2 8590 040CN RG5 8592 000CN RG5 6464 000CN RB2 8596 000CN RB3 0607 000CN RB2 8593 000CN Qty External covers and panels 465 Internal components S amp X Ss Oe fk Sh oh x N Figure 8 4 Internal components 1 of 5 466 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 6 Internal components 1 o
413. rms fonts and signatures CPU The HP LaserJet 4600 models formatter incorporates a 400 MHz RISC processor The formatter for the HP LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models incorporates a 533 MHz RISC processor ENWW Engine control system 131 Printer memory If the printer encounters difficulty managing available memory a clearable warning message will appear on the control panel Some printer messages are affected by the auto continue and clearable warning settings from the Configure Device menu under System Setup If Clearable Warning Job is set on the control panel warning messages appear on the control panel display until the end of the job from which they were generated If Clearable Warning On is set warning messages appear on the control panel until HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models is pressed If an error occurs that prevents printing and Auto Continue Off is set the message appears until HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models is pressed Read only memory Besides storing microprocessor control programs the read only memory ROM stores dot patterns of internal character sets fonts Random access memory The random access memory RAM contains the page I O buffers and the font storage area It stores printing and font information received from the host system and can also serve to temporarily store a full page of print image
414. rmware DIMM Replace the formatter Calibrate the printer See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 8X YYYY EIO ERROR The EIO accessory card in slot X has encountered a critical error Turn the printer off and then on If the problem persists reseat the EIO card Replace the EIO card 310 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Ex NOTE Many of the procedures in this section instruct you to replace the DC controller PCA the ETB the formatter the drum drive motors the drum drive gears or a laser scanner unit After replacing one of these items you must access the Print Quality menu and select QUICK CALIBRATE NOW FULL CALIBRATE NOW to ensure proper print quality after the repair When the ETB or the fuser are replaced before their normal end of life access the resets menu and reset the counter to zero See Quick Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Message Description Action 10 XX YY SUPPLYY MEMORY ERROR alternates with For help press The printer cannot read or 1 write to at least one print cartridge memory tag or at least one memory tag is missing 10 00 00 black print cartridge 10 00 01 cyan print cartridge 10 00 02 magenta print car
415. rnates with Ready to be filled but the current job does not need this tray to print correctly TRAY XX OPEN The specified tray is open or is not closed completely Close the tray ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 293 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message For help press alternates with Description Action Ready TRAY XX SIZE A non detectable media size was 1 Adjust the side and rear guides selected from the menu and the tray against the paper lt SIZE gt switch is set to STANDARD Setting saved The size selected from the menu does not match the size detected by the tray Size detection occurs when the tray switch is set in the STANDARD position 2 If the media used is Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal size the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected from the control panel 3 Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu TRAY XX SIZE lt SIZE gt Setting not saved To change size move guides in tray A non detectable media size was selected from the menu and the tray switch is set to STANDARD The size selected from the menu does not match the size detected by the tray Size detection occurs when the tray switch is set in the STANDARD position 1 Adjust the side and
416. roller Paper is skewed Table 7 17 Causes for skewed paper Cause Solution The paper dust or dirt has accumulated in the cassette feed Clean the rollers roller or registration roller The cassette feed roller and registration roller are worn Replace the paper pickup assembly irregularly The separation tabs in the cassette are damaged tray 2 Straighten the tabs on the front corners of the tray or tray 3 or tray 3 4 2 x 500 sheet feeder replace the cassette E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n does not support tray 3 or tray 3 tray 4 Tray 3 tray 4 is supported only on the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models The registration shutter is defective Make sure that the registration shutter moves smoothly its spring is in place and it is clean If the registration shutter is damaged replace the paper pickup assembly 342 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Image formation troubleshooting ENWW The image formation system is the central hub of the printer During image formation an image of colored toner is formed and then fused onto the paper The image formation system consists of the following physical components m Four laser scanners Four print cartridges ETB m Fuser Before beginning image formation troubleshooting check that the media meets the specifications in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Online print quality troubleshooting tools HP Color LaserJet 4610n and
417. rough 9 EISE the instructions For help press MANUALLY FEED A job requires a specific paper type TI Press for detailed information and size that is not currently available lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt 2 For help press alternates with MANUALLY FEED lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To continue press O Press A and Y to step through the instructions ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 269 Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message If no paper in tray MANUALLY FEED lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt For help press alternates with MANUALLY FEED lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To use another tray press Ce Description A job requires a specific paper type and size that is not currently available Action 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions NON HP SUPPLY DETECTED Anew cartridge has been installed that is not made by HP This message appears until an HP cartridge is installed or Cancet Jos is pressed If you believe that the cartridge is an HP cartridge please call the HP fraud hotline Any printer repair that is required as a result of using non HP cartridges is not covered under HP warranty To continue printing press CANceL Jos The first pending job will be cancelled If the job does not print try resending the job to the printer NON HP CARTRIDGE IN USE alternates with
418. rt photo printing directly from a flash memory card If you install a camera type flash memory card a message appears on the control panel display asking if you want to reformat the flash memory card If you choose to reformat the card all data on the card will be lost You might want to increase the printer memory if you often print complex graphics or PS documents or use many downloaded fonts Additional memory also allows the printer to print multiple collated copies at the maximum speed E NOTE Single inline memory modules SIMMs and dual inline memory modules DIMMs that were used on previous HP LaserJet printers are not compatible with the printer Before ordering additional memory see how much is currently installed by printing a configuration page To order additional memory see chapter 8 Printing a configuration page HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 1 Press MENU to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 3 Press to select INFORMATION 104 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION 5 Press to print the configuration page Installing memory HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models and fonts HP Color LaserJet 4650 models You can install more memory for the printer and you can also install a font card so that the printer can print characters for languages such as Chinese or the Cyrillic alphabet CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs When handling
419. ry device in the location indicated 2 DIMM Slot 2 3 DIMM Slot 3 4 DIMM Slot 4 ZZ Error Number 0 unsupported memory 1 unrecognized memory ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 305 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 2 unsupported memory size 3 failed RAM test 4 exceeded maximum RAM size 5 invalid DIMM speed 53 10 05 A DIMM is installed in both the 168 pin This is an invalid configuration DIMMs can DIMM Slot 4 and the 100 pin DIMM Slot 5 not be installed in both of these slots at the PRINTER ERROR same time To continue Remove one of the DIMMs or move one of turn off then on the DIMMs to a different slot 54 XX PRINTER ERROR X Description 1 low fuser temperature 3 Dmax density sensor 5 CPR sensor 6 OHT sensor 7 yellow drum phase home position sensor 8 magenta drum phase home position sensor 9 cyan drum phase home position sensor 10 black drum phase home position sensor 11 yellow density sensor 12 magenta density sensor 13 cyan density sensor 14 black density sensor 15 yellow CPR sensor 16 magenta CPR sensor 17 cyan CPR sensor 18 black CPR sensor 19 ETB speed control sensor 20 color plane registration sensor 24 black toner level sensor 1E or 30 half tone calibration error 01 humidity environmental sensor abnormal Turn the printer off and then on and then check the following items in the order listed
420. s ege eege J Figure 5 9 Low voltage power supply circuit 128 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Formatter system The formatter PCA is responsible for the following actions Receiving and processing print data from the various printer interfaces Monitoring control panel inputs and relaying printer status information through the control panel and the bidirectional I O Developing and coordinating data placement and timing with the print engine Storing font information Communicating with the host computer through the bidirectional interface Controlling the PowerSave mode The formatter monitors the printer continuously through the video interface When the printer is ready to print the formatter sends a signal to the DC controller which turns the laser on or off based on the signal Figure 5 10 Formatter system shows the formatter system External device Ge host computer etc Formatter DC Controller PCA PCA VIDEO sig gt Bk laser scanner VIDEO INTERFACE signal VIDEO sig gt M laser scanner VIDEO SR Y laser scanner VIDEO gt C laser scanner gt Figure 5 10 Formatter system Engine control system 129 PowerSave This feature conserves power after the printer has been idle for an adjustable length of time Set the time length in the Configure Device menu under System Setup When the printer is in PowerSave mode the c
421. s XP A NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer supports only Windows 2000 and Windows XP When installing the printing software in a direct connect environment always install the software before connecting the parallel or USB cable If the parallel or USB cable was connected before the software installation see Installing the software after the parallel or USB cable has been connected Either a parallel or USB cable can be used for the direct connection However you cannot connect both the parallel and USB cable at the same time Use an IEEE 1284 C cable or a standard 2 meter USB cable E NOTE Windows NT 4 0 does not support USB cable connections for the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models 70 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW To install the printing system software 1 Close all software programs that are open or running 2 Insert the printer CD ROM into the CD ROM drive If the welcome screen does not open start it by using the following procedure e On the Start menu click Run e Type the following x setup where x is the letter of the CD ROM drive e Click OK When prompted click Install Printer and follow the instructions on the computer screen Click Finish when the installation has been completed You might need to restart the computer O a A O Print a Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed If installation fails reinstall the soft
422. s loaded with media that is longer or shorter in the feed direction than the size that is configured for the tray 1 Adjust the side and rear guides against the media 2 If the media used is Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal size the tray switch should be set to STANDARD Set the tray switch to CUSTOM for all other media sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected from the control panel 3 Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu TRAY xx CONTAINS UNKNOWN MEDIA The media type in the specified tray cannot be determined 1 To change the media type press Use A and Y to highlight the type and then press Oto select 2 To change the media size to Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD position 3 To change the media size to other sizes move the tray switch to CUSTOM adjust the guides against the media and close the tray 4 Use A and Y to highlight the media size and then press to select TRAY xx EMPTY lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt alternates with Ready For menus press O The specified tray is empty and needs to be filled but the current job does not need this tray to print correctly Refill the tray at a convenient time TRAY xx OPEN For help press alternates with The specified tray is open or is not closed completely Close the tray 276 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW
423. saeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 348 Halftone options eiert eigenen cd nae eee 349 Neutral Grays aa aana genee Eed Eege Eege 349 Edge Control e hides See eave ee eebe ege dE 349 KIEREN 349 Adjusting color balance ode seein ccs cedieceeeeeen ded ipini i a aa 350 To adjust color density i ancients aed eer ait eae dE ee 350 Image defects troubleshooting eege EENEG 351 Lal Lu e EE 352 Bien L Te EE 352 Dark IMAG ET EE 353 Dari COON EEN 353 Completely blank image ereere TEE ETE AA A E E 353 All black or solid Colofoon dd 353 Dots in vertical iNES edd ee tamed NEES EEN dE 354 Dirt on the back of the paper 354 Dirt on the front of the paper ccc ceeeceeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaecaaaeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeseeaeees 355 Metical E 355 White venicl Ines oi tines d EE aT Eech Pied aeons Gitenaied 355 Ronzontal NMOS ansera aii einna e E O gege lagen 356 White honzontol IDEA A A A E e 356 MISSING COO in e a E a R et as ete E AEE 356 Blank SPOS ainina e ea dE e EE dee Ee 357 Poor fusing eeano eenei eeii iii eee a case ce eae eed eh See de eos 357 DIStOMlOn OF DUNNING 0 dees ai aE ENEE ee ENEE RT eech 358 ET EE 358 Misplaced image esst 358 Repetitive defects troubDleShOoting cee cecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeeeiaeeeeneeaas 359 Interface trouDlGSHOOUING s eseegede aa teenth SEN a Rein nae Bed Aaa eels 363 Communications CHECKS uge ENER NEEN EEN ENEE th beeen tebe ree abs deen tebe 363 E
424. sage appears until the end of the job that generated the message The default is JOB AUTO CONTINUE SUPPLIES LOW ON OFF CONTINUE STOP Determines printer behavior when the system generates an auto continuable error ON If an error occurs that prevents printing the message appears on the printer control panel display and the printer goes offline for 10 seconds before returning online OFF If an error occurs that prevents printing the message remains on the printer control panel display and the printer remains offline until you press OD The default is ON Sets low supplies reporting options COLOR SUPPLY LOW AUTOCONTINUE BLACK Sets the COLOR SUPPLY OUT printer behavior When a color supply is empty STOP and the printer is set to AUTOCONTINUE BLACK the printer will continue printing using black toner only JOB STORAGE LIMIT 1 to 100 Sets the limit for the maximum number of jobs that can be stored on the hard disk at the printer 378 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 7 44 System setup submenu continued Menu item Values Description JAM RECOVERY AUTO Use this item to sets whether the printer attempts to reprint pages after a ON jam OFF AUTO The printer automatically selects the best mode for printer jam recovery usually ON ON The printer automatically reprints pages after a jam is cleared OFF The printer does not reprint pages following a jam
425. see chapter 4 ENWW Supplies 177 Covers and external components The following procedures explain the removal and replacement of covers and external components Rear cover 1 Remove two screws callout 1 2 Pull out on the left side of the rear cover and slide it to the left to remove it callout 2 Figure 6 2 Remove the rear cover 178 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Top cover A WARNING The fuser might be hot Wait 10 minutes for it to cool down before removing it 1 Lift the top cover and remove the fuser See Replacing the fuser for instructions about removing the fuser 2 Using your fingers or needle nose pliers pinch and release the white plastic clips callout 1 on the damper arm on the left side of the cover It is easier to pinch these clips if you tip the top cover forward slightly A Mii pis Figure 6 3 Remove the top cover 1 of 2 ENWW Covers and external components 179 3 Disengage the tab callout 2 and remove the retaining block E E ie Figure 6 4 Remove the top cover 2 of 2 4 Push the cover to the left to release the hinge pin on the right side and then pull the cover to the right to release the hinge pin on the left side and remove the cover 180 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Rear top cover 1 Remove the following assemblies e Rear cover See Rear cover e Top cover See Top cover 2 Remove three screws callout 1 SS Y Figure 6 5 Remove t
426. separation assembly Separation pad Cassette tray 2 Cassette tray 2 RF5 3773 000CN Static eliminator 4600 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RF5 3774 030CN Fuser cover left Fuser assembly RF5 3775 030CN Fuser cover right Fuser assembly RG1 4138 020CN Paper feeder drive assembly 4600 Only 500 sheet paper feeder internal components RG1 4139 000CN Paper feeder PCA assembly 4600 Only 500 sheet paper feeder internal components RG1 4140 080CN Cassette 500 sheet paper feeder 500 sheet paper feeder assembly RG5 5469 000CN Memory tag antenna PCA Printer PCAs RG5 5469 000CN Memory tag antenna PCA assembly Internal components 5 of 5 516 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 8 28 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RG5 6390 000CN Laser scanner assembly 4600 Only Internal components 4 of 5 RG5 6391 000CN DC controller PCA assembly 4600 Only Internal components 3 of 5 RG5 6391 100CN DC controller PCA new 4600 Only Printer PCAs RG5 6392 000CN Paper pickup PCA Printer PCAs RG5 6392 000CN Paper sensor PCA assembly Paper pickup assembly RG5 6393 000CN Toner sensor PCA Printer PCAs RG5 6393 000CN Toner sensor PCA Internal components 3 of 5 RG5 6394 000CN LED PCA assembly Drum drive assembly
427. serJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 68 X STORAGE ERROR SETTING CHANGE To continue press continue but unexpected behavior might occur X Description 0 on board NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard which settings have been changed 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL For help press alternates with 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL To continue press D A non volatile storage device is full Pressing should clear the message Printing can continue but unexpected behavior might occur X Description 0 on board NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard E Press to continue For 68 0 errors turn the printer off and then on If a 68 0 error persists perform an NVRAM inititialization For 68 1 errors use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the disk drive If a 68 1 errors persists reinitialize the hard disk NOTE The removable hard disk is not available for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE WRITE FAIL A non volatile storage device is failing to write Press to continue Pressing should clear 2 Turn the printer off and the message Printing can then on To continue press continue but unexpected behavior might occur 3 If the problem persists initialize NVRAM X Description 4 Reinitialize the hard disk 0 on board NVRAM 1 removable disk flash or hard 79 XX
428. server for printers with network connections E NOTE This section applies to the HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4650 models only Use the following steps to order printing supplies directly through the embedded Web server 1 In the Web browser on the computer type the IP address for the printer The printer status window appears Or go to the URL provided in the alert email 2 Click Other Links 3 Click Order Supplies The browser opens to a page in which you can choose to send information about the printer to HP You also have the option to order supplies without sending the printer information to HP 4 Select the part numbers you want to order and follow the instructions on the screen Ordering directly through the HP Toolbox software HP CLJ 4650 only The HP Toolbox software gives you the ability to order supplies directly from the computer Two things are necessary to use this feature m The HP Toolbox software must be installed on your computer It is automatically installed as part of the typical software installation You must have access to the World Wide Web 1 At e bottom right of the screen in the system tray click the hp Toolbox icon The software opens in a Web browser Or on the Start menu select Programs and then select HP CLJ 4650 HP Toolbox 2 On the left side of the window click Other Links 3 Click Order Supplies The browser opens to the supplies purchasing page 4 Select the supplies you wa
429. sheet paper feeder front cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder front cover e 2x 500 sheet paper feeder rear cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder rear cover 2 Remove four screws callout 1 and remove the left cover Figure 6 81 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover ENWW Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only 245 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder right cover 1 Remover the following assemblies e 2x 500 sheet paper feeder front cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder front cover e 2x 500 sheet paper feeder rear cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder rear cover 2 Remove four screws callout 1 and then remove the right cover Figure 6 82 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder right cover 246 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette pickup assembly 1 Remove the following assemblies e 2x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover e 2x 500 sheet paper feeder right cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder right cover 2 Disconnect one connector callout 1 and release the wire harness from the harness guides callout 2 3 Remove ten screws callout 3 and remove the upper cassette pickup assembly callout 4 Figure 6 83 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette pickup assembly 1 of 2 3 Figure 6 84 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette pickup assembly
430. sing the Help button the F1 button on the computer keyboard or a question mark symbol in the upper right corner of the printer driver depending on the Windows operating system used These Help screens give detailed information about the specific driver Printer driver Help is separate from your program Help 68 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Software for Macintosh computers ENWW The HP installer provides PostScript Printer Description PPD files Printer Dialog Extensions PDEs and the HP LaserJet Utility for use with Macintosh computers The embedded Web server can be used by Macintosh computers if the printer is connected to a network PPDs Use PPDs in combination with the Apple PostScript drivers to gain access to the printer features and to allow the computer to communicate with the printer An installation program for the PPDs PDEs and other software is provided on the CD ROM Use the appropriate PS driver that comes with the operating system HP LaserJet Utility Use the HP LaserJet Utility to control features that are not available in the driver The illustrated screens make selecting printer features easier than ever Use the HP LaserJet Utility to do the following m Name the printer assign it to a zone on a network and download files and fonts Configure and set the printer for Internet protocol IP printing EA NOTE The HP LaserJet Utility is not currently supported for OS X but the u
431. solenoid SL4001 turns on The pickup roller makes one rotation and picks up media from the paper feeder 4 Separation pads eliminate extra sheets and a single piece of media enters the feed path Ex NOTE Paper size detection for the 500 sheet feeder is the same as that described in Cassette detection and cassette paper size detection For the 500 sheet feeder SW4001 SW4002 and SW4003 are the equivalent of SW1 SW2 and SW3 respectively in the 500 sheet cassette Paper feeder driver PCA gt gt w MAIN MOTOR CONTROL signals CASSETTE PAPER SIZE DETECTION signals CASSETTE PAPER DIRECTION signal CSTS PAPER PICKUP SOLENOID signal CSTSL v TA gt SL400 m V SW4001 PS 4001 P feed SW4002 aper treeaer SW4003 Cassette pickup roller Ceca feed roller Figure 5 40 500 sheet paper feeder pickup and feed operation ENWW 500 sheet paper feeder 169 2 x 500 sheet feeder The optional 2 x 500 sheet feeder available for HP Color LaserJet 4650 models standard on the HP Color LseJet 4650hdn printer provides two 500 sheet casettes that accept a variety of paper types and sizes Each cassette can hold 56 mm 2 2 inches of 80 g m 21 lb media about 500 sheets Figure
432. sory fonts macros and patterns m Other DIMM based printer languages and printer options E NOTE Single inline memory modules SIMMs that were used on previous HP LaserJet printers are not compatible with the printer Before ordering additional memory print a configuration page to see how much memory is currently installed 1 Press to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 3 Press to select INFORMATION 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION 5 Press to select PRINT CONFIGURATION Installing memory and font DIMMs HP Color LaserJet 4600 models You can install more memory for the printer and you can also install a font DIMM so that the printer can print characters for languages such as Chinese or the Cyrillic alphabet CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs When handling DIMMs either wear an antistatic wrist strap or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package and then touch bare metal on the printer 1 Turn the printer off and disconnect all power and interface cables Locate the formatter board in the rear of the printer 100 Chapter4 Maintenance ENWW ENWW 2 Remove the eight screws holding the board in place and set them aside 3 Slide out the formatter board and set it on a clean flat grounded surface 4 Release the locks on each side of the DIMM slot 5 Remove the DIMM from the antistatic package Locate the alignment notches on the
433. ssage appears on the control panel display you must wait five minutes before using the printer so that the printer configuration information for example the duplexing option page counts and serial number can be restored from the CompactFlash memory to the NVRAM After installing the replacement DC controller perform a quick calibration procedure three times See Quick Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 330 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Paper path troubleshooting Use the information in this section to troubleshoot errors in the printer paper path Jams Jam error messages occur if media fails to arrive at or clear the paper path sensors in the allowed time Dedicated paper sensors detect whether media is present in the sensor and whether media is feeding normally When the DC controller detects a jam it immediately stops the printing process and the appropriate jam message appears for the sensor that detects the jam Sensors shows the locations of all the sensors in the printer Jam locations Jams occur in the areas shown in Figure 7 1 Jam locations HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printer Jam messages correlate with these areas For instructions about clearing jams see the sections later in this chapter Figure 7 1 Jam locations HP
434. sts for about 3 minutes and 15 seconds 1 Press MENU to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE 2 Press to select CONFIGURE DEVICE Press Y to highlight PRINT QUALITY Press to select PRINT QUALITY O oa P Press Y to highlight FULL CALIBRATE NOW 7 Press to select FULL CALIBRATE NOW Wait for the printer to calibrate 424 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Service menu ENWW The following sections describe the Service menu Using the Service menu The Service menu is PIN protected for added security Only authorized service people have access to the Service menu When you select SERVICE from the list of menus you are prompted to type an eight digit PIN number The PIN for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 models is 04460002 The PIN for the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models is 05465004 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight SERVICE 2 Press to select SERVICE 4 Press A or Y until the first digit of the PIN appears 5 Press to save the digit The control panel display replaces the digit with an asterisk Press lt at any time to move to the previous digit 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 until all eight digits are typed Clear event log Use this item to clear the printer internal event log Total page count The page count that is stored in NVRAM and printed on the configuration page represents
435. support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 for help or more information To install the software for Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows 2003 1 2 D N O oO Ff In the New Hardware Found dialog box click Search On the Locate Driver Files screen select the Specify a Location check box click to clear all of the other check boxes and then click Next Type the letter for the root directory For example X where X is the letter of the root directory on the CD ROM drive Click Next Follow the instructions on the computer screen Click Finish when the installation has been completed Select a language and follow the instructions on the computer screen Print a Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed E NOTE If installation fails reinstall the software If this fails check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 for help or more information Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW Network configuration ENWW Use the information in this section to configure the printer for use in a network Configuring the printer for the network You can configure certain network parameters on the printer from the printer control panel or for most networks from the HP Web Jetadmin soft
436. sure that you have administrator privileges E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer supports only Windows 2000 and Windows S XP Make sure that the HP Jetdirect print server is configured correctly for the network by printing a configuration page On the second page locate the printer IP address You might need this address to complete network installation E NOTE For the HP Color LaserJet 4610n print a configuration page for the HP Jetdirect z 175x external print server See the information that came with the HP Jetdirect 175x external print server for instructions Close all software programs that are open or running Insert the printer CD ROM into the CD ROM drive If the welcome screen does not open start it by using the following procedure a On the Start menu click Run b Type the following x setup where x is the letter of the CD ROM drive c Click OK When prompted click Install Printer and follow the instructions on the computer screen Click Finish when the installation has been completed You might need to restart the computer Print a Test Page or a page from any software program to make sure that the software is correctly installed EC NOTE installation fails reinstall the software If this fails check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or at www hp com support c
437. sure roller Fuser sleeve Color registration detection unit Vv Cae ers Photosensitive rum Drum motors x M1 M2 M3 M4 PS Pickup motor WR M5 PS ETB motor 1q M6 ETB belt OOK PS G Fuser motor M8 i PSN Drum home position detection sensor Figure 5 31 Color registration calibration Drum phase calibration The drum phase calibration aligns all four cartridge motors and their drive gears Image stabilization control This controls the variation of the image density caused by an environmental change or deterioration of the photosensitive drum toner etc There are three types of image stabilization control These controls operate when necessary Environmental change control The environment condition sensor HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models controls the bias according to the environment conditions Image density control D max the color misregistration sensor PS12 calibrates the bias value when the image density is at max a Image halftone control D half The color misregistration sensor PS12 calibrates the halftone data in the formatter Image formation system 155 Environmental change control HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models This control calibrates each bias to obtain the best image possible according to environmental changes The environment c
438. swatch book In most cases they will be SWOP EURO or DIC To get optimal color matching to the process swatch book select the corresponding ink emulation from the printer menu If you cannot identify the process standard use SWOP ink emulation 346 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Using color HP ImageREt 2400 HP Color LaserJet 4600 models HP ImageREt 2400 is a technology that provides the best color print quality without having to change driver settings or make trade offs among print quality performance and memory HP ImageREt 2400 has been improved for this printer The improvements offer trapping technologies even greater control over dot placement and more precise control of toner quality in a dot These new technologies coupled with HP s multilevel printing process result in a 600 by 600 dpi printer that provides 2400 dpi color laser class quality with millions of smooth colors HP ImageREt 3600 HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models HP ImageREt 3600 print technology is a system that HP developed to deliver superior print quality and technological innovation The HP ImageREt system incorporates technology that optimizes each element of the print system Several categories of HP ImageREt have been developed that meet a variety of user needs The system is comprised of key laser technologies for color printing including image enhancements smart supplies and high resolution imaging The ImageREt core technologies are
439. t cntrl gt D in PostScript m Turns control over to PJL This command is also a valid HP GL 2 terminator The UEL command must be immediately followed by the PJL command prefix Characters or control codes other than PUJL such as lt CR gt or lt LF gt enable the default language and process the print job in that language All jobs must begin and end with the UEL command In addition to starting PJL the UEL command creates the same effect as the lt esc gt E command However the lt esc gt E command should always be included to ensure backward compatibility PJL COMMENT This command designates the current line as a comment which is ignored The following is the command syntax PJL COMMENT lt words gt lt CR gt lt LF gt 364 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW PJL INFO CONFIG This command solicits a response to describe the installed options and allows the printer to configure the installed options automatically to meet the program requirements PUJL INFO ID This command identifies the printer type to the host for reference when selecting printer drivers for automatic installation The following is the command syntax PUJL INFO ID lt CR gt lt LF gt PJL INFO USTATUS This command queries the state of unsolicited JOB status PAGE and TIMED status are not supported The following is the command syntax PUJL INFO USTATUS lt CR gt lt LF gt PJL INFO PAGECOUNT This command returns the number o
440. t cover 2 At the rear of the printer remove eight screws callout 1 3 On the DC controller PCA release the brown tab covering the formatter ribbon cable and disconnect the cable callout 2 A CAUTION When removing the formatter ribbon cable be careful not to tear it Use a flat blade screwdriver to release the brown tab over the connection Do not pull on the ribbon cable without releasing this tab 218 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Disconnect one connector callout 3 and remove the formatter case Figure 6 50 Remove the formatter case 2 of 2 ENWW Internal components 219 Laser scanner components Removing the laser scanner assembly requires several distinct procedures Remove the laser scanner cover plate 1 Remove the following assemblies Rear cover See Rear cover Top cover See Top cover Rear top cover See Rear top cover Left cover See Left cover DC controller shield See DC controller shield Right cover See Right cover 2 On the DC controller PCA disconnect four connectors callout 1 3 On the DC controller PCA release the brown tab covering the formatter ribbon cable and disconnect the cable callout 2 A CAUTION When removing the formatter ribbon cable be careful not to tear it Use a flat blade screwdriver to release the brown tab over the connection Do not pull the ribbon cable without releasing this tab Figure 6 51 Disconnect the laser scanner
441. t print quality when printing images use HP High Gloss Laser Paper Q2419A In either the software program or the driver select GLOSSY HEAVY or HIGH GLOSS HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only or print from a tray that is configured for glossy paper m In either the software program or the printer driver select HIGH GLOSS IMAGES HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for glossy paper m You can also configure the printer by using settings on the printer control panel Envelopes E NOTE Envelopes can be printed on only from tray 1 Set the tray media size to the specific envelope size Adhering to the following guidelines will help ensure high quality printing on envelopes and help prevent printer jams Do not load more than 20 envelopes into tray 1 m The weight rating of envelopes should not exceed 105 g m 28 lb bond m Envelopes should be flat 24 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Do not use envelopes that contain windows or clasps a Envelopes must not be wrinkled nicked or otherwise damaged Envelopes that include peel off adhesive strips must use adhesives that can withstand the heat and pressures of the printer s fusing process m Envelopes should be loaded face down with the postage end feeding into the printer first Labels E NOTE To print on labels set the tray media type to LABELS on the printer control panel When printing on labels us
442. t tray the attaching roller pushes it against the ETB The attaching roller has a positive dc bias and it creates a positive charge on the print media Figure 5 24 Attaching the paper to the ETB illustrates this step Attaching roller ETB belt ETB feed roller DC bios Z Print paper Figure 5 24 Attaching the paper to the ETB Step 7 Transfer A positive bias is applied to the transfer charging roller which is directly opposite the photosensitive drum As the ETB passes the transfer charging roller it picks up a positive charge The negatively charged toner on the photosensitive drum is transferred to the positively charged print media Figure 5 25 Toner transfer illustrates this step This process is repeated for each color as the ETB carries the media from the bottom cartridge to the top C Y M K In four color printing as four colors of toner are piled up on the media the holding force of the toner weakens as the transfer process progresses To counteract this effect the DC controller increases the positive dc bias that is applied to the transfer charging roller for each successive color 146 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Print paper e Photosensitive drum t 1 ETB belt Transfer charging roller nO Zz DC bias PET Figure 5 25 Toner transfer Image formation system 147 Step 8 Separation The elasticity of the print media causes it
443. ta will occur To continue press oO 22 PARALLEL I O BUFFER OVERFLOW For help press alternates with 22 PARALLEL I O BUFFER OVERFLOW To continue press The printer parallel buffer has overflowed during a busy state Press to resume printing E NOTE A loss of data will occur 40 EIO X BAD TRANSMISSION To continue press A connection with the card in EIO slot X has been broken abnormally 1 Press to resume printing E NOTE A loss of data will occur 2 Check that all cables are connected to the EIO ports and that the EIO board is seated properly 3 If possible print to another network printer to verify the network is working properly 41 3 UNEXPECTED SIZE IN TRAY XX For help press alternates with LOAD TRAY Xx TYPE SIZE For help press 41 5 UNEXPECTED TYPE IN TRAY XX For help press The media that is loaded is longer or shorter in the feed direction than the size that is configured for the tray The printer senses a different media type in the media path than the type that is configured in the tray 1 If the incorrect size was selected cancel the job or press for more information 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 1 If the incorrect type was selected cancel the job or press for more information 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions 302 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Tabl
444. te Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 57 4 Formatter fan error F1 1 Reconnect the connector J1003 on the DC controller PCA Immediately after turning the printer on measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J1004 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 24 V replace the formatter fan Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 307 Table 7 4 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 58 X A memory tag error was detected 1 Turn the printer off and then on PRINTER ERROR 2 Replace the memory PCA For help press alternates with 58 X PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on X Description 3 CPU 4 power supply 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 59 XY PRINTER ERROR For help press alternates with 59 X Y PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on A printer motor error has occurred X Description 0 motor error 1 motor startup error 2 motor rotation error 3 fuser motor startup error 4 fuser motor rotation error 5 print cartridge motor startup error 6 print cartridge motor rotation error 9 ETB motor startup error A ETB motor rotation error B developi
445. te the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 59 X Y continued Developing disengaging motor error 1 Reconnect the connectors J4024 and J1019 between the developing disengaging motor and the DC controller PCA 2 Replace the developing disengaging drive assembly 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 62 NO SYSTEM No system was found 1 Turn the printer off and then on To continue 2 Reseat the firmware DIMM making sure that it is in the 168 pin slot J1 turn off then on 64 PRINTER ERROR A scan buffer error occurred 1 Turn the printer off and then on For help press 2 Perform a cold reset 3 If the message persists replace the alternates with formatter or firmware DIMM 64 PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 68 X PERMANENT One or more printer settings that were TI Press M to continue saved in the non volatile storage device are STORAGE ERROR invalid and have been reset to its factory 2 Turn the printer off and then on default Pressing should clear the For help press message Printing can continue but 3 Check the printer settings to determine unexpected behavior might occur which settings have been changed alternates with X Description 68 X PERMANENT 0 on board NVRAM ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 309 Table 7 4 Numer
446. ted documentation and software 37 Service approach Printer repair normally begins by using the printer s internal diagnostics and the following three step process 1 Isolate the problem to the major system for example the host computer the network or server or the printer system 2 Determine if the problem is located in the accessories or in the printer engine 3 Troubleshoot the problem by using the procedures in chapter 7 After you locate a faulty part the printer can usually be repaired at the assembly level by replacing field replaceable units FRUs Some mechanical assemblies might need to be repaired at the subassembly level Hewlett Packard does not support replacement of components on the printer circuit assembles 38 Chapter 2 Service approach ENWW Parts and supplies ENWW Field replaceable and accessory part numbers are contained in chapter 8 of this manual Order replacement parts from Hewlett Packard Customer Support Americas HPCS A or Hewlett Packard Customer Support Europe HPCS E CAUTION Use only accessories specifically designed for this printer Accessories can be ordered from an authorized service or support provider Ordering parts supplies and accessories over the Internet To order supplies in the US contact www hp com go lisupplies To order supplies worldwide see www hp com ghp buyonline html To order accessories see www hp com Ordering directly through the embedded Web
447. ter HP Color LaserJet 4600hdn printer product number The HP CLJ 4600hdn printer includes all of the features of C9663A the base model with an HP Jetdirect 610n print server network card and automatic 2 sided printing duplexing an additional 500 sheet feeder a hard disk and 160 MB of SDRAM Callout 2 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4600hdn printer Table 1 2 HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer product number Q7732A The HP CLJ 4610n includes 128 MB of dual data rate DDR SDRAM plus 32 MB of additional memory on the formatter board for a total of 160 MB of memory This model includes a 500 sheet input tray The printer also includes an HP Jetdirect 175x external print server that is connected to the USB port It also has an IEEE compliant parallel connection Callout 1 in Figure 1 1 HP CLJ 4600 Series printers shows the HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer Table 1 3 HP Color LaserJet 4650 model configurations Base model HP Color LaserJet 4650 printer product The HP CLJ 4650 printer is the base model which includes number Q3668A 128 MB of DDR SDRAM plus 32 MB of additional memory on the formatter board for a total of 160 MB of memory and a 500 sheet input tray The printer provides three enhanced input output EIO slots wireless connectivity an auxiliary port a universal serial bus USB connection and a standard bidirectional paral
448. ter was installed 2 Divide DDD by 30 If there is a remainder add 1 to the result This is the month 3 The remainder from the calculation in step 2 is the day of the month If there is no remainder the day of the month is 30 426 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Example service ID is 14262 1 1990 14 2004 2 262 30 8 with a remainder of 22 8 1 9 Month 9 September 3 22 Day of month 4 Actual date September 22 2004 Ex NOTE A 6 day grace period is built into the date system Cold reset paper When you perform a cold reset the paper size that is stored in NVRAM is reset to the default factory setting If you replace a formatter board in a country region that uses A4 as the standard paper size use this menu to reset the default paper size to A4 LETTER and A4 are the only available values ENWW Service menu 427 Diagrams Main parts Figure 7 30 Location of main parts 1 Fuser sleeve 2 Pressure roller 3 Transfer charging rollers 4 ETB belt 5 Separation pad 6 Multipurpose tray pickup roller 7 Main thermistor 8 Sub thermistor 9 Thermoswitch 10 Cassette pickup rollers DEER 428 Chapter Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 7 31 Main parts 2 x 500 sheet feeder HP CLJ 4650 models only 1 Upper cassette pickup assembly 2 Drive assembly ENWW Diagrams 429 Switches 1 SW1001 a H mol Figure 7 32 Location of swit
449. the number of pages that the formatter has formatted not including engine test prints If you install a new formatter when repairing a printer use this menu item to reset the page count to the previous value In this way the page count reflects the number of pages that the engine has printed rather than restarting the count for the new formatter The page count is in two categories total mono pages and total color pages Transfer kit count Use this item to reset the transfer unit count if the value is lost such as when you replace the formatter This value is initially set to zero at the factory Type a value up to 120 000 This value is automatically reset to zero when a customer installs a new transfer kit and sets NEW TRANSFER KIT to YES in the Resets menu Fuser kit count Use this item to reset the fuser count if the value is lost such as when you replace the formatter This value is initially set to zero at the factory Type a value up to 150 000 This value is automatically reset to zero when a customer installs a new transfer kit and sets NEW FUSER KIT to YES in the Resets menu Serial number If you replace the formatter use this item to reset the serial number of the printer Service menu 425 Service ID Use this item to make the date that the printer was first used appear on the control panel This eliminates the need for users to keep paper receipts for proof of warranty Because the printer does not have an internal cl
450. the CD ROM but are available from the Internet or from HP Customer Care m PCL 5c printer drivers for Windows 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP and Server 2003 E NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer supports only Windows 2000 and Windows XP m OS 2 PCL 5c 6 printer driver a OS 2 PS printer driver m UNIX model scripts m Linux drivers m HP Open VMS drivers E NOTE The OS 2 drivers are available from IBM and are packaged with OS 2 They are not available for Traditional Chinese Simplified Chinese Korean or Japanese languages Select the right printer driver for your needs Select a printer driver based on the way that you use the printer Certain printer features are available only in the PCL 6 drivers See the printer driver Help for available features m Use the PCL 6 driver to take full advantage of printer features For general office printing the PCL 6 driver is recommended to provide optimum performance and print quality m Use the PCL 5c driver available on the Web only if backward compatibility with previous PCL printer drivers or older printers is necessary a Use the PS driver if you are printing primarily from PostScript specific programs such as Adobe and Corel for compatibility with PostScript Level 3 needs or for PS font DIMM support E NOTE The printer automatically switches between PS and PCL printer languages Printer driver Help Each printer driver has Help screens that can be activated by u
451. tility is supported for the Classic environment Software for Macintosh computers 69 Installing the printing system software The following sections contain instructions for installing the printing system software The printer comes with printing system software and printer drivers on a CD ROM The printing system software on the CD ROM must be installed in order to take full advantage of the printer features If you do not have access to a CD ROM drive you can download the printing system software from the Internet at www hp com go clj4600_software www hp com go clj4610_software or www hp com go clj4650_software E NOTE Sample model scripts for UNIX HP UX Sun Solaris and Linux networks are available for download at www hp com support For more information about UNIX model scripts go to http www hp com go unixmodelscripts For more information about Linux drivers go to http www hp com go linuxprinting You can download the latest software free of charge at www hp com go clj4600_ software www hp com go clj4610_ software or www hp com got clj4650_software Installing Windows printing system software for direct connections E NOTE Only the HP LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models support the USB cable connection described in this section This section explains how to install the printing system software for Microsoft Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 and Window
452. timum print quality Full Calibrate Now For HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models use this item to calibrate the printer for optimum print quality Quick Calibrate Now For HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models use this item to partially calibrate the printer for optimum print quality Color Ret Use this item to turn on or turn off a color printer Resolution Enhancement technology REt setting ENWW Diagnostics 419 Test pages Printing test pages helps you determine whether the printer engine and the formatter are functioning Engine test page To verify that the printer engine is functioning print an engine test page Use a small pointed object to depress the test page switch located on the left side of the printer as shown in Figure 7 29 Test page switch The test page should have a series of horizontal lines The test page can use only tray 2 as the paper source so make sure that paper is loaded in tray 2 iii AKI AUK AAI Figure 7 29 Test page switch Formatter test page To verify that the formatter is functioning print a configuration page as follows 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 3 Press to select INFORMATION 4 Press V to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION 5 Press to select PRINT CONFIGURATION 420 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Eng
453. ting 367 hp color LaserJet 2650 printer D EH oh Figure 7 6 HP Color LaserJet 4610n 4650 models menu map 368 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Information menu Use the Information menu to gain access to and print specific printer information Table 7 40 Information menu Menu item Description PRINT MENU MAP Prints the control panel menu map which shows the layout of and current settings for the control panel menu items PRINT CONFIGURATION Prints the printer configuration page The configuration page shows the current printer configuration If an HP Jetdirect print server is installed an HP Jetdirect configuration page also prints PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS SUPPLIES STATUS Prints the estimated remaining life for the supplies reports statistics for the total number of pages and jobs processed print cartridge manufacture date serial number page counts and maintenance information Shows the supplies status in a searchable list PRINT USAGE Prints a count of all media sizes that have passed through the printer lists whether they were simplex duplex monochrome or color and reports the page count PRINT DEMO Prints a demonstration page PRINT RGB SAMPLES HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Prints color samples for different RGB values The samples act as a guide for color matching on the HP Color LaserJet 4650 models PRINT CMYK SAMP
454. tion 2 Usage totals 3 Print modes and paper path usage 4 Historical printer coverage by color Demo page The printer can produce a print quality demonstration page 1 oOo N 4 5 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS Press Y to highlight INFORMATION Press to select INFORMATION Press Y to highlight PRINT DEMO Press to select PRINT DEMO The message PRINTING DEMO appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the demo page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the demo page ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 395 File directory page The file directory page lists the files and directories that are stored in printer memory or on the hard drive not all printer models come with a hard drive 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight INFORMATION 2 Press to select INFORMATION 4 Press Y to highlight PRINT FILE DIRECTORY 5 Press to select PRINT FILE DIRECTORY The message PRINTING FILE DIRECTORY appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the file directory page The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the file directory page E NOTE The file directory page for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 and 4610n models contains S the same file directory page informati
455. tion from counting pixels to optical toner level sensing causes no fluctuations on the toner gauge Some toner might remain in the fresh toner hopper although other cartridge components have reached their end of life Photosensitive drum rotations Photosensitive drum rotations are also tracked on the cartridge memory tag Similar to the process for the developer roller tracking these rotations enables the printer to signal that a print cartridge is low or out before the photosensitive drum is actually worn out when print quality defects would occur Wear on the photosensitive drum might cause a low message when low coverage documents are printed frequently Tracking of drum life is essential because of drum wear and the potential for overflow from the waste toner hopper if use of the photosensitive drum is overextended Figure 5 17 Toner level detection illustrates the toner level detection system Toner level detection PCA I Light receiver SA Light emitter Light guide LED DRIVE signal TONELED TONER LEVEL DETECTION TONER LEVEL DETECTION signal TONLED it DC controller PCA Figure 5 17 Toner level detection 140 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Developing cylinder disengaging control Whenever the developing cylinder is in contact with the photosensitive drum toner passes onto the drum At certain times such as during ETB cleaning or during monochrome printing toner should not
456. tion of supplies to locate each supply item Figure 4 2 Location of supplies 1 Fuser 2 Print cartridges 3 Transfer unit ETB ENWW Locating supplies 91 Replacing supply items Use the following instructions to replace the supplies Changing print cartridges Replace a print cartridge when a REPLACE lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE message appears on the control panel display The control panel display also indicates the color that should be replaced unless a genuine HP cartridge is not currently installed 1 Open the top cover Grasp the green handle on the transfer unit and pull it down The front cover opens as you pull down the transfer unit CAUTION Do not place anything on the transfer unit while it is open If the transfer unit is punctured print quality problems can result 2 Remove the used print cartridge from the printer 92 Chapter 4 Maintenance ENWW 3 Remove the replacement print cartridge from the bag Place the used print cartridge in the bag for recycling 4 Grasp both sides of the cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the cartridge from side to side ENWW Replacing supply items 93 6 Remove the inside sealing tape by pulling the orange loop on the end and pulling the tape completely out Discard the tape 7 Grasp the blue handles on the sides of the print cartridge Align the print cartridge with the tracks inside the printer and insert the cartridge until it
457. tly Four levels of edge control are available Maximum is the most aggressive trapping setting Adaptive halftoning is on for this setting Normal is the default trapping setting Trapping is at a medium level and adaptive halftoning is on u Light sets trapping at a minimal level and adaptive halftoning is on a Off turns off both trapping and adaptive halftoning RGB Color Two values are available for the RGB Color setting Default instructs the printer to interpret RGB color as sRGB sRGB is the accepted standard of Microsoft and the World Wide Web Organization www Vivid instructs the printer to increase the color saturation in the midtones Less colorful objects are rendered more colorfully This value is recommended for the printing business graphics Device instructs the printer to print RGB data in raw device mode To render photographs properly with this selection you must manage image color in the program or operating system Image formation troubleshooting 349 Adjusting color balance This printer features automatic color calibration to provide high quality color output In situations that require critical color control you can manually adjust the density balance of the four toner colors The available range for each color is from 5 to 5 The default value is 0 CAUTION This procedure should only be performed by the network administrator Performing this procedure changes the color balance of the printe
458. to separate from the ETB as the ETB reaches the top of its path Figure 5 26 Separation illustrates this step ETB belt eeed eee a9 SS ec eee X ETB feed roller Print paper SCH Figure 5 26 Separation Fusing block The fourth part of the image formation process is the fusing block in which the toner image is fused to the media making a permanent image that cannot be smeared This block consists of one step fusing Step 9 Fusing This printer uses the induction heating method to fuse the toner to the media This method uses quick fuser heating resulting in shortened wait time and reduced power consumption Figure 5 27 Fusing illustrates this step as Ra Pressure roller wa Print paper Fuser sleeve A Coil Toner Figure 5 27 Fusing 148 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Cleaning block The fifth and final part of the image formation process is the cleaning block in which the ETB and the photosensitive drums are cleaned preparing them for the next print The next section provides more information about printer calibration and cleaning This block consists of two steps ETB cleaning Photosensitive drum cleaning Step 10 ETB cleaning See ETB cleaning for a complete discussion of ETB cleaning Step 11 Photosensitive drum cleaning See Photosensitive drum cleaning for a complete discussion of photosensitive drum cleaning ENWW Image formation system 149 Calibration and cleaning Th
459. to the rear of the stand and the printer 5 Turn the printer on after reseating the 500 sheet input tray CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT AVAILABLE For help press alternates with CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT AVAILABLE To continue press D Clearing paper path CLOSE FRONT COVERS For help press The PJL encountered a request for a personality that does not exist in the printer The job is aborted and no pages are printed The printer jammed or detected misplaced paper when turned on The printer is attempting to eject jammed pages automatically The covers have to be closed 1 Press for detailed information 2 Press A and Y to step through the instructions No action is necessary 1 Press for more information 2 Close the front covers 264 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 2 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4600 models continued Message Description Action 399 Eat NOTE This message might also appear if the fuser is missing or incorrectly installed Ensure that the fuser is correctly installed CPR SENSOR The CPR Sensor is not behaving 1 Force a calibration by selecting OUT OF RANGE correctly Calibrate Now on the Print Quality menu See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models 2 If the message persists verify that the cables are seated correctly and the connector J1024 is making good contact with the DC controller 3 Replace the color
460. toner against the drum surface for development The toner is non magnetic and consists of resins This block consists of two steps m Toner charging Development Figure 5 23 Development block shows a cross section of a print cartridge and illustrates the development block Toner charging roller Print cartridge Developing cylinder Toner stirring blade DC bias Toner feed roller J y Figure 5 23 Development block Step 4 Toner charging As the toner stirring blade turns inside the cartridge the friction creates a negative potential on the toner A negative voltage is applied to the toner charging roller and creates a uniform negative potential on the toner Step 5 Development The areas on the photosensitive drum that have been exposed to the laser beam have a higher potential are less negatively charged than the toner particles on the developing cylinder As the photosensitive drum rotates the toner adheres to the exposed areas on the photosensitive drum At this point the image is visible on the drum surface Image formation system 145 Transfer block The third part of the image formation process is the transfer block in which the toner image is transferred from the photosensitive drum to the paper This block consists of three steps Attaching m Transfer m Separation Step 6 Attaching After the media is picked up from the inpu
461. tors solenoids clutches and the high voltage power supply circuit a 5 V goes to the laser driver PCA the beam detect PCA and the formatter m 3 3 V goes to the formatter the sensors and the ICs in the DC controller PCA 24 V is divided into 24 VA which is constantly sent from the low voltage power supply circuit and 24 VB which stops power supply when the top cover or the front cover is opened 24 VB goes to the fuser power supply circuit high voltage power supply circuit and the motors and solenoids 24 VB also functions as the door open DOPEN detection signal The CPU detects the door open with the signal I 1 gt ei Fuse H Noise AGE gt Fuser power D F002 M filter ACN gt m supply PCA Fuse d FOO d Door open CPU detection switch Power l 24VA Noise itch rj l Q filter RAD e li DOPEN 24VB R SW4 1 1 j p 3 3V roe ne innet i t _ gt l AC DC converter TE 24VA i 1 GE ee 1 1 i F tt Ge a EE DC controller Low voltage power supply PCA PCA gt Memory Crete a wie pe ee ee eee EE t gt controller gt gt Sensors High voltage Fan motors power supply Solenoids Motors PCA Poe L Option
462. tput bin ENWW Printer assemblies 9 2 On off switch 3 Tray 3 500 sheet paper feeder optional 4 EIO connections 3 total 5 Memory access 6 Fast InfraRed FIR connection 7 Parallel connection 8 Power connection HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer Figure 1 4 Front view HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer 1 Output bin 2 Printer control panel 3 Top cover 4 Front cover includes tray 1 5 Tray 2 500 sheet standard tray 6 Access to print cartridges transfer unit and fuser 7 On off switch 10 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Figure 1 5 Back view HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer Output bin 2 Parallel connection 3 On off switch 4 Memory access 5 1 1 USB connection HP Color LaserJet 4650 models Figure 1 6 Front view HP Color LaserJet 4650 models 1 Output bin 2 Printer control panel 3 Top cover 4 Front cover includes tray 1 5 Tray 2 500 sheet standard tray 6 Access to print cartridges transfer unit and fuser E ENWW Printer assemblies 11 7 On off switch 8 Tray 3 tray 4 optional E NOTE The optional 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 and the optional 2 x 500 sheet input tray tray 3 and tray 4 cannot be installed in the printer at the same time Figure 1 7 Back view HP Color LaserJet 4650 models 1 Output bin 2 Auxiliary connector
463. tput quality troubleshooting after jams 345 blank images 353 blank spots 357 blurring 358 color 345 350 352 353 356 dark print 353 defects 351 diagnostic pages 345 dirty pages 354 dots 354 fusing poor 357 light print 352 lines 355 media 343 misplaced images 358 pages printing 403 repetitive defects 359 smearing 358 tools 4610n and 4650 343 Web sites 343 overlay control panel installing 53 189 partnumbers 455 P page counts NVAM initialization 421 resetting 425 Service menu 383 usage page 394 pages per minute 5 ENWW PANTONE color matching 346 paper colored 24 default size 427 driver settings 66 glossy 24 heavy 25 media troubleshooting 22 multi feeds troubleshooting 341 part numbers 454 pickup feed operations 159 preprinted 26 recycled 27 size detection operations 162 172 skewed troubleshooting 342 special printing on 23 specifications 20 speed control 165 tough 26 troubleshooting print quality 343 weight equivalence table 28 wrinkled troubleshooting 341 Paper handling menu 370 paper jams See jams paper path jams causes of 339 troubleshooting 336 paper pickup assembly locating 461 part numbers 473 487 512 518 paper pickup driver unit removing 196 paper pickup rollers removing 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder 254 500 sheet paper feeder 242 Tray 1 197 Tray2 195 paper pickup sensor PCA removing 194 paper pickup unit removing 192 paper pickup drive assembly part numbers 477 p
464. tridge 10 00 03 yellow print cartridge E NOTE The supplies gauge shows the print cartridge consumption levels Turn the printer off and then back on 2 Press for more information 10 10 YY SUPPLY MEMORY ERROR alternates with For help press The printer cannot read or 1 write to the print cartridge memory tag or the memory tag is missing 2 10 10 00 black print cartridge 10 010 01 cyan print cartridge 10 10 02 magenta print cartridge 10 10 03 yellow print cartridge Turn the printer off and then back on Exchange the cartridge for the indicated color with a cartridge in another slot to determine whether the error follows the cartridge or stays with the slot If the error follows the cartridge replace that cartridge Otherwise continue with step 3 Reseat the connectors between the memory PCA J602 J605 and the antenna PCAs J901A D the memory ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 311 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action PCA and the DC controller PCA J1028 4 Replace the antenna PCA 5 Replace the memory PCA 6 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 10 30 YY A non HP print cartridge is 1 Turn
465. ts Chapter 2 Service approach ENWW HP customer care ENWW Online services For 24 hour access to information using a modem or Internet connection World Wide Web URL for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printers updated HP printer software product and support information and printer drivers in several languages can be obtained from www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 Sites are in English Visit www hp com support net_printing for information about the HP Jetdirect 4650 external print server HP Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE is a suite of Web based troubleshooting tools for desktop computing and printing products ISPE helps you quickly identify diagnose and resolve computing and printing problems The ISPE tools are available at www instantsupport hp com Telephone support HP provides free telephone support during the warranty period When you call you will be connected to a responsive team waiting to help you For the telephone number for your country region see the flyer that shipped in the box with the product or visit www hp com support callcenters Before calling HP have the following information ready product name and serial number date of purchase and description of the problem You can also find support on the Internet at www hp com Click the support amp drivers block Software utilities drivers and electronic information
466. ts the color in the program but the operating system might convert or modify some characteristics of the color before sending the information to the printer driver The printer driver might also modify color characteristics depending upon the selected output mode Any color characteristics that the printer driver or programs do not address are set to the printer default The default color might not match the color the user selected Matching colors PANTONE color matching PANTONE has multiple color matching systems The PANTONE Matching System is very a popular system that uses solid inks to generate a wide range of color hues and tints See www hp com for details about how to use the PANTONE Matching System with this printer Swatch book color matching The process for matching printer output to preprinted swatch books and standard color references is complex In general you can obtain a reasonably good match to a swatch book if the inks that are used to create the swatch book are cyan magenta yellow and black These are usually referred to as process color swatch books Some swatch books are created from spot colors Spot colors are specially created colorants Many of these spot colors are outside of the gamut of the printer Most spot color swatch books have companion process swatch books that provide CMYK approximations to the spot color Most process swatch books have a note about what process standards were used to print the
467. tte tray 2 Cassette frame left assembly RG5 6459 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Cassette 500 sheet paper feeder Cassette frame right assembly Color registration detection assembly RG1 4140 080CN RG5 6460 000CN RG5 6454 000CN 500 sheet paper feeder assembly Internal components 2 of 5 Internal components 4 of 5 CompactFlash 4610n Only Q2635 67919 Printer PCAs CompactFlash 4650 Only Q2635 67910 Printer PCAs Connector drawer WS3 5746 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 Contact pin assembly RG5 6492 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Control panel assembly 110 V 4600 Only RG5 6432 040CN Internal components 1 of 5 Control panel assembly 220 V 4600 Only RG5 6433 040CN Internal components 1 of 5 Control panel cross member assembly RG5 6510 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Cover cartridge 4610n 4650 Only RB2 8196 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 Cover sensor RB2 8541 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Damper assembly top cover hinge RG5 6446 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 DC controller PCA exchange 4600 Only C9660 69020 Printer PCAs DC controller PCA new 4600 Only RG5 6391 100CN Printer PCAs DC controller PCA assembly 4600 Only RG5 6391 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 DC controller PCA assembly 4610n
468. ty Only authorized service people have access to the service menu When you select SERVICE from the list of menus you are prompted to type an eight digit PIN number The PIN for HP Color LaserJet 4600 models is 04460002 The PIN for HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models is 05465004 1 Press HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models to open the MENUS 2 Press Y to highlight SERVICE 2 Press to select SERVICE 4 Press A or Y until the first digit of the PIN appears 5 Press to save the digit The control panel display replaces the digit with an asterisk 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 until you have typed all eight digits 7 Press lt at any time to move to the previous digit Use the Service menu to reset counts clear the event log specify the serial number specify the date the printer was first used and reset the default paper size Table 7 48 Service menu Menu item Values Description CLEAR EVENT LOG Use this item to clear the printer s internal event log TOTAL MONO PAGES Range 0 to 9999999 Total mono pages printed HP Color LaserJet 4650 models TOTAL COLOR PAGES Range 0 to 9999999 Total color pages printed HP Color LaserJet 4650 models REFURBISH PAGE COUNT Range 0 to 9999999 Factory service setting HP Color LaserJet 4650 models TOTAL PAGE COUNT Range 0 to 9999999 Use this item to reset the page count after replacing the formatter The page HP C
469. u does size the tray switch should be set not match the size detected by the tray to STANDARD Set the tray switch then close tray Size detection occurs when the tray to CUSTOM for all other media switch is set in the STANDARD position sizes The tray switch must be set before the size can be selected from the control panel 3 Reset the paper size in the paper handling menu TRAY XX The printer is reporting the current 1 To change the media type press configuration of tray XX The tray Use A and Y to highlight lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt switch is in the STANDARD position ihe type an then pr ss to Size detected by tray select 2 To change the media size to alternates with Letter A4 Executive B5 JIS A5 or Legal leave the tray switch in the STANDARD position TRAY XX 3 To change the media size to other lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To change size or type sizes move the tray switch to CUSTOM adjust the guides ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 295 Table 7 3 Alphabetical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action press D against the media and close the tray 4 Use A and Y to highlight the media size and then press to select TRAY XX The printer is reporting the current 1 lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt Size specified by user alternates with TRAY XX lt TYPE gt lt SIZE gt To change size or type press configuration of tray X
470. ubleshooting section and the troubleshooting tools section in this chapter to solve the problem Replacement parts configuration describes the procedures that are involved when replacing parts on the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Paper path troubleshooting provides techniques to solve feed problems Explanations are provided about print media checks jam troubleshooting and the differences between jams caused by media and those caused by the printer Media transport troubleshooting provides information about identifying and resolving print media feed problems Image formation troubleshooting suggests methods for solving print quality problems Image defects troubleshooting lists image defects that can occur and describes possible causes of the defects and procedures to resolve the problem Interface troubleshooting provides techniques for isolating communication problems to the printer hardware printer configuration network configuration or software program Control panel troubleshooting provides procedures for printing a menu map from the printer control panel It also describes the control panel menus the items within each menu and the possible values for the menu items Tools for troubleshooting help isolate the cause of printer failures This section includes explanations of the printer configuration page and the event log Diagnostics provides instructions about how to gain access to and use the diagnostic tools that
471. ued Message Description Action Print cartridge motor error 1 Reconnect the print cartridge connector on the DC controller PCA J1013 for cyan J1031 for magenta J1032 for yellow and J1033 for black 2 Replace the drum drive assembly for the indicated print cartridge 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models Developing disengaging motor error 1 Reconnect the connectors J4024 and J1019 between the developing disengaging motor and the DC controller PCA 2 Replace the developing disengaging drive assembly 3 Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Full Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models 62 NO SYSTEM To continue turn off then on No system was found 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 Reseat the firmware DIMM 68 X STORAGE ERROR SETTING CHANGE For help press alternates with One or more printer settings that were saved in the non volatile storage device are invalid and have been reset to its factory default Pressing should clear the message Printing can 1 Press to continue 2 Turn the printer off and then back on 3 Check the printer settings to determine 326 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color La
472. unit ETB belt ETB feed roller a Attaching roller m Transfer charging rollers four ETB driven rollers three ETB MOTOR ER CONTROL signal ETB SPEED DETECTION signal ETB driven roller ETBSNS The ETB motor drives the ETB feed roller causing the belt to rotate All other rollers are driven by the belt rotation A sensor at the top of the ETB unit detects its speed The DC controller maintains a constant ETB feed speed to ensure good color registration 142 Chapter5 Theory of operation ENWW Electrostatic latent image formation block The image formation process begins in the electrostatic image formation block see Figure 5 14 lmage formation process where the electrostatic latent image is formed on the photosensitive drum This block consists of three steps m Primary exposure p Primary charging pn Laser beam exposure After the last step is complete areas of the drum surface that have not been exposed to the laser beam retain a negative charge The areas that have been exposed to the laser are neutralized This neutralized image is called an electrostatic latent image because it is invisible to the eye Step 1 Primary exposure To prepare for primary charging light from the primary exposure LED strikes the photosensitive drum surface This eliminates any residual charge on the drum surface in order to avoid inconsistent charge density Figure 5 20 Primary exposure illustrates t
473. up drive assembly 512 Chapter8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 8 27 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Paper pickup assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7453 040CN Paper pickup assembly Paper pickup drive assembly 4600 Only RG5 6469 000CN Paper pickup assembly Paper pickup drive assembly 4610n 4650 Only RG5 7466 000CN Paper pickup assembly Paper pickup PCA RG5 6392 000CN Printer PCAs Paper pickup rollers 4650 Only RF5 3739 000CN 2 x 500 sheet feeder internal components 2 of 2 HP CLJ 4650 models only Paper sensor PCA assembly RG5 6392 000CN Paper pickup assembly Photo interrupter TLP1241 Photo interrupter TLP1241 Photo interrupter TLP1241 WG8 5362 000CN WG8 5362 000CN WG8 5362 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Internal components 5 of 5 Disengaging drive assembly Photo interrupter TLP1241 WG8 5362 000CN Fuser drive assembly Photo interrupter TLP1241 WG8 5362 000CN ETB assembly Plate developer disengagement change plate RB2 8239 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Plate drive grounding RB2 8255 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Plate drive interlock RB2 8225 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 Plate grounding RB2 8542 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 Plate separation assembly RF
474. ure 6 92 Remove 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder upper cassette paper detection switch 252 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder driver PCA 1 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover See 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover 2 Disconnect nine connectors callout 1 and then remove two screws callout 2 3 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder driver PCA callout 3 re eo Ra E e CH kal Figure 6 93 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder driver PCA ENWW Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only 253 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder pickup rollers 1 Locate the upper and lower pickup rollers callout 1 2 For the upper pickup rollers Separate the feeder from the printer Push firmly on the roller to remove it from the roller shaft Repeat this step for the remaining roller 3 For the lower pickup roller Remove the upper cassette from the feeder Push firmly on the roller to remove it from the roller shaft Repeat this step for the remaining roller 0 Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the paper pickup rollers be sure to fit the pins on the pickup roller into the holes on the pickup roller shaft Figure 6 95 Reinstall the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder pickup rollers 254 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Troubleshooting This chapter contains information about the following topics Introduction
475. us page to gather the following information EA NOTE NVRAM initialization does not always clear all color plane registration CPR problems If after an NVRAM initialization CPR problems persist see Resetting the calibration values for the DC controller a Total page count and color page count Transfer kit count Fuser kit count Serial number ENWW Engine resets 421 To initialize NVRAM 1 Turn the printer on and watch the control panel display 2 When the display shows the memory count press and hold Y until all three lights on the control panel are lit 3 Press A A Press Pause Resume HP Color LaserJet 4600 models or MENU HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models The message SKIP DISK LOAD appears on the control panel display 5 Press A until NVRAM INIT is highlighted 6 Press The printer initializes NVRAM and then continues its power on sequence Resetting the calibration values for the DC controller Performing an NVRAM initialization clears the calibration values from the formatter but it does not clear the calibration values from the DC controller If problems with color plane registration persist after performing an NVRAM initialization you should reset the calibration values for the DC controller To reset the calibration values for the DC controller 1 Open the top cover 2 Press and hold the engine test switch on the left side of the printer for several seconds 3 Close the top cover and
476. user Face down delivery roller 49 mm Defect on back of paper Fuser Cassette pickup roller See the note above this table Defect on front of paper Paper pickup rollers Multipurpose tray pickup roller See the note above this table Defect on back of paper Multipurpose tray pickup roller assembly 360 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting ENWW gt wo O J m Wu L O Oo N majanji jpn nanna jaa papa aa anan aa panpa ana papa aa a anaana anaana 2 ba 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 Figure 7 3 Repetitive defects ruler 1 of 2 EA NOTE Figure 7 3 Repetitive defects ruler 1 of 2 might not print to scale and should only be z used as a reference tool ENWW Image defects troubleshooting 361 First occurrence of the print defect gt 14 mm 0 5 inches gt 33 mm 1 3 inches gt 38 mm 1 5 inches a 39 mm 1 52 inches 63 mm 2 5 inches gt 75 mm 2 9 inches gt 94 mm 3 7 inches gt 107 mm 4 2 inches gt Figure 7 4 Repetitive defects ruler 2 of 2 362 Chapter7 Troubleshooting ENWW Interface troubleshooting Communications checks E NOTE Communication problems are normally the customer s responsibility Time spent attempting to resolve these problems might not be covered by the Hewlett Packard Company warranty Refer the customer to the netwo
477. user See 50 X fuser error 54 3 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 5 error Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 6 error Check the connections Replace the paper pickup unit 54 7 54 8 54 9 or 54 10 error Check the connections Replace the drum phase sensor for the indicated color 54 11 54 12 54 13 or 54 14 error Check the connections Check the cartridge and replace it if ENWW Printer error troubleshooting 321 Table 7 5 Numerical printer messages HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models continued Message Description Action 54 XX 00 PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 54 20 00 PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on 17 cyan CPR sensor 18 black CPR sensor 19 ETB speed control sensor 20 color plane registration sensor 21 black toner level sensor 1E or 30 halftone calibration error 01 humidity environmental sensor abnormal Printing cannot continue The CPR sensor out of range X values 15 yellow 16 magenta 17 cyan 18 black Printing cannot continue The CPR sensor out of range necessary Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 15 54 16 54 17 54 18 Check the connections Replace the color registration detection assembly 54 19 error Check the ETB connection Replace the ETB Replace the DC controller Calibrat
478. ves you customized control of color text graphics and photos Use the printer driver to set the following color control options for the HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series printers See the printer driver online Help for details about color settings and how they affect printed output Print in Grayscale Halftone options Neutral Grays m Edge Control RGB Color For the HP Color LaserJet 4610n and 4650 models only you can also set the following options p Driver Autoconfiguration The HP LaserJet PCL 6 and PCL 5c drivers for Windows and the PS drivers for Windows 2000 and Windows XP feature automatic discovery and driver configuration for printer accessories at the time of installation Some accessories that the Driver Autoconfiguration supports are the duplexing unit optional paper trays and dual inline memory modules DIMMs If the environment supports bidirectional communication the installer presents Driver Autoconfiguration as an installed component by default for a Typical Installation and for a Custom Installation Update now If you have modified the configuration of the HP Color LaserJet 4610n or 4650 printer since installation the driver can be automatically updated with the new configuration in environments that support bidirectional communication Click the Update Now button to automatically reflect the new configuration in the driver E NOTE The Update Now feature is not supported in environments where shared Win
479. ware If this fails check the installation notes and Readme files on the printer CD ROM or the flyer that came in the printer box or go to www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 for help or more information Installing Windows printing system software for networks The software on the printer CD ROM supports network installation with a Microsoft network For network installation on other operating systems go to www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or at www hp com support clj4650 The HP Jetdirect print server that is included with the HP LaserJet 4650n HP LaserJet 4650dn or HP LaserJet 4650dtn printer has a 10 100 Base Tx network port If you need an HP Jetdirect print server with another type of network port go to www hp com support clj4600 www hp com support clj4610 or www hp com support clj4650 The installer does not support printer installation or printer object creation on Novell servers It supports only direct mode network installations between Windows computers and a printer To install your printer and create objects on a Novell server use an HP utility such as HP Web Jetadmin or HP Install Network Printer Wizard or a Novell utility such as NWadmin ENWW Installing the printing system software 71 To install the printing system software 1 on O A If you are installing the software on Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or Windows XP make
480. ware or the HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh HP Web Jetadmin software is available at www hp com go webjetadmin_ software For a complete list of supported networks and for instructions to configure network parameters from software such as HP Web Jetadmin see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Software Installation Guide The guide comes on the CD ROM with printers in which an HP Jetdirect 610N print server is installed Configuring Novell NetWare frame type parameters The HP Jetdirect 610N HP Color LaserJet 4600 models the HP Jetdirect 175x external print server HP Color LaserJet 4610n printer or the HP Jetdirect 620N HP Color LaserJet 4650 models print server automatically selects a NetWare frame type Select a frame type manually only when the print server selects an incorrect frame type To identify the frame type that the print server selected print a configuration page Network configuration 77 Software for networks For a summary of available HP network installation and configuration software solutions see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guide You can find this guide on the CD ROM included with the printer HP Web Jetadmin Use HP Web Jetadmin to manage HP Jetdirect connected printers within your intranet by using a browser HP Web Jetadmin is a browser based management tool and should be installed only on a single network administration server It can be installed and run on Red Hat Linux Suse Linux
481. ware to install or configure For more information about the HP embedded Web server see the Embedded Web Server User Guide You can find this guide on the CD ROM that is included with the printer Features Use the HP embedded Web server to view printer and network card status and manage printing functions from your computer With the HP embedded Web server you can do the following View printer status information m Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones p View and change tray configurations m View and change the printer control panel menu configuration a View and print internal pages a Receive notification of printer and supplies events m Add or customize links to other Web sites m Select the language in which to show the embedded Web server pages m View and change network configuration HP Toolbox HP Color LaserJet 4650 models only The HP Toolbox is a software program that can be used for the following tasks m Check the printer status p View troubleshooting information p View online documentation Print internal printer pages You can view the HP Toolbox when the printer is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to a network You have to perform a complete software installation before you can use the HP Toolbox 80 Chapter 3 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW Other components and utilities Several software programs are available for Windows and Mac
482. y 2 paper pickup rollers 500 sheet paper feeder PCA A WARNING The paper feeder PCA is an electrostatic sensitive device 1 Remove the top plate from the 500 sheet paper feeder see 500 sheet paper feeder top cover plate and then turn it upside down 2 Disconnect five connectors callout 1 3 Remove the screw callout 2 4 Remove the paper feeder PCA Figure 6 77 Remove the 500 sheet paper feeder PCA 242 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only Use the following procedures to remove and replace components on the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder front cover 1 Remove the tray 3 tray 4 cassettes 2 On tray 3 tray 4 the 2 X 500 sheet feeder remove two screws callout 1 and remove the front cover Figure 6 78 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder front cover ENWW Optional 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder tray 3 tray 4 HP Color LaserJet 4650 only 243 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder rear cover 1 Remove two screws callout 1 and remove the printer anchor plates callout 2 2 Remove six screws callout 3 and remove the rear cover Figure 6 79 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder rear cover 1 of 2 Figure 6 80 Remove the 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder rear cover 2 of 2 244 Chapter6 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 x 500 sheet paper feeder left cover 1 Remove the following assemblies e 2x 500
483. y a timing error or an intermittent 2 Turn the printer off and then on connection For help press 3 Reseat or replace the connectors X Description between the DC controller and the formatter alternates with 0 communication error 4 Ifthe problem persists replace the DC 1 DC controller memory error controller PCA Calibrate the printer 55 X after replacing the DC controller See 2 outgoing party error Calibrate Now HP Color LaserJet PRINTER ERROR 4600 models 3 no engine response To continue 4 EE de 5 Replace the formatter Initialize communication meout NVRAM See NVRAM initialization press D 56 XX A printer error has occurred Turn the printer off and then on again PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on XX Description 01 illegal input 02 illegal output If the error persists record the message and contact support 57 X PRINTER ERROR To continue turn off then on A printer fan error has occurred X Description 3 cartridge fan vertical fan F2 4 formatter fan horizontal fan F1 Turn the printer off and then on 57 3 Cartridge fan error F2 1 Reconnect the connector J1004 on the DC controller PCA Immediately after starting the print operation measure the voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the J1004 connector If the voltage changes from 0 V to 24 V replace the cartridge fan Replace the DC controller PCA Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller See Calibra
484. you must manually activate the door switch after removing the cartridges in order for the test run Cartridge motors This test rotates only the print cartridge drive motors The control panel display prompts you to remove at least one cartridge because the ETB belt contacts the photosensitive drums and cannot turn without them rotating also The engine rotates the cartridge motor s for only the cartridges that are removed To rotate all motors sequentially remove all of the cartridges to isolate one motor remove only that cartridge If covers are removed you must manually activate the door switch after removing the cartridges in order to perform the test Always start this test with all of the cartridges installed and activate the door switch so that the printer recognizes the configuration Then you can proceed with the test by removing one or more cartridges Diagnostics 413 Black Magenta Yellow Cyan laser scanners Use the following four tests to rotate each scanner motor individually Fuser motor Use this test to rotate the fuser motor and drive gears Alienation motor also called the developing disengaging motor This test moves the developing disengaging rod clutches and plates through their three positions Clean Home Middle position all cartridges disengaged used during cleaning cycle Color Top position no cartridges disengaged used during color printing Black Lowest position C M and Y cartridges disengag
485. ystem DC controller PCA gt gt gt gt gt gt LU A a S a l a EIA aa ZEZ ez ajaz 3 2 5 Cl ol of 5 5 5 Olz ga O20 2 50L Sg D gt G il FP 2 pg O a E OI lz 1 DZ w Ss i earl oe gt kd y g E v a fe x 6 Olai g elgg e zp zg kts 2 95 9 5 D 5 E 5 Dn Ei Di awd Fla S K 2 S Si Z dE KAES gt 5x gt 6 3 2 Zl z w El ol O OF O 0 O zzz a On a 2 O16 Go Di gt Ui OFO O 9 l O FO Kl ra U OY oj A 2 Z x x l Z l z a S x S el uu Z a O O 0 10 0 O O GO EN ta O gt Oo Oo Oo E Fle wm CO Ww i alela Oo l lolo EIE ZEI 2 ols E x Ol Q 2 8a CH Ek E Hi BIL e a a a amp a w t D eet DI ei HI Es Llu gt H bes Hie OT H LO uw O Cl GO E O ro E x Z SI Se alo 5S ole uu x vol zl OS E r GE Fuser SE gt E GE e 1o delivery a Es 2 t 2 x Z roller Es w Th ss uu Sjel amp EON Du 2 il 18 2 E z 5 4 2 3 ES PI ru 2 UI 2 Fuser slepve t Ta gt Ka M n Pressure roller Photosensitive drum Q SE K cartridge v Photosensitive drum me RX M cartridge 4 Photosensitive drum E Y cartridge Photosensitive drum SEH e Registration i te oc
486. zard Always follow basic safety precautions when using this product to reduce the risk of injury from fire or electric shock Table of contents 1 Product information Model Configurations 00 0 0 cece irr i nn nnn ne eee eee eee eerie iaria aniei 2 HP Color LaserJet 4600 Series primnter nenne 2 Printer THE egene ebe Ee eege a E aA a aea ENEE eege 5 Binet 5 Oetrange SEN eE Seege deed gedeelt ge ee egene 9 HP Color LaserJet 4600 model 9 HP Color LaserJet 4610n pDrinier nrnna nene 10 HP Color LaserJet 4650 model 11 Identification site requirements ANd epechfications ccc cecccccccceccececaeaeaecaseseeseeeeseseseeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeees 13 Model and serial numbers annn nanne nt 13 Power and regulatory label i ciscecccccasteecesdeder ee nditi cititi ti n eee eae 14 Site requirement cccccccecceeccceeeeee eee eeaeee cence eeeeeeaaaeeeceseeesedeaaaaeaeceeeeeeeseecenaeseeeeeeeeeesanees 14 Space requirements EE 16 Physical spechications ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeene eee eeenaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeseeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaas 17 Electrical SpeCifiCAtlOMS TEE 17 Environmental specifications c ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeceeeeeeeaaaeaeeeeeeeeeeseseceauaeeeeeeeeeeeees 18 Lee Lee EE 18 Supply storage requirements ccccccccceceeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesegeeceaaaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaseesnensneeeees 19 Print ue TE EE 20 Print media specifications ssenarini nnana ana a a a a aia 20 Media to WE e e DE 22 M

HP CLJ 4600 Series Printer service manual-enww

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents